CA2567935C - Aminopyridine derivatives as selective dopamine d3 agonists - Google Patents
Aminopyridine derivatives as selective dopamine d3 agonists Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CA2567935C CA2567935C CA002567935A CA2567935A CA2567935C CA 2567935 C CA2567935 C CA 2567935C CA 002567935 A CA002567935 A CA 002567935A CA 2567935 A CA2567935 A CA 2567935A CA 2567935 C CA2567935 C CA 2567935C
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- alkyl
- formula
- compounds
- compound according
- methyl
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Expired - Fee Related
Links
- 239000000556 agonist Substances 0.000 title abstract description 19
- VYFYYTLLBUKUHU-UHFFFAOYSA-N dopamine Chemical compound NCCC1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 VYFYYTLLBUKUHU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 title abstract description 10
- 150000003927 aminopyridines Chemical class 0.000 title description 9
- 229960003638 dopamine Drugs 0.000 title description 4
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 370
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 75
- 206010057671 Female sexual dysfunction Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 23
- 201000001881 impotence Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 19
- 208000010228 Erectile Dysfunction Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 16
- 201000001880 Sexual dysfunction Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 16
- 231100000872 sexual dysfunction Toxicity 0.000 claims abstract description 16
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 claims description 113
- -1 OR7 Chemical group 0.000 claims description 84
- 125000004169 (C1-C6) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 62
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 53
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 32
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 30
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 claims description 30
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 29
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 29
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 26
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 18
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 11
- 230000004770 neurodegeneration Effects 0.000 claims description 11
- 208000020016 psychiatric disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 11
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 10
- 208000020401 Depressive disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 9
- 239000012453 solvate Substances 0.000 claims description 9
- WZAQGEYBXLKEDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-morpholin-2-ylpyridin-2-amine Chemical compound C1=NC(N)=CC=C1C1OCCNC1 WZAQGEYBXLKEDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 7
- 239000000651 prodrug Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 229940002612 prodrug Drugs 0.000 claims description 6
- MILNIPPOWYGNRP-RYUDHWBXSA-N 5-[(2r,5s)-4,5-diethylmorpholin-2-yl]pyridin-2-amine Chemical compound C1N(CC)[C@@H](CC)CO[C@@H]1C1=CC=C(N)N=C1 MILNIPPOWYGNRP-RYUDHWBXSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- RPPCYSJLGJVJPM-OALUTQOASA-N 5-[(2r,5s)-5-(phenylmethoxymethyl)-4-propylmorpholin-2-yl]pyridin-2-amine Chemical compound C([C@H]1CO[C@@H](CN1CCC)C=1C=NC(N)=CC=1)OCC1=CC=CC=C1 RPPCYSJLGJVJPM-OALUTQOASA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- WQEDAMLUPHXADE-WCQYABFASA-N 5-[(2s,5s)-4-butyl-5-methylmorpholin-2-yl]pyridin-2-amine Chemical compound O1C[C@H](C)N(CCCC)C[C@@H]1C1=CC=C(N)N=C1 WQEDAMLUPHXADE-WCQYABFASA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- UXRVFSIWSWPXSI-CBAPKCEASA-N 5-[(2r,5s)-5-methylmorpholin-2-yl]pyridin-2-amine Chemical compound C1N[C@@H](C)CO[C@@H]1C1=CC=C(N)N=C1 UXRVFSIWSWPXSI-CBAPKCEASA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000001301 ethoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 claims description 4
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 4
- DWSKCUWWSWFKJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-methyl-5-(4-propylmorpholin-2-yl)pyridin-2-amine Chemical compound C1N(CCC)CCOC1C1=CN=C(N)C=C1C DWSKCUWWSWFKJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- MILNIPPOWYGNRP-NWDGAFQWSA-N 5-[(2s,5s)-4,5-diethylmorpholin-2-yl]pyridin-2-amine Chemical compound C1N(CC)[C@@H](CC)CO[C@H]1C1=CC=C(N)N=C1 MILNIPPOWYGNRP-NWDGAFQWSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- PTLVHXZCCZEHPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-[4-(3-phenylpropyl)morpholin-2-yl]pyridin-2-amine Chemical compound C1=NC(N)=CC=C1C1OCCN(CCCC=2C=CC=CC=2)C1 PTLVHXZCCZEHPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000004178 (C1-C4) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims 1
- BWGDAGTZIVIBHX-MAUKXSAKSA-N 5-[(2s,5s)-5-methyl-4-(3-phenylpropyl)morpholin-2-yl]pyridin-2-amine Chemical compound C([C@@H](OC[C@@H]1C)C=2C=NC(N)=CC=2)N1CCCC1=CC=CC=C1 BWGDAGTZIVIBHX-MAUKXSAKSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- GDJIKWMLGQXLIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N [6-(6-aminopyridin-3-yl)-4-propylmorpholin-3-yl]methanol Chemical compound O1CC(CO)N(CCC)CC1C1=CC=C(N)N=C1 GDJIKWMLGQXLIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- 208000021663 Female sexual arousal disease Diseases 0.000 abstract description 26
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 abstract description 18
- 208000006262 Psychological Sexual Dysfunctions Diseases 0.000 abstract description 16
- 206010024419 Libido decreased Diseases 0.000 abstract description 13
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 abstract description 13
- 208000017020 hypoactive sexual desire disease Diseases 0.000 abstract description 13
- 206010057672 Male sexual dysfunction Diseases 0.000 abstract description 5
- 208000014840 female orgasmic disease Diseases 0.000 abstract description 5
- 201000004197 inhibited female orgasm Diseases 0.000 abstract description 5
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 abstract description 5
- 208000015122 neurodegenerative disease Diseases 0.000 abstract description 4
- 239000003136 dopamine receptor stimulating agent Substances 0.000 abstract description 3
- 206010036596 premature ejaculation Diseases 0.000 abstract description 3
- 206010002652 Anorgasmia Diseases 0.000 abstract description 2
- 229940052760 dopamine agonists Drugs 0.000 abstract description 2
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 276
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 201
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 165
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 159
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 145
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 107
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 104
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 93
- CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium sulfate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-][S+2]([O-])([O-])[O-] CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 84
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 72
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 69
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 69
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 69
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-MZCSYVLQSA-N Deuterated methanol Chemical compound [2H]OC([2H])([2H])[2H] OKKJLVBELUTLKV-MZCSYVLQSA-N 0.000 description 65
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 63
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 59
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 description 57
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 52
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 51
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 47
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 47
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 45
- YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Morpholine Chemical group C1COCCN1 YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 43
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 43
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Palladium Chemical compound [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 42
- OFBQJSOFQDEBGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pentane Chemical compound CCCCC OFBQJSOFQDEBGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 42
- 229910052943 magnesium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 42
- 235000019341 magnesium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 42
- 238000003818 flash chromatography Methods 0.000 description 41
- 235000019439 ethyl acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 40
- 238000010992 reflux Methods 0.000 description 40
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia Chemical compound N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 35
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 35
- WTDHULULXKLSOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydroxylamine hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.ON WTDHULULXKLSOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 34
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 33
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 33
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 33
- UORVGPXVDQYIDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N borane Chemical compound B UORVGPXVDQYIDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 32
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 32
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 31
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 31
- HONIICLYMWZJFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N azetidine Chemical compound C1CNC1 HONIICLYMWZJFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 29
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 29
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 description 28
- 150000002825 nitriles Chemical class 0.000 description 28
- 239000012442 inert solvent Substances 0.000 description 26
- AVXURJPOCDRRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydroxylamine Chemical compound ON AVXURJPOCDRRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 25
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N Trichloro(2H)methane Chemical compound [2H]C(Cl)(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N 0.000 description 25
- 238000010511 deprotection reaction Methods 0.000 description 24
- ICSNLGPSRYBMBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-aminopyridine Chemical compound NC1=CC=CC=N1 ICSNLGPSRYBMBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 23
- 150000002009 diols Chemical class 0.000 description 23
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 22
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 22
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 21
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 21
- 230000001568 sexual effect Effects 0.000 description 21
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 20
- MZRVEZGGRBJDDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Butyllithium Chemical compound [Li]CCCC MZRVEZGGRBJDDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 20
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 20
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 19
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 19
- PAPNRQCYSFBWDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,5-Dimethyl-1H-pyrrole Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(C)N1 PAPNRQCYSFBWDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 18
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 18
- 239000012321 sodium triacetoxyborohydride Substances 0.000 description 18
- 239000003638 chemical reducing agent Substances 0.000 description 17
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical compound CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 17
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 17
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 17
- 238000006722 reduction reaction Methods 0.000 description 17
- 150000001336 alkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 16
- 229910000085 borane Inorganic materials 0.000 description 16
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 16
- 150000002118 epoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 16
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 16
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 16
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 16
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 16
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 15
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 15
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 15
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 14
- 238000006268 reductive amination reaction Methods 0.000 description 13
- 239000012279 sodium borohydride Substances 0.000 description 13
- 229910000033 sodium borohydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 13
- FNRMMDCDHWCQTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-chloropyridine;3-chloropyridine;4-chloropyridine Chemical compound ClC1=CC=NC=C1.ClC1=CC=CN=C1.ClC1=CC=CC=N1 FNRMMDCDHWCQTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- ZOXJGFHDIHLPTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Boron Chemical compound [B] ZOXJGFHDIHLPTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- MWUXSHHQAYIFBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitric oxide Chemical compound O=[N] MWUXSHHQAYIFBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[K+] KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 12
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 230000037007 arousal Effects 0.000 description 12
- 229910052796 boron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 12
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 12
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 12
- 210000004392 genitalia Anatomy 0.000 description 12
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 12
- SJRJJKPEHAURKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Methylmorpholine Chemical compound CN1CCOCC1 SJRJJKPEHAURKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrolidine Chemical compound C1CCNC1 RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 150000004678 hydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 11
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 11
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 11
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 11
- 206010012289 Dementia Diseases 0.000 description 10
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 10
- VBUWHHLIZKOSMS-RIWXPGAOSA-N invicorp Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCSC)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC=1NC=NC=1)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)O)[C@@H](C)O)C(C)C)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 VBUWHHLIZKOSMS-RIWXPGAOSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 10
- 239000012280 lithium aluminium hydride Substances 0.000 description 10
- VSEAAEQOQBMPQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N morpholin-3-one Chemical compound O=C1COCCN1 VSEAAEQOQBMPQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 229910000027 potassium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 10
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 10
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 10
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfuric acid Substances OS(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- CYPYTURSJDMMMP-WVCUSYJESA-N (1e,4e)-1,5-diphenylpenta-1,4-dien-3-one;palladium Chemical compound [Pd].[Pd].C=1C=CC=CC=1\C=C\C(=O)\C=C\C1=CC=CC=C1.C=1C=CC=CC=1\C=C\C(=O)\C=C\C1=CC=CC=C1.C=1C=CC=CC=1\C=C\C(=O)\C=C\C1=CC=CC=C1 CYPYTURSJDMMMP-WVCUSYJESA-N 0.000 description 9
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Carbamate Chemical compound NC([O-])=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 9
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000008020 evaporation Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 9
- 150000003222 pyridines Chemical class 0.000 description 9
- 238000006798 ring closing metathesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 9
- 238000004809 thin layer chromatography Methods 0.000 description 9
- RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-Dioxane Chemical compound C1COCCO1 RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- OJVAMHKKJGICOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,5-hexanedione Chemical compound CC(=O)CCC(C)=O OJVAMHKKJGICOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 208000019901 Anxiety disease Diseases 0.000 description 8
- NBBJYMSMWIIQGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propionic aldehyde Chemical compound CCC=O NBBJYMSMWIIQGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 230000001476 alcoholic effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 8
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- IUYHWZFSGMZEOG-UHFFFAOYSA-M magnesium;propane;chloride Chemical compound [Mg+2].[Cl-].C[CH-]C IUYHWZFSGMZEOG-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 8
- 229910052763 palladium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000000524 positive electrospray ionisation mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 8
- 150000003141 primary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- AQRLNPVMDITEJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N triethylsilane Chemical compound CC[SiH](CC)CC AQRLNPVMDITEJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphenylphosphine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- NGNBDVOYPDDBFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2,4-di(pentan-2-yl)phenoxy]acetyl chloride Chemical compound CCCC(C)C1=CC=C(OCC(Cl)=O)C(C(C)CCC)=C1 NGNBDVOYPDDBFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bromide Chemical compound [Br-] CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 7
- 101150041968 CDC13 gene Proteins 0.000 description 7
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 229940123333 Phosphodiesterase 5 inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 7
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 7
- MUMGGOZAMZWBJJ-DYKIIFRCSA-N Testostosterone Chemical compound O=C1CC[C@]2(C)[C@H]3CC[C@](C)([C@H](CC4)O)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 MUMGGOZAMZWBJJ-DYKIIFRCSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 239000005557 antagonist Substances 0.000 description 7
- ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethanolamine Chemical compound OCCNCCO ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 238000010828 elution Methods 0.000 description 7
- 150000004820 halides Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 239000002590 phosphodiesterase V inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 7
- BEOOHQFXGBMRKU-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium cyanoborohydride Chemical compound [Na+].[B-]C#N BEOOHQFXGBMRKU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 7
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- BZLVMXJERCGZMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl tert-butyl ether Chemical compound COC(C)(C)C BZLVMXJERCGZMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 208000002193 Pain Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 208000028017 Psychotic disease Diseases 0.000 description 6
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- VZTDIZULWFCMLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonium formate Chemical compound [NH4+].[O-]C=O VZTDIZULWFCMLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000000935 antidepressant agent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000036506 anxiety Effects 0.000 description 6
- MUALRAIOVNYAIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N binap Chemical group C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C(=C2C=CC=CC2=CC=1)C=1C2=CC=CC=C2C=CC=1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 MUALRAIOVNYAIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 6
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 239000000262 estrogen Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000010408 film Substances 0.000 description 6
- 150000004677 hydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 6
- 125000002524 organometallic group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 230000036407 pain Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 6
- BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium carbonate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]C([O-])=O BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 6
- 210000002460 smooth muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- MFRIHAYPQRLWNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium tert-butoxide Chemical compound [Na+].CC(C)(C)[O-] MFRIHAYPQRLWNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- DYHSDKLCOJIUFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butoxycarbonyl anhydride Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)OC(=O)OC(C)(C)C DYHSDKLCOJIUFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- CFOAUYCPAUGDFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N tosmic Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(=O)(=O)C[N+]#[C-])C=C1 CFOAUYCPAUGDFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000011701 zinc Substances 0.000 description 6
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia chloride Chemical compound [NH4+].[Cl-] NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- ZTQSAGDEMFDKMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butyraldehyde Chemical compound CCCC=O ZTQSAGDEMFDKMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 5
- 229920000858 Cyclodextrin Polymers 0.000 description 5
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 5
- 108010003205 Vasoactive Intestinal Peptide Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 102000055135 Vasoactive Intestinal Peptide Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 235000011054 acetic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 5
- 125000001584 benzyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group C(=O)(OCC1=CC=CC=C1)* 0.000 description 5
- 150000001805 chlorine compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 238000002425 crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 5
- SXZIXHOMFPUIRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenylmethanimine Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=N)C1=CC=CC=C1 SXZIXHOMFPUIRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000003480 eluent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229940011871 estrogen Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen iodide Chemical compound I XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 238000005984 hydrogenation reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000007327 hydrogenolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 208000014674 injury Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 238000005461 lubrication Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 5
- UYWQUFXKFGHYNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylmethyl ester of formic acid Natural products O=COCC1=CC=CC=C1 UYWQUFXKFGHYNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 238000011321 prophylaxis Methods 0.000 description 5
- 208000012201 sexual and gender identity disease Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 208000015891 sexual disease Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000005931 tert-butyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(OC(*)=O)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 5
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 5
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene-4-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 230000002792 vascular Effects 0.000 description 5
- UUUHXMGGBIUAPW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-[1-[2-[[5-amino-2-[[1-[5-(diaminomethylideneamino)-2-[[1-[3-(1h-indol-3-yl)-2-[(5-oxopyrrolidine-2-carbonyl)amino]propanoyl]pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]amino]pentanoyl]pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]amino]-5-oxopentanoyl]amino]-3-methylpentanoyl]pyrrolidine-2-carbon Chemical compound C1CCC(C(=O)N2C(CCC2)C(O)=O)N1C(=O)C(C(C)CC)NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C1CCCN1C(=O)C(CCCN=C(N)N)NC(=O)C1CCCN1C(=O)C(CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)NC(=O)C1CCC(=O)N1 UUUHXMGGBIUAPW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- VOXZDWNPVJITMN-ZBRFXRBCSA-N 17β-estradiol Chemical compound OC1=CC=C2[C@H]3CC[C@](C)([C@H](CC4)O)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 VOXZDWNPVJITMN-ZBRFXRBCSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000000954 2-hydroxyethyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])O[H] 0.000 description 4
- YGCZTXZTJXYWCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-phenylpropanal Chemical compound O=CCCC1=CC=CC=C1 YGCZTXZTJXYWCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000003349 3-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([H])C([*])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 4
- OURXRFYZEOUCRM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-hydroxymorpholine Chemical compound ON1CCOCC1 OURXRFYZEOUCRM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- IKHGUXGNUITLKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetaldehyde Chemical compound CC=O IKHGUXGNUITLKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonium hydroxide Chemical compound [NH4+].[OH-] VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- HSXOYJPVRGBXKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N BC1=CC=CN=C1 Chemical class BC1=CC=CN=C1 HSXOYJPVRGBXKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108091006146 Channels Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 206010012335 Dependence Diseases 0.000 description 4
- XTHFKEDIFFGKHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethoxyethane Chemical compound COCCOC XTHFKEDIFFGKHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- OTMSDBZUPAUEDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethane Chemical compound CC OTMSDBZUPAUEDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 208000023105 Huntington disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 208000027089 Parkinsonian disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 206010034010 Parkinsonism Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 108090000882 Peptidyl-Dipeptidase A Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000004270 Peptidyl-Dipeptidase A Human genes 0.000 description 4
- YGYAWVDWMABLBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosgene Chemical class ClC(Cl)=O YGYAWVDWMABLBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KEAYESYHFKHZAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium Chemical compound [Na] KEAYESYHFKHZAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical class [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 208000027520 Somatoform disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 150000001414 amino alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 235000011114 ammonium hydroxide Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 230000001430 anti-depressive effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229940005513 antidepressants Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 4
- HSDAJNMJOMSNEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl chloroformate Chemical compound ClC(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1 HSDAJNMJOMSNEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 210000003169 central nervous system Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 4
- 206010012601 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 description 4
- HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylamine Chemical compound CCNCC HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- XEYBRNLFEZDVAW-ARSRFYASSA-N dinoprostone Chemical compound CCCCC[C@H](O)\C=C\[C@H]1[C@H](O)CC(=O)[C@@H]1C\C=C/CCCC(O)=O XEYBRNLFEZDVAW-ARSRFYASSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000007884 disintegrant Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000004064 dysfunction Effects 0.000 description 4
- QTTMOCOWZLSYSV-QWAPEVOJSA-M equilin sodium sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]S(=O)(=O)OC1=CC=C2[C@H]3CC[C@](C)(C(CC4)=O)[C@@H]4C3=CCC2=C1 QTTMOCOWZLSYSV-QWAPEVOJSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000002657 hormone replacement therapy Methods 0.000 description 4
- 235000010979 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000001866 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920003088 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 4
- UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Chemical compound OC1C(O)C(OC)OC(CO)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(CO)O3)O)C(CO)O2)O)C(CO)O1 UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000011835 investigation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 4
- ZCSHNCUQKCANBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N lithium diisopropylamide Chemical compound [Li+].CC(C)[N-]C(C)C ZCSHNCUQKCANBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 208000024714 major depressive disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- YDCHPLOFQATIDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 2-bromoacetate Chemical compound COC(=O)CBr YDCHPLOFQATIDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000003176 neuroleptic agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000000701 neuroleptic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- CTSLXHKWHWQRSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxalyl chloride Chemical compound ClC(=O)C(Cl)=O CTSLXHKWHWQRSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 208000027753 pain disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 230000018052 penile erection Effects 0.000 description 4
- 210000003899 penis Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 4
- BDERNNFJNOPAEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N propan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCO BDERNNFJNOPAEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- VVWRJUBEIPHGQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N propan-2-yl n-propan-2-yloxycarbonyliminocarbamate Chemical compound CC(C)OC(=O)N=NC(=O)OC(C)C VVWRJUBEIPHGQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 150000003335 secondary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- QZAYGJVTTNCVMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N serotonin Chemical compound C1=C(O)C=C2C(CCN)=CNC2=C1 QZAYGJVTTNCVMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000012312 sodium hydride Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910000104 sodium hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 238000000527 sonication Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 150000003568 thioethers Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 238000009901 transfer hydrogenation reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229910052723 transition metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 238000012800 visualization Methods 0.000 description 4
- BKMMTJMQCTUHRP-VKHMYHEASA-N (S)-2-aminopropan-1-ol Chemical compound C[C@H](N)CO BKMMTJMQCTUHRP-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 3
- NXFFJDQHYLNEJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4-[(4-chlorophenyl)methyl]-7-fluoro-5-methylsulfonyl-2,3-dihydro-1h-cyclopenta[b]indol-3-yl]acetic acid Chemical compound C1=2C(S(=O)(=O)C)=CC(F)=CC=2C=2CCC(CC(O)=O)C=2N1CC1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 NXFFJDQHYLNEJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ZOOGRGPOEVQQDX-UUOKFMHZSA-N 3',5'-cyclic GMP Chemical compound C([C@H]1O2)OP(O)(=O)O[C@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H]2N1C(N=C(NC2=O)N)=C2N=C1 ZOOGRGPOEVQQDX-UUOKFMHZSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WFDIJRYMOXRFFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic anhydride Chemical compound CC(=O)OC(C)=O WFDIJRYMOXRFFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 208000024827 Alzheimer disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 208000020925 Bipolar disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbamic acid Chemical group NC(O)=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 208000005145 Cerebral amyloid angiopathy Diseases 0.000 description 3
- XFXPMWWXUTWYJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyanide Chemical compound N#[C-] XFXPMWWXUTWYJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102000004073 Dopamine D3 Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090000525 Dopamine D3 Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000048186 Endothelin-converting enzyme 1 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108030001679 Endothelin-converting enzyme 1 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 206010020772 Hypertension Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 102100024197 Membrane metallo-endopeptidase-like 1 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- GCKMFJBGXUYNAG-HLXURNFRSA-N Methyltestosterone Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(=O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@](C)(O)[C@@]1(C)CC2 GCKMFJBGXUYNAG-HLXURNFRSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920000168 Microcrystalline cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 208000016285 Movement disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 108090000028 Neprilysin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000003729 Neprilysin Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 229910021586 Nickel(II) chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 102000008299 Nitric Oxide Synthase Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010021487 Nitric Oxide Synthase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 208000008589 Obesity Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000018737 Parkinson disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- NFHFRUOZVGFOOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pd(PPh3)4 Substances [Pd].C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 NFHFRUOZVGFOOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 208000006011 Stroke Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000007000 age related cognitive decline Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000011260 aqueous acid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000010533 azeotropic distillation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000005604 azodicarboxylate group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 3
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000017531 blood circulation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000004556 brain Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000012267 brine Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000001684 chronic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000003029 clitoris Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 210000005226 corpus cavernosum Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000009429 distress Effects 0.000 description 3
- 208000024732 dysthymic disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000004108 freeze drying Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229960001031 glucose Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000007943 implant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000002197 limbic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000002483 medication Methods 0.000 description 3
- PSGAAPLEWMOORI-PEINSRQWSA-N medroxyprogesterone acetate Chemical compound C([C@@]12C)CC(=O)C=C1[C@@H](C)C[C@@H]1[C@@H]2CC[C@]2(C)[C@@](OC(C)=O)(C(C)=O)CC[C@H]21 PSGAAPLEWMOORI-PEINSRQWSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000009245 menopause Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229910021645 metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 229920000609 methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 235000010981 methylcellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000001923 methylcellulose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000019813 microcrystalline cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000008108 microcrystalline cellulose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940016286 microcrystalline cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 150000004682 monohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000004312 morpholin-2-yl group Chemical group [H]N1C([H])([H])C([H])([H])OC([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 201000006417 multiple sclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000015238 neurotic disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000002858 neurotransmitter agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- QMMRZOWCJAIUJA-UHFFFAOYSA-L nickel dichloride Chemical compound Cl[Ni]Cl QMMRZOWCJAIUJA-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 3
- 230000000269 nucleophilic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 235000020824 obesity Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000012074 organic phase Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000001979 organolithium group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000002734 organomagnesium group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 3
- SCVFZCLFOSHCOH-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium acetate Chemical compound [K+].CC([O-])=O SCVFZCLFOSHCOH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- NNFCIKHAZHQZJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N potassium cyanide Chemical compound [K+].N#[C-] NNFCIKHAZHQZJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- FASDKYOPVNHBLU-ZETCQYMHSA-N pramipexole Chemical compound C1[C@@H](NCCC)CCC2=C1SC(N)=N2 FASDKYOPVNHBLU-ZETCQYMHSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229960003089 pramipexole Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000003180 prostaglandins Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000002516 radical scavenger Substances 0.000 description 3
- HFHDHCJBZVLPGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N schardinger α-dextrin Chemical compound O1C(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(O)C2O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC2C(O)C(O)C1OC2CO HFHDHCJBZVLPGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000009329 sexual behaviour Effects 0.000 description 3
- HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;chloride;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Na+].[Cl-] HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940032147 starch Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 230000000638 stimulation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000012258 stirred mixture Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229960003604 testosterone Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 150000003624 transition metals Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000008733 trauma Effects 0.000 description 3
- HGBOYTHUEUWSSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N valeric aldehyde Natural products CCCCC=O HGBOYTHUEUWSSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- LVLANIHJQRZTPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N vinyl carbamate Chemical compound NC(=O)OC=C LVLANIHJQRZTPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- NOOLISFMXDJSKH-KXUCPTDWSA-N (-)-Menthol Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H]1CC[C@@H](C)C[C@H]1O NOOLISFMXDJSKH-KXUCPTDWSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SFLSHLFXELFNJZ-QMMMGPOBSA-N (-)-norepinephrine Chemical compound NC[C@H](O)C1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 SFLSHLFXELFNJZ-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JDKLPDJLXHXHNV-MFVUMRCOSA-N (3s,6s,9r,12s,15s,23s)-15-[[(2s)-2-acetamidohexanoyl]amino]-9-benzyl-6-[3-(diaminomethylideneamino)propyl]-12-(1h-imidazol-5-ylmethyl)-3-(1h-indol-3-ylmethyl)-2,5,8,11,14,17-hexaoxo-1,4,7,10,13,18-hexazacyclotricosane-23-carboxamide Chemical compound C([C@@H]1C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCN=C(N)N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3NC=2)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCNC(=O)C[C@@H](C(N[C@@H](CC=2NC=NC=2)C(=O)N1)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(C)=O)CCCC)C(N)=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 JDKLPDJLXHXHNV-MFVUMRCOSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Aminoethan-1-ol Chemical compound NCCO HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IMRWILPUOVGIMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-bromopyridine Chemical compound BrC1=CC=CC=N1 IMRWILPUOVGIMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FPDJWDPJTUVQMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-chloro-5-(1-propylazetidin-3-yl)pyridine Chemical compound C1N(CCC)CC1C1=CC=C(Cl)N=C1 FPDJWDPJTUVQMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SCOJKGRNQDKFRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-chloro-n-methoxy-n-methylacetamide Chemical compound CON(C)C(=O)CCl SCOJKGRNQDKFRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IXGKTOUVXDBCMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-tributylstannylacetonitrile Chemical compound CCCC[Sn](CCCC)(CCCC)CC#N IXGKTOUVXDBCMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NHQDETIJWKXCTC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-chloroperbenzoic acid Chemical compound OOC(=O)C1=CC=CC(Cl)=C1 NHQDETIJWKXCTC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DOEFLXGUCJJSNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-(azetidin-3-yl)-2-chloropyridine;dihydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.Cl.C1=NC(Cl)=CC=C1C1CNC1 DOEFLXGUCJJSNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-[3-(1-cyclopropylpyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl]-3-methyl-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-2-one Chemical class C1(CC1)N1N=CC(=C1)C1=NNC2=C1N=C(N=C2)N1C2C(N(CC1CC2)C)=O HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010065040 AIDS dementia complex Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000008811 Agoraphobia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- GAWIXWVDTYZWAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N C[CH]O Chemical group C[CH]O GAWIXWVDTYZWAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000004414 Calcitonin Gene-Related Peptide Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000932 Calcitonin Gene-Related Peptide Proteins 0.000 description 2
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Carbonate Chemical compound [O-]C([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- QDHHCQZDFGDHMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloramine Chemical compound ClN QDHHCQZDFGDHMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VGCXGMAHQTYDJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroacetyl chloride Chemical compound ClCC(Cl)=O VGCXGMAHQTYDJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- TVZCRIROJQEVOT-CABCVRRESA-N Cromakalim Chemical compound N1([C@@H]2C3=CC(=CC=C3OC([C@H]2O)(C)C)C#N)CCCC1=O TVZCRIROJQEVOT-CABCVRRESA-N 0.000 description 2
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000012661 Dyskinesia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethene Chemical compound C=C VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-M Formate Chemical compound [O-]C=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 201000011240 Frontotemporal dementia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229920002153 Hydroxypropyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-arginine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCCN=C(N)N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930064664 L-arginine Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 235000014852 L-arginine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 241001313288 Labia Species 0.000 description 2
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 208000036626 Mental retardation Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229920000881 Modified starch Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 208000019022 Mood disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229910017974 NH40H Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 2
- SNIOPGDIGTZGOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitroglycerin Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)OCC(O[N+]([O-])=O)CO[N+]([O-])=O SNIOPGDIGTZGOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000021384 Obsessive-Compulsive disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 235000019502 Orange oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- XNOPRXBHLZRZKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxytocin Natural products N1C(=O)C(N)CSSCC(C(=O)N2C(CCC2)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)CC)NC(=O)C1CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 XNOPRXBHLZRZKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102400000050 Oxytocin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 101800000989 Oxytocin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- XYFCBTPGUUZFHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphine Chemical compound P XYFCBTPGUUZFHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940127315 Potassium Channel Openers Drugs 0.000 description 2
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium laurylsulphate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCCOS([O-])(=O)=O DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 102000007637 Soluble Guanylyl Cyclase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010007205 Soluble Guanylyl Cyclase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 238000006069 Suzuki reaction reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 206010043118 Tardive Dyskinesia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- OKJPEAGHQZHRQV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triiodomethane Natural products IC(I)I OKJPEAGHQZHRQV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 201000004810 Vascular dementia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 102000012088 Vasoactive Intestinal Peptide Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010075974 Vasoactive Intestinal Peptide Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000002441 X-ray diffraction Methods 0.000 description 2
- TVXBFESIOXBWNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Xylitol Natural products OCCC(O)C(O)C(O)CCO TVXBFESIOXBWNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OZPWNCNLFBVVEN-RFYLDXRNSA-N [(6s,8r,9s,10r,13s,14s,17r)-17-acetyl-6,10,13-trimethyl-3-oxo-2,6,7,8,9,11,12,14,15,16-decahydro-1h-cyclopenta[a]phenanthren-17-yl] acetate;[(9s,13s,14s)-13-methyl-17-oxo-9,11,12,14,15,16-hexahydro-6h-cyclopenta[a]phenanthren-3-yl] hydrogen sulfate;[(8r,9 Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)OC1=CC=C2[C@H]3CC[C@](C)(C(CC4)=O)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1.OS(=O)(=O)OC1=CC=C2[C@H]3CC[C@](C)(C(CC4)=O)[C@@H]4C3=CCC2=C1.OS(=O)(=O)OC1=CC=C2C(CC[C@]3([C@H]4CCC3=O)C)=C4C=CC2=C1.C([C@@]12C)CC(=O)C=C1[C@@H](C)C[C@@H]1[C@@H]2CC[C@]2(C)[C@@](OC(C)=O)(C(C)=O)CC[C@H]21 OZPWNCNLFBVVEN-RFYLDXRNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexanal;sodium Chemical compound [Na].CC(O)=O.OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C=O DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000003213 activating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001154 acute effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000674 adrenergic antagonist Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229930013930 alkaloid Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 150000001351 alkyl iodides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000010640 amide synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005576 amination reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000019270 ammonium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000008346 aqueous phase Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000001746 atrial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 108010006060 aviptadil Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 230000003542 behavioural effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- RWCCWEUUXYIKHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzophenone Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 RWCCWEUUXYIKHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012965 benzophenone Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- WGQKYBSKWIADBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzylamine Chemical compound NCC1=CC=CC=C1 WGQKYBSKWIADBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001743 benzylic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 208000028683 bipolar I disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 150000001638 boron Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- UWTDFICHZKXYAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N boron;oxolane Chemical compound [B].C1CCOC1 UWTDFICHZKXYAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XJHCXCQVJFPJIK-UHFFFAOYSA-M caesium fluoride Chemical compound [F-].[Cs+] XJHCXCQVJFPJIK-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000001244 carboxylic acid anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000002490 cerebral effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- PSEHHVRCDVOTID-VMAIWCPRSA-N chloro-bis[(1r,3r,4s,5r)-4,6,6-trimethyl-3-bicyclo[3.1.1]heptanyl]borane Chemical compound C([C@H]([C@@H]1C)B(Cl)[C@H]2[C@H](C)[C@]3(C[C@@](C2)(C3(C)C)[H])[H])[C@@]2([H])C(C)(C)[C@]1([H])C2 PSEHHVRCDVOTID-VMAIWCPRSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XENVCRGQTABGKY-ZHACJKMWSA-N chlorohydrin Chemical compound CC#CC#CC#CC#C\C=C\C(Cl)CO XENVCRGQTABGKY-ZHACJKMWSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZPUCINDJVBIVPJ-LJISPDSOSA-N cocaine Chemical compound O([C@H]1C[C@@H]2CC[C@@H](N2C)[C@H]1C(=O)OC)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 ZPUCINDJVBIVPJ-LJISPDSOSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000019771 cognition Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000010877 cognitive disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008025 crystallization Effects 0.000 description 2
- ZOOGRGPOEVQQDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclic GMP Natural products O1C2COP(O)(=O)OC2C(O)C1N1C=NC2=C1NC(N)=NC2=O ZOOGRGPOEVQQDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229960002986 dinoprostone Drugs 0.000 description 2
- SPBWMYPZWNFWES-UHFFFAOYSA-N disodium;azanylidyneoxidanium;iron(2+);pentacyanide;dihydrate Chemical compound O.O.[Na+].[Na+].[Fe+2].N#[C-].N#[C-].N#[C-].N#[C-].N#[C-].[O+]#N SPBWMYPZWNFWES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000000921 elemental analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000010491 emotional process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000003038 endothelium Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000001856 erectile effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- FCZCIXQGZOUIDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 2-diethoxyphosphinothioyloxyacetate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)COP(=S)(OCC)OCC FCZCIXQGZOUIDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000001747 exhibiting effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000001752 female genitalia Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940044170 formate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000001640 fractional crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000001035 gastrointestinal tract Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229960003711 glyceryl trinitrate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000007902 hard capsule Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000007210 heterogeneous catalysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- IXCSERBJSXMMFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen chloride Substances Cl.Cl IXCSERBJSXMMFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910000041 hydrogen chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000010977 hydroxypropyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000001863 hydroxypropyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000031424 hyperprolactinemia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003999 initiator Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 2
- NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N insulin Chemical compound N1C(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)CN)C(C)CC)CSSCC(C(NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CCC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CSSCC(NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(C)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2NC=NC=2)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)CNC2=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)C(=O)NC(C(C)O)C(=O)N3C(CCC3)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(C)C(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(O)=O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)CC)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)C(C(C)O)NC(=O)C1CSSCC2NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(C)C)CC1=CN=CN1 NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007917 intracranial administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- INQOMBQAUSQDDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodomethane Chemical compound IC INQOMBQAUSQDDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960004592 isopropanol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000010902 jet-milling Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 2
- FKDHHVKWGRFRTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N linsidomine Chemical compound [N-]1OC(=N)C=[N+]1N1CCOCC1 FKDHHVKWGRFRTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960002006 linsidomine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012669 liquid formulation Substances 0.000 description 2
- UBJFKNSINUCEAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N lithium;2-methylpropane Chemical compound [Li+].C[C-](C)C UBJFKNSINUCEAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000000260 male genitalia Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229960001855 mannitol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000001819 mass spectrum Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229960002985 medroxyprogesterone acetate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N meso ribitol Natural products OCC(O)C(O)C(O)CO HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003595 mist Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002808 molecular sieve Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000002780 morpholines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000003232 mucoadhesive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- RPZAAFUKDPKTKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-(methoxymethyl)-1-phenyl-n-(trimethylsilylmethyl)methanamine Chemical compound COCN(C[Si](C)(C)C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 RPZAAFUKDPKTKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 230000001272 neurogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000002569 neuron Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000002840 nitric oxide donor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000002560 nitrile group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960002748 norepinephrine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- SFLSHLFXELFNJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N norepinephrine Natural products NCC(O)C1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 SFLSHLFXELFNJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002674 ointment Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000010502 orange oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000001672 ovary Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940094443 oxytocics prostaglandins Drugs 0.000 description 2
- XNOPRXBHLZRZKH-DSZYJQQASA-N oxytocin Chemical compound C([C@H]1C(=O)N[C@H](C(N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CSSC[C@H](N)C(=O)N1)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)NCC(N)=O)=O)[C@@H](C)CC)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 XNOPRXBHLZRZKH-DSZYJQQASA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960001723 oxytocin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- LXNAVEXFUKBNMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N palladium(II) acetate Substances [Pd].CC(O)=O.CC(O)=O LXNAVEXFUKBNMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YJVFFLUZDVXJQI-UHFFFAOYSA-L palladium(ii) acetate Chemical compound [Pd+2].CC([O-])=O.CC([O-])=O YJVFFLUZDVXJQI-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 208000019906 panic disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- XQYZDYMELSJDRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N papaverine Chemical compound C1=C(OC)C(OC)=CC=C1CC1=NC=CC2=CC(OC)=C(OC)C=C12 XQYZDYMELSJDRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000007310 pathophysiology Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000004197 pelvis Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000035515 penetration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000001428 peripheral nervous system Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 208000033808 peripheral neuropathy Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 235000019271 petrolatum Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- DTUQWGWMVIHBKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylacetaldehyde Chemical compound O=CCC1=CC=CC=C1 DTUQWGWMVIHBKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000012877 positron emission topography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000011181 potassium carbonates Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000003380 propellant Substances 0.000 description 2
- GMVPRGQOIOIIMI-DWKJAMRDSA-N prostaglandin E1 Chemical compound CCCCC[C@H](O)\C=C\[C@H]1[C@H](O)CC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCCCCC(O)=O GMVPRGQOIOIIMI-DWKJAMRDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XEYBRNLFEZDVAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N prostaglandin E2 Natural products CCCCCC(O)C=CC1C(O)CC(=O)C1CC=CCCCC(O)=O XEYBRNLFEZDVAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 230000001107 psychogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- KOUKXHPPRFNWPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrazine-2,5-dicarboxylic acid;hydrate Chemical compound O.OC(=O)C1=CN=C(C(O)=O)C=N1 KOUKXHPPRFNWPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000002285 radioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940044601 receptor agonist Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000000018 receptor agonist Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940075993 receptor modulator Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000000306 recurrent effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007363 ring formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012896 selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940124834 selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000035807 sensation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000019615 sensations Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940076279 serotonin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000036299 sexual function Effects 0.000 description 2
- BNRNXUUZRGQAQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N sildenafil Chemical compound CCCC1=NN(C)C(C(N2)=O)=C1N=C2C(C(=CC=1)OCC)=CC=1S(=O)(=O)N1CCN(C)CC1 BNRNXUUZRGQAQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- URGAHOPLAPQHLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium aluminosilicate Chemical compound [Na+].[Al+3].[O-][Si]([O-])=O.[O-][Si]([O-])=O URGAHOPLAPQHLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000019333 sodium laurylsulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229940083618 sodium nitroprusside Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229910052938 sodium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- GEHJYWRUCIMESM-UHFFFAOYSA-L sodium sulfite Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])=O GEHJYWRUCIMESM-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 235000011152 sodium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000007901 soft capsule Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960002920 sorbitol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000010356 sorbitol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 208000020431 spinal cord injury Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000001694 spray drying Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960004793 sucrose Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000011149 sulphuric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000008961 swelling Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000011580 syndromic disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229940095064 tartrate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000006068 taste-masking agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- BYBRMMUKXHIMAR-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl 3-(6-chloropyridin-3-yl)azetidine-1-carboxylate Chemical compound C1N(C(=O)OC(C)(C)C)CC1C1=CC=C(Cl)N=C1 BYBRMMUKXHIMAR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000003512 tertiary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- HJUGFYREWKUQJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrabromomethane Chemical compound BrC(Br)(Br)Br HJUGFYREWKUQJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FPGGTKZVZWFYPV-UHFFFAOYSA-M tetrabutylammonium fluoride Chemical compound [F-].CCCC[N+](CCCC)(CCCC)CCCC FPGGTKZVZWFYPV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000011200 topical administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PHLBKPHSAVXXEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N trazodone Chemical compound ClC1=CC=CC(N2CCN(CCCN3C(N4C=CC=CC4=N3)=O)CC2)=C1 PHLBKPHSAVXXEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960003991 trazodone Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 208000002271 trichotillomania Diseases 0.000 description 2
- CSRZQMIRAZTJOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethylsilyl iodide Chemical compound C[Si](C)(C)I CSRZQMIRAZTJOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FTVLMFQEYACZNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethylsilyl trifluoromethanesulfonate Chemical compound C[Si](C)(C)OS(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F FTVLMFQEYACZNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VFJYIHQDILEQNR-UHFFFAOYSA-M trimethylsulfanium;iodide Chemical compound [I-].C[S+](C)C VFJYIHQDILEQNR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- COIOYMYWGDAQPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris(2-methylphenyl)phosphane Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C(=CC=CC=1)C)C1=CC=CC=C1C COIOYMYWGDAQPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000001215 vagina Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000005166 vasculature Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000003071 vasodilator agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000001835 viscera Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000004400 visual pathway Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000000239 visual pathway Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 235000012431 wafers Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000811 xylitol Substances 0.000 description 2
- HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-SCDXWVJYSA-N xylitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-SCDXWVJYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960002675 xylitol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000010447 xylitol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229910052725 zinc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- NWONKYPBYAMBJT-UHFFFAOYSA-L zinc sulfate Chemical compound [Zn+2].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O NWONKYPBYAMBJT-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N α-D-glucopyranosyl-α-D-glucopyranoside Natural products OC1C(O)C(O)C(CO)OC1OC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(CO)O1 HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DNXHEGUUPJUMQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N (+)-estrone Natural products OC1=CC=C2C3CCC(C)(C(CC4)=O)C4C3CCC2=C1 DNXHEGUUPJUMQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SNICXCGAKADSCV-JTQLQIEISA-N (-)-Nicotine Chemical compound CN1CCC[C@H]1C1=CC=CN=C1 SNICXCGAKADSCV-JTQLQIEISA-N 0.000 description 1
- FTLYMKDSHNWQKD-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,4,5-trichlorophenyl)boronic acid Chemical compound OB(O)C1=CC(Cl)=C(Cl)C=C1Cl FTLYMKDSHNWQKD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PGOHTUIFYSHAQG-LJSDBVFPSA-N (2S)-6-amino-2-[[(2S)-5-amino-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-4-amino-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-5-amino-2-[[(2S)-5-amino-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S,3R)-2-[[(2S)-5-amino-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S,3R)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-5-amino-2-[[(2S)-1-[(2S,3R)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2R)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-1-[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-amino-4-methylsulfanylbutanoyl]amino]-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)propanoyl]amino]-5-carbamimidamidopentanoyl]amino]propanoyl]pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]amino]-3-methylbutanoyl]amino]-4-methylpentanoyl]amino]-4-methylpentanoyl]amino]acetyl]amino]-3-hydroxypropanoyl]amino]-4-methylpentanoyl]amino]-3-sulfanylpropanoyl]amino]-4-methylsulfanylbutanoyl]amino]-5-carbamimidamidopentanoyl]amino]-3-hydroxybutanoyl]pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]amino]-5-oxopentanoyl]amino]-3-hydroxypropanoyl]amino]-3-hydroxypropanoyl]amino]-3-(1H-imidazol-5-yl)propanoyl]amino]-4-methylpentanoyl]amino]-3-hydroxybutanoyl]amino]-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)propanoyl]amino]-5-carbamimidamidopentanoyl]amino]-5-oxopentanoyl]amino]-3-hydroxybutanoyl]amino]-3-hydroxypropanoyl]amino]-3-carboxypropanoyl]amino]-3-hydroxypropanoyl]amino]-5-oxopentanoyl]amino]-5-oxopentanoyl]amino]-3-phenylpropanoyl]amino]-5-carbamimidamidopentanoyl]amino]-3-methylbutanoyl]amino]-4-methylpentanoyl]amino]-4-oxobutanoyl]amino]-5-carbamimidamidopentanoyl]amino]-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)propanoyl]amino]-4-carboxybutanoyl]amino]-5-oxopentanoyl]amino]hexanoic acid Chemical compound CSCC[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](Cc1c[nH]c2ccccc12)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](Cc1cnc[nH]1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](Cc1c[nH]c2ccccc12)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](Cc1ccccc1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](Cc1c[nH]c2ccccc12)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(O)=O PGOHTUIFYSHAQG-LJSDBVFPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KIUKXJAPPMFGSW-DNGZLQJQSA-N (2S,3S,4S,5R,6R)-6-[(2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-3-Acetamido-2-[(2S,3S,4R,5R,6R)-6-[(2R,3R,4R,5S,6R)-3-acetamido-2,5-dihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-4-yl]oxy-2-carboxy-4,5-dihydroxyoxan-3-yl]oxy-5-hydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-4-yl]oxy-3,4,5-trihydroxyoxane-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@H]1[C@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](O[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O3)C(O)=O)O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)NC(C)=O)[C@@H](C(O)=O)O1 KIUKXJAPPMFGSW-DNGZLQJQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CWEWNDHNHNQJGV-NRFANRHFSA-N (2r)-4-benzyl-2-[6-(2,5-dimethylpyrrol-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl]morpholine Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(C)N1C1=CC=C([C@H]2OCCN(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C2)C=N1 CWEWNDHNHNQJGV-NRFANRHFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LNAZSHAWQACDHT-XIYTZBAFSA-N (2r,3r,4s,5r,6s)-4,5-dimethoxy-2-(methoxymethyl)-3-[(2s,3r,4s,5r,6r)-3,4,5-trimethoxy-6-(methoxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxy-6-[(2r,3r,4s,5r,6r)-4,5,6-trimethoxy-2-(methoxymethyl)oxan-3-yl]oxyoxane Chemical compound CO[C@@H]1[C@@H](OC)[C@H](OC)[C@@H](COC)O[C@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](OC)[C@@H](OC)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](OC)[C@H](OC)O[C@@H]2COC)OC)O[C@@H]1COC LNAZSHAWQACDHT-XIYTZBAFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YKWCXUFYMYCVCS-RGMNGODLSA-N (2s)-2-(propylamino)propan-1-ol;hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.CCCN[C@@H](C)CO YKWCXUFYMYCVCS-RGMNGODLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WXVYUTFNRJXZTJ-AAEUAGOBSA-N (2s)-2-[[(2r)-2-(6-aminopyridin-3-yl)-2-hydroxyethyl]-butylamino]propan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCN([C@@H](C)CO)C[C@H](O)C1=CC=C(N)N=C1 WXVYUTFNRJXZTJ-AAEUAGOBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DTFLCOPHVSSPLL-RYUDHWBXSA-N (2s)-2-[[(2r)-2-(6-aminopyridin-3-yl)-2-hydroxyethyl]-ethylamino]butan-1-ol Chemical compound CC[C@@H](CO)N(CC)C[C@H](O)C1=CC=C(N)N=C1 DTFLCOPHVSSPLL-RYUDHWBXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- POXOJWDDCKEQRF-ROUUACIJSA-N (2s)-2-[[(2r)-2-[6-(2,5-dimethylpyrrol-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl]-2-hydroxyethyl]-ethylamino]butan-1-ol Chemical compound N1=CC([C@@H](O)CN(CC)[C@H](CO)CC)=CC=C1N1C(C)=CC=C1C POXOJWDDCKEQRF-ROUUACIJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JASDTGIGPAROKE-AMGKYWFPSA-N (2s)-2-[[2-(6-amino-5-methylpyridin-3-yl)-2-hydroxyethyl]-propylamino]propan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCN([C@@H](C)CO)CC(O)C1=CN=C(N)C(C)=C1 JASDTGIGPAROKE-AMGKYWFPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ARMRUYCLGGELRB-VPHXOMNUSA-N (2s)-2-[[2-[6-(2,5-dimethylpyrrol-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl]-2-hydroxyethyl]amino]propan-1-ol Chemical compound N1=CC(C(O)CN[C@H](CO)C)=CC=C1N1C(C)=CC=C1C ARMRUYCLGGELRB-VPHXOMNUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XMBSMMCPKFDGEO-ZETCQYMHSA-N (2s)-2-amino-5-[[amino-(2-methoxyethylamino)methylidene]amino]pentanoic acid Chemical compound COCCNC(=N)NCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O XMBSMMCPKFDGEO-ZETCQYMHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JCBPETKZIGVZRE-BYPYZUCNSA-N (2s)-2-aminobutan-1-ol Chemical compound CC[C@H](N)CO JCBPETKZIGVZRE-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JEQDSBVHLKBEIZ-REOHCLBHSA-N (2s)-2-chloropropanoyl chloride Chemical compound C[C@H](Cl)C(Cl)=O JEQDSBVHLKBEIZ-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XUKUURHRXDUEBC-SVBPBHIXSA-N (3s,5s)-7-[2-(4-fluorophenyl)-3-phenyl-4-(phenylcarbamoyl)-5-propan-2-ylpyrrol-1-yl]-3,5-dihydroxyheptanoic acid Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C1=C(C=2C=CC(F)=CC=2)N(CC[C@H](O)C[C@H](O)CC(O)=O)C(C(C)C)=C1C(=O)NC1=CC=CC=C1 XUKUURHRXDUEBC-SVBPBHIXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WHKIKIJJJZKSCU-DIMJTDRSSA-N (5s)-2-[6-(2,5-dimethylpyrrol-1-yl)-5-methylpyridin-3-yl]-5-methyl-4-propylmorpholin-2-ol Chemical compound O1C[C@H](C)N(CCC)CC1(O)C1=CN=C(N2C(=CC=C2C)C)C(C)=C1 WHKIKIJJJZKSCU-DIMJTDRSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XUKAVPATXGYVKJ-WPKBUWHJSA-N (6ar,9r)-n-[(2s)-1-hydroxypropan-2-yl]-4,7-dimethyl-6,6a,8,9-tetrahydroindolo[4,3-fg]quinoline-9-carboxamide Chemical compound C1=CC(C=2[C@H](N(C)C[C@@H](C=2)C(=O)N[C@H](CO)C)C2)=C3C2=CN(C)C3=C1 XUKAVPATXGYVKJ-WPKBUWHJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YHEIHLVIKSTGJE-YXJHDRRASA-N (6ar,9s,10ar)-9-(diethylsulfamoylamino)-7-methyl-6,6a,8,9,10,10a-hexahydro-4h-indolo[4,3-fg]quinoline Chemical compound C1=CC([C@H]2C[C@@H](CN(C)[C@@H]2C2)NS(=O)(=O)N(CC)CC)=C3C2=CNC3=C1 YHEIHLVIKSTGJE-YXJHDRRASA-N 0.000 description 1
- VUEGYUOUAAVYAS-JGGQBBKZSA-N (6ar,9s,10ar)-9-(dimethylsulfamoylamino)-7-methyl-6,6a,8,9,10,10a-hexahydro-4h-indolo[4,3-fg]quinoline Chemical compound C1=CC([C@H]2C[C@@H](CN(C)[C@@H]2C2)NS(=O)(=O)N(C)C)=C3C2=CNC3=C1 VUEGYUOUAAVYAS-JGGQBBKZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CNVBDWZUVCVZOB-FQEVSTJZSA-N (6r)-4-benzyl-6-[6-(2,5-dimethylpyrrol-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl]morpholin-3-one Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(C)N1C1=CC=C([C@H]2OCC(=O)N(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C2)C=N1 CNVBDWZUVCVZOB-FQEVSTJZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GMVPRGQOIOIIMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N (8R,11R,12R,13E,15S)-11,15-Dihydroxy-9-oxo-13-prostenoic acid Natural products CCCCCC(O)C=CC1C(O)CC(=O)C1CCCCCCC(O)=O GMVPRGQOIOIIMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YUSCRGFYKCAQHE-HQFNMCNFSA-N (8r,9s,13s,14s,17s)-13-methyl-6,7,8,9,11,12,14,15,16,17-decahydrocyclopenta[a]phenanthrene-3,17-diol;(8r,9s,13s,14s,16r,17r)-13-methyl-6,7,8,9,11,12,14,15,16,17-decahydrocyclopenta[a]phenanthrene-3,16,17-triol Chemical compound OC1=CC=C2[C@H]3CC[C@](C)([C@H](CC4)O)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1.OC1=CC=C2[C@H]3CC[C@](C)([C@H]([C@H](O)C4)O)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 YUSCRGFYKCAQHE-HQFNMCNFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WRIDQFICGBMAFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (E)-8-Octadecenoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCC(O)=O WRIDQFICGBMAFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PYHRZPFZZDCOPH-QXGOIDDHSA-N (S)-amphetamine sulfate Chemical compound [H+].[H+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O.C[C@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1.C[C@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 PYHRZPFZZDCOPH-QXGOIDDHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FYBFDIIAPRHIQS-KKBLUXBBSA-N (Z)-7-[(1R,2R,3R,5S)-3,5-dihydroxy-2-[(E,3R)-3-hydroxy-4-thiophen-3-yloxybut-1-enyl]cyclopentyl]hept-5-enoic acid Chemical compound C([C@H](O)\C=C\[C@@H]1[C@H]([C@@H](O)C[C@H]1O)C\C=C/CCCC(O)=O)OC=1C=CSC=1 FYBFDIIAPRHIQS-KKBLUXBBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YFMFNYKEUDLDTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1,1,2,3,3,3-heptafluoropropane Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C(F)C(F)(F)F YFMFNYKEUDLDTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LVGUZGTVOIAKKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1,1,2-tetrafluoroethane Chemical compound FCC(F)(F)F LVGUZGTVOIAKKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PAAZPARNPHGIKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-dibromoethane Chemical compound BrCCBr PAAZPARNPHGIKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YLLVPHVZPCGVQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(propylamino)ethanol Chemical compound CCCNC(C)O YLLVPHVZPCGVQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UOTMYNBWXDUBNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-[(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]-6,7-dimethoxyisoquinolin-2-ium;chloride Chemical compound Cl.C1=C(OC)C(OC)=CC=C1CC1=NC=CC2=CC(OC)=C(OC)C=C12 UOTMYNBWXDUBNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BHKKSKOHRFHHIN-MRVPVSSYSA-N 1-[[2-[(1R)-1-aminoethyl]-4-chlorophenyl]methyl]-2-sulfanylidene-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-one Chemical compound N[C@H](C)C1=C(CN2C(NC(C3=C2C=CN3)=O)=S)C=CC(=C1)Cl BHKKSKOHRFHHIN-MRVPVSSYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IVVNZDGDKPTYHK-JTQLQIEISA-N 1-cyano-2-[(2s)-3,3-dimethylbutan-2-yl]-3-pyridin-4-ylguanidine Chemical compound CC(C)(C)[C@H](C)N=C(NC#N)NC1=CC=NC=C1 IVVNZDGDKPTYHK-JTQLQIEISA-N 0.000 description 1
- IXPNQXFRVYWDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methyl-2,4-dioxo-1,3-diazinane-5-carboximidamide Chemical compound CN1CC(C(N)=N)C(=O)NC1=O IXPNQXFRVYWDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KYWXRBNOYGGPIZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-morpholin-4-ylethanone Chemical compound CC(=O)N1CCOCC1 KYWXRBNOYGGPIZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OWEGMIWEEQEYGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 100676-05-9 Natural products OC1C(O)C(O)C(CO)OC1OCC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(OC2C(OC(O)C(O)C2O)CO)O1 OWEGMIWEEQEYGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NVKAWKQGWWIWPM-ABEVXSGRSA-N 17-β-hydroxy-5-α-Androstan-3-one Chemical compound C1C(=O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@H]3CC[C@](C)([C@H](CC4)O)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CC[C@H]21 NVKAWKQGWWIWPM-ABEVXSGRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GCKMFJBGXUYNAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 17alpha-methyltestosterone Natural products C1CC2=CC(=O)CCC2(C)C2C1C1CCC(C)(O)C1(C)CC2 GCKMFJBGXUYNAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RXYQCXVUMLSFHM-CKCSCOOESA-N 19-hydroxy-PGA2 Chemical compound CC(O)CCC[C@H](O)\C=C\[C@H]1C=CC(=O)[C@@H]1C\C=C/CCCC(O)=O RXYQCXVUMLSFHM-CKCSCOOESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005160 1H NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- YGTUPRIZNBMOFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(4-hydroxybenzoyl)benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 YGTUPRIZNBMOFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FEINRNIWVDWBIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(4-methylphenyl)sulfonyl-1h-imidazole Chemical compound C1=CC(C)=CC=C1S(=O)(=O)C1=NC=CN1 FEINRNIWVDWBIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FRPJGTNLZNXQEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[[4-(2-pyridinyl)-1-piperazinyl]methyl]-1H-benzimidazole Chemical compound N=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1CN(CC1)CCN1C1=CC=CC=N1 FRPJGTNLZNXQEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LUYDCKABOZKBMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-chloro-1-[6-(2,5-dimethylpyrrol-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl]ethanone Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(C)N1C1=CC=C(C(=O)CCl)C=N1 LUYDCKABOZKBMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KJKIPRQNFDUULB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-chloro-4-iodopyridine Chemical compound ClC1=CC(I)=CC=N1 KJKIPRQNFDUULB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QWLGCWXSNYKKDO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-chloro-5-iodopyridine Chemical compound ClC1=CC=C(I)C=N1 QWLGCWXSNYKKDO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KVQJVAOMYWTLEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-chlorobutanoyl chloride Chemical compound CCC(Cl)C(Cl)=O KVQJVAOMYWTLEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004200 2-methoxyethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])OC([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- PPWLAQVKIFDULF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-phenyl-1h-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine Chemical compound N1C2=NC=CC=C2C=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 PPWLAQVKIFDULF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LQJBNNIYVWPHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 20:1omega9c fatty acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O LQJBNNIYVWPHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JXZZEXZZKAWDSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(2-(4-Benzamidopiperid-1-yl)ethyl)indole Chemical compound C1CN(CCC=2C3=CC=CC=C3NC=2)CCC1NC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 JXZZEXZZKAWDSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SBHNNNRQZGYOAU-YVEFUNNKSA-N 3-[(6ar,9s)-5-bromo-7-methyl-6,6a,8,9-tetrahydro-4h-indolo[4,3-fg]quinoline-9-yl]-1,1-diethylurea Chemical compound C1=CC(C=2[C@H](N(C)C[C@H](C=2)NC(=O)N(CC)CC)C2)=C3C2=C(Br)NC3=C1 SBHNNNRQZGYOAU-YVEFUNNKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LVMVXZOPCAMYHC-QOAXCGLXSA-N 3-[(6ar,9s,10ar)-7-methyl-6,6a,8,9,10,10a-hexahydro-4h-indolo[4,3-fg]quinoline-9-yl]-2-cyanopropanamide Chemical compound C1=CC([C@H]2C[C@@H](CC(C#N)C(N)=O)CN([C@@H]2C2)C)=C3C2=CNC3=C1 LVMVXZOPCAMYHC-QOAXCGLXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FCRJELOYDVBTGW-ILZDJORESA-N 3-[(6ar,9s,10ar)-7-propyl-6,6a,8,9,10,10a-hexahydro-4h-indolo[4,3-fg]quinoline-9-yl]-1,1-diethylurea Chemical compound C1=CC([C@H]2C[C@@H](CN([C@@H]2C2)CCC)NC(=O)N(CC)CC)=C3C2=CNC3=C1 FCRJELOYDVBTGW-ILZDJORESA-N 0.000 description 1
- NCGICGYLBXGBGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-morpholin-4-yl-1-oxa-3-azonia-2-azanidacyclopent-3-en-5-imine;hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.[N-]1OC(=N)C=[N+]1N1CCOCC1 NCGICGYLBXGBGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BMUKKTUHUDJSNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[1-hydroxy-2-(1-phenoxypropan-2-ylamino)propyl]phenol Chemical compound C=1C=C(O)C=CC=1C(O)C(C)NC(C)COC1=CC=CC=C1 BMUKKTUHUDJSNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MMPQUXMFHWBWOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-propylmorpholin-2-one Chemical compound CCCN1CCOC(=O)C1 MMPQUXMFHWBWOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JRXGRWLOTDSBEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-(4-propylmorpholin-2-yl)-1,3-thiazol-2-amine Chemical compound C1N(CCC)CCOC1C1=CN=C(N)S1 JRXGRWLOTDSBEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091005477 5-HT3 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091005435 5-HT6 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- PLSMFUYQOLOELF-HNNXBMFYSA-N 5-[(2r)-4-benzylmorpholin-2-yl]pyridin-2-amine Chemical compound C1=NC(N)=CC=C1[C@H]1OCCN(CC=2C=CC=CC=2)C1 PLSMFUYQOLOELF-HNNXBMFYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BXCZNAOPEJOMCW-LBPRGKRZSA-N 5-[(2r)-4-butylmorpholin-2-yl]pyridin-2-amine Chemical compound C1N(CCCC)CCO[C@@H]1C1=CC=C(N)N=C1 BXCZNAOPEJOMCW-LBPRGKRZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZPKXLYORMYMXNZ-ZDUSSCGKSA-N 5-[(2r)-4-pentylmorpholin-2-yl]pyridin-2-amine Chemical compound C1N(CCCCC)CCO[C@@H]1C1=CC=C(N)N=C1 ZPKXLYORMYMXNZ-ZDUSSCGKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WZAQGEYBXLKEDB-QMMMGPOBSA-N 5-[(2r)-morpholin-2-yl]pyridin-2-amine Chemical compound C1=NC(N)=CC=C1[C@H]1OCCNC1 WZAQGEYBXLKEDB-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WQEDAMLUPHXADE-AAEUAGOBSA-N 5-[(2r,5s)-4-butyl-5-methylmorpholin-2-yl]pyridin-2-amine Chemical compound O1C[C@H](C)N(CCCC)C[C@H]1C1=CC=C(N)N=C1 WQEDAMLUPHXADE-AAEUAGOBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GDPGUUBHFXQEHK-HOTGVXAUSA-N 5-[(2r,5s)-5-(phenylmethoxymethyl)morpholin-2-yl]pyridin-2-amine Chemical compound C1=NC(N)=CC=C1[C@H]1OC[C@H](COCC=2C=CC=CC=2)NC1 GDPGUUBHFXQEHK-HOTGVXAUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BWGDAGTZIVIBHX-YJBOKZPZSA-N 5-[(2r,5s)-5-methyl-4-(3-phenylpropyl)morpholin-2-yl]pyridin-2-amine Chemical compound C([C@H](OC[C@@H]1C)C=2C=NC(N)=CC=2)N1CCCC1=CC=CC=C1 BWGDAGTZIVIBHX-YJBOKZPZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UXRVFSIWSWPXSI-JAVCKPHESA-N 5-[(5s)-5-methylmorpholin-2-yl]pyridin-2-amine Chemical compound C1N[C@@H](C)COC1C1=CC=C(N)N=C1 UXRVFSIWSWPXSI-JAVCKPHESA-N 0.000 description 1
- QWMFKVNJIYNWII-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-bromo-2-(2,5-dimethylpyrrol-1-yl)pyridine Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(C)N1C1=CC=C(Br)C=N1 QWMFKVNJIYNWII-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KBLGGRWUEVCNPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-bromo-3-methylpyridin-2-amine Chemical compound CC1=CC(Br)=CN=C1N KBLGGRWUEVCNPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JDNCMHOKWINDKI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-bromo-4-methylpyridin-2-amine Chemical compound CC1=CC(N)=NC=C1Br JDNCMHOKWINDKI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WGOLHUGPTDEKCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-bromopyridin-2-amine Chemical compound NC1=CC=C(Br)C=N1 WGOLHUGPTDEKCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ODHCTXKNWHHXJC-VKHMYHEASA-N 5-oxo-L-proline Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H]1CCC(=O)N1 ODHCTXKNWHHXJC-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- TVEXGJYMHHTVKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-oxabicyclo[3.2.1]oct-3-en-7-one Chemical compound C1C2C(=O)OC1C=CC2 TVEXGJYMHHTVKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VCCNKWWXYVWTLT-CYZBKYQRSA-N 7-[(2s,3r,4s,5s,6r)-4,5-dihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)-3-[(2s,3r,4r,5r,6s)-3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methyloxan-2-yl]oxyoxan-2-yl]oxy-5-hydroxy-2-(3-hydroxy-4-methoxyphenyl)chromen-4-one Chemical compound C1=C(O)C(OC)=CC=C1C(OC1=C2)=CC(=O)C1=C(O)C=C2O[C@H]1[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C)O2)O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 VCCNKWWXYVWTLT-CYZBKYQRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QSBYPNXLFMSGKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9-Heptadecensaeure Natural products CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O QSBYPNXLFMSGKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FFCZQVKVWGGQFB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9h-pyrido[3,4-b]indole-1,4-dione Chemical compound N1C2=CC=CC=C2C2=C1C(=O)N=CC2=O FFCZQVKVWGGQFB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930008281 A03AD01 - Papaverine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 208000018282 ACys amyloidosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 108060003345 Adrenergic Receptor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000017910 Adrenergic receptor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010054196 Affect lability Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010001541 Akinesia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920001450 Alpha-Cyclodextrin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O Ammonium Chemical compound [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 102000052567 Anaphase-Promoting Complex-Cyclosome Apc1 Subunit Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010002261 Androgen deficiency Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010002650 Anorexia nervosa and bulimia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000208340 Araliaceae Species 0.000 description 1
- 229940123726 Arginase II inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Arginine Chemical compound OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010003439 Artificial menopause Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000001320 Atherosclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000006096 Attention Deficit Disorder with Hyperactivity Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000027448 Attention Deficit and Disruptive Behavior disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000020706 Autistic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bicarbonate Chemical compound OC([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 201000004569 Blindness Diseases 0.000 description 1
- BTBUEUYNUDRHOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Borate Chemical compound [O-]B([O-])[O-] BTBUEUYNUDRHOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000021465 Brief psychotic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000002083 C09CA01 - Losartan Substances 0.000 description 1
- 101100135858 Caenorhabditis elegans pde-2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100135867 Caenorhabditis elegans pde-3 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940127291 Calcium channel antagonist Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 102000005702 Calcium-Activated Potassium Channels Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010045489 Calcium-Activated Potassium Channels Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000018208 Cannabinoid Receptor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108050007331 Cannabinoid receptor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-NJFSPNSNSA-N Carbon-14 Chemical compound [14C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-NJFSPNSNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002134 Carboxymethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 208000024172 Cardiovascular disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010078791 Carrier Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000001573 Cataplexy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- PTHCMJGKKRQCBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cellulose, microcrystalline Chemical compound OC1C(O)C(OC)OC(CO)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC)C(CO)O1 PTHCMJGKKRQCBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010008025 Cerebellar ataxia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010023798 Charybdotoxin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920001661 Chitosan Polymers 0.000 description 1
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010008748 Chorea Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010009094 Chronic paroxysmal hemicrania Diseases 0.000 description 1
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K Citrate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- GJSURZIOUXUGAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Clonidine Chemical compound ClC1=CC=CC(Cl)=C1NC1=NCCN1 GJSURZIOUXUGAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000006561 Cluster Headache Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000008186 Collagen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010035532 Collagen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000027691 Conduct disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010010904 Convulsion Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000020406 Creutzfeldt Jacob disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000003407 Creutzfeldt-Jakob Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000010859 Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920002785 Croscarmellose sodium Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 206010011469 Crying Diseases 0.000 description 1
- UDIPTWFVPPPURJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Cyclamate Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]S(=O)(=O)NC1CCCCC1 UDIPTWFVPPPURJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 102000004654 Cyclic GMP-Dependent Protein Kinases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010003591 Cyclic GMP-Dependent Protein Kinases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- DSLZVSRJTYRBFB-LLEIAEIESA-N D-glucaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O DSLZVSRJTYRBFB-LLEIAEIESA-N 0.000 description 1
- RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-SQOUGZDYSA-M D-gluconate Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C([O-])=O RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-SQOUGZDYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- AEMOLEFTQBMNLQ-AQKNRBDQSA-N D-glucopyranuronic acid Chemical compound OC1O[C@H](C(O)=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O AEMOLEFTQBMNLQ-AQKNRBDQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UWTATZPHSA-N D-lactic acid Chemical compound C[C@@H](O)C(O)=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UWTATZPHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NOOLISFMXDJSKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N DL-menthol Natural products CC(C)C1CCC(C)CC1O NOOLISFMXDJSKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101150049660 DRD2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010011878 Deafness Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010012218 Delirium Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010012239 Delusion Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000024254 Delusional disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000016192 Demyelinating disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- HCYAFALTSJYZDH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Desimpramine Chemical compound C1CC2=CC=CC=C2N(CCCNC)C2=CC=CC=C21 HCYAFALTSJYZDH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YZCKVEUIGOORGS-OUBTZVSYSA-N Deuterium Chemical compound [2H] YZCKVEUIGOORGS-OUBTZVSYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 101100135859 Dictyostelium discoideum regA gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- QOSSAOTZNIDXMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dicylcohexylcarbodiimide Chemical compound C1CCCCC1N=C=NC1CCCCC1 QOSSAOTZNIDXMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N Dimethyl sulfoxide Chemical compound [2H]C([2H])([2H])S(=O)C([2H])([2H])[2H] IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000007590 Disorders of Excessive Somnolence Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000026331 Disruptive, Impulse Control, and Conduct disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000004980 Dopamine D2 Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090001111 Dopamine D2 Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940099567 Dopamine D4 receptor agonist Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 201000010374 Down Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010049669 Dyscalculia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000004483 Dyspareunia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000030814 Eating disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000017701 Endocrine disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000009273 Endometriosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000010180 Endothelin receptor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108050001739 Endothelin receptor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000792859 Enema Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000005977 Ethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000007487 Familial Cerebral Amyloid Angiopathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000019454 Feeding and Eating disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000001640 Fibromyalgia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000020897 Formins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091022623 Formins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229930091371 Fructose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000005715 Fructose Substances 0.000 description 1
- RFSUNEUAIZKAJO-ARQDHWQXSA-N Fructose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@](O)(CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O RFSUNEUAIZKAJO-ARQDHWQXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000005526 G1 to G0 transition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000001613 Gambling Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000011688 Generalised anxiety disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000010412 Glaucoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940121710 HMGCoA reductase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 101150104779 HTR2A gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000004547 Hallucinations Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010019196 Head injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010019233 Headaches Diseases 0.000 description 1
- HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Heparin Chemical compound OC1C(NC(=O)C)C(O)OC(COS(O)(=O)=O)C1OC1C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(O3)C(O)=O)OS(O)(=O)=O)C(CO)O2)NS(O)(=O)=O)C(C(O)=O)O1 HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000032849 Hereditary cerebral hemorrhage with amyloidosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- GVGLGOZIDCSQPN-PVHGPHFFSA-N Heroin Chemical compound O([C@H]1[C@H](C=C[C@H]23)OC(C)=O)C4=C5[C@@]12CCN(C)[C@@H]3CC5=CC=C4OC(C)=O GVGLGOZIDCSQPN-PVHGPHFFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000007625 Hirudins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010007267 Hirudins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101150013372 Htr2c gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen bromide Chemical compound Br CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004354 Hydroxyethyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000663 Hydroxyethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 208000035150 Hypercholesterolemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010020850 Hyperthyroidism Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000001953 Hypotension Diseases 0.000 description 1
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 206010061216 Infarction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000022559 Inflammatory bowel disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000004877 Insulin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090001061 Insulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010022998 Irritability Diseases 0.000 description 1
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-REOHCLBHSA-N L-Cysteine Chemical compound SC[C@H](N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N L-aspartic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(O)=O CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-L L-tartrate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C([O-])=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-L 0.000 description 1
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Lactate Chemical compound CC(O)C([O-])=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 208000020358 Learning disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- VAYOSLLFUXYJDT-RDTXWAMCSA-N Lysergic acid diethylamide Chemical compound C1=CC(C=2[C@H](N(C)C[C@@H](C=2)C(=O)N(CC)CC)C2)=C3C2=CNC3=C1 VAYOSLLFUXYJDT-RDTXWAMCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 description 1
- OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-L Malonate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CC([O-])=O OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-PICCSMPSSA-N Maltose Natural products O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-PICCSMPSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010026749 Mania Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000004378 Melanocortin Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000950 Melanocortin Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010008364 Melanocortins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000026139 Memory disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- JLVHTNZNKOSCNB-YSVLISHTSA-N Mesulergine Chemical compound C1=CC([C@H]2C[C@@H](CN(C)[C@@H]2C2)NS(=O)(=O)N(C)C)=C3C2=CN(C)C3=C1 JLVHTNZNKOSCNB-YSVLISHTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 1
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012359 Methanesulfonyl chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000019695 Migraine disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- ZFMITUMMTDLWHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Minoxidil Chemical compound NC1=[N+]([O-])C(N)=CC(N2CCCCC2)=N1 ZFMITUMMTDLWHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000005314 Multi-Infarct Dementia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000008238 Muscle Spasticity Diseases 0.000 description 1
- FQWRAVYMZULPNK-UHFFFAOYSA-N N(5)-[(Z)-amino(hydroxyimino)methyl]ornithine Chemical compound OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=NO FQWRAVYMZULPNK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) Chemical compound CCN(C(C)C)C(C)C JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WHNWPMSKXPGLAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Vinyl-2-pyrrolidone Chemical compound C=CN1CCCC1=O WHNWPMSKXPGLAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910002651 NO3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- HRRBJVNMSRJFHQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Naftopidil Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC=C1N1CCN(CC(O)COC=2C3=CC=CC=C3C=CC=2)CC1 HRRBJVNMSRJFHQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010028813 Nausea Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000005625 Neuroleptic malignant syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101710138657 Neurotoxin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- PVNIIMVLHYAWGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Niacin Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CN=C1 PVNIIMVLHYAWGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YSEXMKHXIOCEJA-FVFQAYNVSA-N Nicergoline Chemical compound C([C@@H]1C[C@]2([C@H](N(C)C1)CC=1C3=C2C=CC=C3N(C)C=1)OC)OC(=O)C1=CN=CC(Br)=C1 YSEXMKHXIOCEJA-FVFQAYNVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nickel Chemical compound [Ni] PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NHNBFGGVMKEFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitrate Chemical compound [O-][N+]([O-])=O NHNBFGGVMKEFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000006 Nitroglycerin Substances 0.000 description 1
- CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N O-Xylene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1C CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- STJFYCWYHROASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N O-methyl-glaucamine Natural products CN1CCC2=CC(OC)=C(OC)C=C2C2OC(OC)C3=C4OCOC4=CC=C3C12 STJFYCWYHROASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000022873 Ocular disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000005642 Oleic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oleic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940121954 Opioid receptor agonist Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940123257 Opioid receptor antagonist Drugs 0.000 description 1
- MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(O)=O MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000004279 Oxytocin receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000876 Oxytocin receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000005035 Panax pseudoginseng ssp. pseudoginseng Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000003140 Panax quinquefolius Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 208000029082 Pelvic Inflammatory Disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- TZRXHJWUDPFEEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pentaerythritol Tetranitrate Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)OCC(CO[N+]([O-])=O)(CO[N+]([O-])=O)CO[N+]([O-])=O TZRXHJWUDPFEEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000026 Pentaerythritol tetranitrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004264 Petrolatum Substances 0.000 description 1
- QZVCTJOXCFMACW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenoxybenzamine Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1CN(CCCl)C(C)COC1=CC=CC=C1 QZVCTJOXCFMACW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010034912 Phobia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-L Phosphate ion(2-) Chemical compound OP([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229940121828 Phosphodiesterase 2 inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940099471 Phosphodiesterase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorus Chemical compound [P] OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000000609 Pick Disease of the Brain Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101100082606 Plasmodium falciparum (isolate 3D7) PDEbeta gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000005374 Poisoning Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004372 Polyvinyl alcohol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000009916 Postpartum depression Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010036618 Premenstrual syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000002500 Primary Ovarian Insufficiency Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000003946 Prolactin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010057464 Prolactin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000001431 Psychomotor Agitation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010037211 Psychomotor hyperactivity Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010037213 Psychomotor retardation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000027465 Psychotic Affective disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrimidine Chemical compound C1=CN=CN=C1 CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007868 Raney catalyst Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000564 Raney nickel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 208000022372 Reading disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000005793 Restless legs syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000017442 Retinal disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010038923 Retinopathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- IIDJRNMFWXDHID-UHFFFAOYSA-N Risedronic acid Chemical compound OP(=O)(O)C(P(O)(O)=O)(O)CC1=CC=CN=C1 IIDJRNMFWXDHID-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091006463 SLC25A24 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100135860 Saccharomyces cerevisiae (strain ATCC 204508 / S288c) PDE2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000020114 Schizophrenia and other psychotic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000000552 Scott syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010039966 Senile dementia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010089417 Sex Hormone-Binding Globulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000034755 Sex Hormone-Binding Globulin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000019568 Shared Paranoid disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000013738 Sleep Initiation and Maintenance disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010041250 Social phobia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004141 Sodium laurylsulphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002125 Sokalan® Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004147 Sorbitan trioleate Substances 0.000 description 1
- PRXRUNOAOLTIEF-ADSICKODSA-N Sorbitan trioleate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@@H](OC(=O)CCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC)[C@H]1OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)CCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC PRXRUNOAOLTIEF-ADSICKODSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000029033 Spinal Cord disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010066218 Stress Urinary Incontinence Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000013200 Stress disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000005864 Sulphur Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000219 Sympatholytic Substances 0.000 description 1
- DRHKJLXJIQTDTD-OAHLLOKOSA-N Tamsulosine Chemical compound CCOC1=CC=CC=C1OCCN[C@H](C)CC1=CC=C(OC)C(S(N)(=O)=O)=C1 DRHKJLXJIQTDTD-OAHLLOKOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002253 Tannate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- JOAHPSVPXZTVEP-YXJHDRRASA-N Terguride Chemical compound C1=CC([C@H]2C[C@@H](CN(C)[C@@H]2C2)NC(=O)N(CC)CC)=C3C2=CNC3=C1 JOAHPSVPXZTVEP-YXJHDRRASA-N 0.000 description 1
- FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiazole Chemical compound C1=CSC=N1 FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940122388 Thrombin inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108010000499 Thromboplastin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000002262 Thromboplastin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000000323 Tourette Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000016620 Tourette disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000031674 Traumatic Acute Stress disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-WSWWMNSNSA-N Trehalose Natural products O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-WSWWMNSNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-M Trifluoroacetate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 206010044688 Trisomy 21 Diseases 0.000 description 1
- YZCKVEUIGOORGS-NJFSPNSNSA-N Tritium Chemical compound [3H] YZCKVEUIGOORGS-NJFSPNSNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SECKRCOLJRRGGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Vardenafil Chemical compound CCCC1=NC(C)=C(C(N=2)=O)N1NC=2C(C(=CC=1)OCC)=CC=1S(=O)(=O)N1CCN(CC)CC1 SECKRCOLJRRGGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100038388 Vasoactive intestinal polypeptide receptor 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710137655 Vasoactive intestinal polypeptide receptor 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010047163 Vasospasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010047700 Vomiting Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000027418 Wounds and injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- BLGXFZZNTVWLAY-CCZXDCJGSA-N Yohimbine Natural products C1=CC=C2C(CCN3C[C@@H]4CC[C@@H](O)[C@H]([C@H]4C[C@H]33)C(=O)OC)=C3NC2=C1 BLGXFZZNTVWLAY-CCZXDCJGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc Chemical compound [Zn] HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MMPCMJGFURZYOY-WRWLIDTKSA-N [(6ar,9r,10ar)-5-bromo-7-methyl-6,6a,8,9,10,10a-hexahydro-4h-indolo[4,3-fg]quinoline-9-yl]methyl azepane-1-carboxylate Chemical compound C([C@H]1CN([C@H]2[C@@H](C=3C=CC=C4NC(Br)=C(C=34)C2)C1)C)OC(=O)N1CCCCCC1 MMPCMJGFURZYOY-WRWLIDTKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RQBGLYREDLMZMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N [N].C1COCCN1 Chemical compound [N].C1COCCN1 RQBGLYREDLMZMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GCXUHGZBBGZTII-UHFFFAOYSA-N a828071 Chemical class ClC(Cl)=O.ClC(Cl)=O GCXUHGZBBGZTII-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950004701 acetergamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-WFGJKAKNSA-N acetone d6 Chemical compound [2H]C([2H])([2H])C(=O)C([2H])([2H])[2H] CSCPPACGZOOCGX-WFGJKAKNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RBYGDVHOECIAFC-UHFFFAOYSA-L acetonitrile;palladium(2+);dichloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cl-].[Pd+2].CC#N.CC#N RBYGDVHOECIAFC-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 239000003377 acid catalyst Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012445 acidic reagent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000010933 acylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005917 acylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000996 additive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108060000200 adenylate cyclase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000030621 adenylate cyclase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- WNLRTRBMVRJNCN-UHFFFAOYSA-L adipate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CCCCC([O-])=O WNLRTRBMVRJNCN-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 208000012826 adjustment disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000008484 agonism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011292 agonist therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- WNMJYKCGWZFFKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N alfuzosin Chemical compound N=1C(N)=C2C=C(OC)C(OC)=CC2=NC=1N(C)CCCNC(=O)C1CCCO1 WNMJYKCGWZFFKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004607 alfuzosin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000001350 alkyl halides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000029936 alkylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005804 alkylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-LIZSDCNHSA-N alpha,alpha-trehalose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-LIZSDCNHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000711 alprostadil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- HTIQEAQVCYTUBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N amlodipine Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C1=C(COCCN)NC(C)=C(C(=O)OC)C1C1=CC=CC=C1Cl HTIQEAQVCYTUBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000528 amlodipine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003109 amnesic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- HSNWZBCBUUSSQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N amyl nitrate Chemical compound CCCCCO[N+]([O-])=O HSNWZBCBUUSSQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010002026 amyotrophic lateral sclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000002269 analeptic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003484 anatomy Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003098 androgen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940030486 androgens Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960003473 androstanolone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940127282 angiotensin receptor antagonist Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000008064 anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 201000002426 animal phobia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000022531 anorexia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000003276 anti-hypertensive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000702 anti-platelet effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003529 anticholesteremic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940127226 anticholesterol agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003146 anticoagulant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002518 antifoaming agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000739 antihistaminic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940125715 antihistaminic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940030600 antihypertensive agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002220 antihypertensive agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940127218 antiplatelet drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003420 antiserotonin agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960004676 antithrombotic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001623 arteriogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940009098 aspartate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003143 atherosclerotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000065 atmospheric pressure chemical ionisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000025748 atypical depressive disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WEAJZXNPAWBCOA-INIZCTEOSA-N avanafil Chemical compound C1=C(Cl)C(OC)=CC=C1CNC1=NC(N2[C@@H](CCC2)CO)=NC=C1C(=O)NCC1=NC=CC=N1 WEAJZXNPAWBCOA-INIZCTEOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000307 avanafil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229950000586 aviptadil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000022804 avoidant personality disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WDIHJSXYQDMJHN-UHFFFAOYSA-L barium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cl-].[Ba+2] WDIHJSXYQDMJHN-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229910001626 barium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000006399 behavior Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960000686 benzalkonium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-M benzenesulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940049706 benzodiazepine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000003310 benzodiazepinyl group Chemical class N1N=C(C=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GKODNLYMGNEODM-UGKGYDQZSA-N benzyl (2r,5s)-2-[6-(2,5-dimethylpyrrol-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl]-5-methylmorpholine-4-carboxylate Chemical compound C([C@H](OC[C@@H]1C)C=2C=NC(=CC=2)N2C(=CC=C2C)C)N1C(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1 GKODNLYMGNEODM-UGKGYDQZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZENNJLHBPOHKCL-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl 2-(6-aminopyridin-3-yl)-5-methylmorpholine-4-carboxylate Chemical compound CC1COC(C=2C=NC(N)=CC=2)CN1C(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1 ZENNJLHBPOHKCL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YGBQZFPEMRCQRY-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl n-ethenylcarbamate Chemical compound C=CNC(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1 YGBQZFPEMRCQRY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CADWTSSKOVRVJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl(dimethyl)azanium;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C[NH+](C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 CADWTSSKOVRVJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BLGXFZZNTVWLAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-Yohimbin Natural products C1=CC=C2C(CCN3CC4CCC(O)C(C4CC33)C(=O)OC)=C3NC2=C1 BLGXFZZNTVWLAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QUYVBRFLSA-N beta-maltose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QUYVBRFLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000227 bioadhesive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960000074 biopharmaceutical Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000022257 bipolar II disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-M bisulphate group Chemical group S([O-])(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 230000036772 blood pressure Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009835 boiling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000030963 borderline personality disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- ZADPBFCGQRWHPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N boronic acid Chemical compound OBO ZADPBFCGQRWHPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005620 boronic acid group Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000036471 bradycardia Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000006218 bradycardia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229950010062 brazergoline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- FFHBJDQSGDNCIV-MFVUMRCOSA-N bremelanotide Chemical compound C([C@@H]1C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3NC=2)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCNC(=O)C[C@@H](C(N[C@@H](CC=2NC=NC=2)C(=O)N1)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(C)=O)CCCC)C(O)=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 FFHBJDQSGDNCIV-MFVUMRCOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950006651 bromerguride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000001246 bromo group Chemical group Br* 0.000 description 1
- 239000006172 buffering agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- SNPPWIUOZRMYNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N bupropion Chemical compound CC(C)(C)NC(C)C(=O)C1=CC=CC(Cl)=C1 SNPPWIUOZRMYNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001058 bupropion Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000480 calcium channel blocker Substances 0.000 description 1
- XAAHAAMILDNBPS-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium hydrogenphosphate dihydrate Chemical compound O.O.[Ca+2].OP([O-])([O-])=O XAAHAAMILDNBPS-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- CJZGTCYPCWQAJB-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium stearate Chemical compound [Ca+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O CJZGTCYPCWQAJB-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000008116 calcium stearate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013539 calcium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- MIOPJNTWMNEORI-UHFFFAOYSA-N camphorsulfonic acid Chemical compound C1CC2(CS(O)(=O)=O)C(=O)CC1C2(C)C MIOPJNTWMNEORI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000001718 carbodiimides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940077731 carbohydrate nutrients Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 1
- 229960003395 carboprost Drugs 0.000 description 1
- DLJKPYFALUEJCK-MRVZPHNRSA-N carboprost Chemical compound CCCCC[C@](C)(O)\C=C\[C@H]1[C@H](O)C[C@H](O)[C@@H]1C\C=C\CCCC(O)=O DLJKPYFALUEJCK-MRVZPHNRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000010948 carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008112 carboxymethyl-cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940105329 carboxymethylcellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003197 catalytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940062399 cenestin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940112822 chewing gum Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000015218 chewing gum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000015111 chews Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000035606 childbirth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004296 chiral HPLC Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012069 chiral reagent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 description 1
- 150000005753 chloropyridines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000544 cholinesterase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229950004938 cianergoline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019504 cigarettes Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000004087 circulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960002896 clonidine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000018912 cluster headache syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229960003920 cocaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940110456 cocoa butter Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019868 cocoa butter Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000001149 cognitive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920001436 collagen Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010668 complexation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011109 contamination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008602 contraction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013270 controlled release Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002826 coolant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000056 copulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001054 cortical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006071 cream Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960001681 croscarmellose sodium Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000913 crospovidone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010947 crosslinked sodium carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000013058 crude material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 1
- CNVQLPPZGABUCM-LIGYZCPXSA-N ctx toxin Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@H]1CSSC[C@H]2C(=O)N[C@H](C(N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@H]3CSSC[C@@H](C(N[C@@H](CC=4C5=CC=CC=C5NC=4)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CSSC[C@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC3=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=3NC=NC=3)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N2)C(C)C)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)O)NC1=O)=O)CCSC)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H]1NC(=O)CC1)C1=CC=CC=C1 CNVQLPPZGABUCM-LIGYZCPXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000009109 curative therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940109275 cyclamate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WZHCOOQXZCIUNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclandelate Chemical compound C1C(C)(C)CC(C)CC1OC(=O)C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WZHCOOQXZCIUNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000729 cyclandelate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000006352 cycloaddition reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- NXQGGXCHGDYOHB-UHFFFAOYSA-L cyclopenta-1,4-dien-1-yl(diphenyl)phosphane;dichloropalladium;iron(2+) Chemical compound [Fe+2].Cl[Pd]Cl.[CH-]1C=CC(P(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=2C=CC=CC=2)=C1.[CH-]1C=CC(P(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=2C=CC=CC=2)=C1 NXQGGXCHGDYOHB-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 208000026725 cyclothymic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N cysteine Natural products SCC(N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000018417 cysteine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 1
- RFWZESUMWJKKRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N dapiprazole Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1N1CCN(CCC=2N3CCCCC3=NN=2)CC1 RFWZESUMWJKKRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002947 dapiprazole Drugs 0.000 description 1
- DEZRYPDIMOWBDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N dcm dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl.ClCCl DEZRYPDIMOWBDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000006264 debenzylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010061428 decreased appetite Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000006735 deficit Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007850 degeneration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003412 degenerative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- KWDSFGYQALRPMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N delta-N-Hydroxy-L-orginin Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCN(O)C(N)=N KWDSFGYQALRPMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 231100000868 delusion Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000006392 deoxygenation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003001 depressive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007933 dermal patch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003914 desipramine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052805 deuterium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229960002086 dextran Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002069 diamorphine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- RAABOESOVLLHRU-UHFFFAOYSA-O diazenium Chemical compound [NH2+]=N RAABOESOVLLHRU-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-M dihydrogenphosphate Chemical compound OP(O)([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- IJKVHSBPTUYDLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N dihydroxy(oxo)silane Chemical compound O[Si](O)=O IJKVHSBPTUYDLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FFHWGQQFANVOHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethyldioxirane Chemical compound CC1(C)OO1 FFHWGQQFANVOHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UXGNZZKBCMGWAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylformamide dmf Chemical compound CN(C)C=O.CN(C)C=O UXGNZZKBCMGWAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001342 dinoprost Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000014632 disordered eating Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000035548 disruptive behavior disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000004090 dissolution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229950001276 disulergine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002934 diuretic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940030606 diuretics Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940110377 dl- arginine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- CETRZFQIITUQQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N dmso dimethylsulfoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O.CS(C)=O CETRZFQIITUQQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003291 dopaminomimetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960001389 doxazosin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- RUZYUOTYCVRMRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N doxazosin Chemical compound C1OC2=CC=CC=C2OC1C(=O)N(CC1)CCN1C1=NC(N)=C(C=C(C(OC)=C2)OC)C2=N1 RUZYUOTYCVRMRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000006196 drop Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940000406 drug candidate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940126534 drug product Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940112141 dry powder inhaler Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000010410 dusting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010058319 dysgraphia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010013932 dyslexia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000010118 dystonia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002526 effect on cardiovascular system Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012039 electrophile Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004520 electroporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000132 electrospray ionisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003974 emollient agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002996 emotional effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- OYFJQPXVCSSHAI-QFPUQLAESA-N enalapril maleate Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O.C([C@@H](C(=O)OCC)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(O)=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 OYFJQPXVCSSHAI-QFPUQLAESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002124 endocrine Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000750 endocrine system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000007920 enema Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940095399 enema Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001667 episodic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- YREISLCRUMOYAY-IIPCNOPRSA-N ergometrine maleate Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O.C1=CC(C=2[C@H](N(C)C[C@@H](C=2)C(=O)N[C@H](CO)C)C2)=C3C2=CNC3=C1 YREISLCRUMOYAY-IIPCNOPRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940030804 ergonovine maleate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960003133 ergot alkaloid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001903 ergotamine tartrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960005450 eritrityl tetranitrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- SNFOERUNNSHUGP-ZXZARUISSA-N erythrityl tetranitrate Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)OC[C@@H](O[N+]([O-])=O)[C@@H](O[N+]([O-])=O)CO[N+]([O-])=O SNFOERUNNSHUGP-ZXZARUISSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010931 ester hydrolysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940064258 estrace Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940098618 estring Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000328 estrogen antagonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002834 estrogen receptor modulator Substances 0.000 description 1
- JKKFKPJIXZFSSB-CBZIJGRNSA-N estrone 3-sulfate Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)OC1=CC=C2[C@H]3CC[C@](C)(C(CC4)=O)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 JKKFKPJIXZFSSB-CBZIJGRNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CCIVGXIOQKPBKL-UHFFFAOYSA-M ethanesulfonate Chemical compound CCS([O-])(=O)=O CCIVGXIOQKPBKL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- YFXCNIVBAVFOBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethenylboronic acid Chemical compound OB(O)C=C YFXCNIVBAVFOBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MVPICKVDHDWCJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 3-pyrrolidin-1-ylpropanoate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)CCN1CCCC1 MVPICKVDHDWCJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950002163 etisulergine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OJCSPXHYDFONPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N etoac etoac Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O.CCOC(C)=O OJCSPXHYDFONPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940125753 fibrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013020 final formulation Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019634 flavors Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 description 1
- 239000006260 foam Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011888 foil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013355 food flavoring agent Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000019264 food flavour enhancer Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000003599 food sweetener Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960002737 fructose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940050411 fumarate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-L fumarate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)\C=C\C([O-])=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-L 0.000 description 1
- ZZUFCTLCJUWOSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N furosemide Chemical compound C1=C(Cl)C(S(=O)(=O)N)=CC(C(O)=O)=C1NCC1=CC=CO1 ZZUFCTLCJUWOSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KYBOHGVERHWSSV-VNIVIJDLSA-N gemeprost Chemical compound CCCCC(C)(C)[C@H](O)\C=C\[C@H]1[C@H](O)CC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCC\C=C\C(=O)OC KYBOHGVERHWSSV-VNIVIJDLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003480 gemeprost Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000029364 generalized anxiety disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000008434 ginseng Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000004907 gland Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000009477 glass transition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960004580 glibenclamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZJJXGWJIGJFDTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N glipizide Chemical compound C1=NC(C)=CN=C1C(=O)NCCC1=CC=C(S(=O)(=O)NC(=O)NC2CCCCC2)C=C1 ZJJXGWJIGJFDTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001381 glipizide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001731 gluceptate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- KWMLJOLKUYYJFJ-VFUOTHLCSA-N glucoheptonic acid Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O KWMLJOLKUYYJFJ-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940050410 gluconate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940097042 glucuronate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960003180 glutathione Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZNNLBTZKUZBEKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N glyburide Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1C(=O)NCCC1=CC=C(S(=O)(=O)NC(=O)NC2CCCCC2)C=C1 ZNNLBTZKUZBEKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004676 glycans Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000002710 gonadal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001435 haemodynamic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001475 halogen functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 231100000869 headache Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 229920000669 heparin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229960002897 heparin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-M hexadecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229950000177 hibenzate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WQPDUTSPKFMPDP-OUMQNGNKSA-N hirudin Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(OS(O)(=O)=O)=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H]1NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)CC)NC(=O)[C@@H]2CSSC[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@H](C(NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N2)=O)CSSC1)C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H]1NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@@H](N)C(C)C)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)O)CSSC1)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)O)[C@@H](C)O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WQPDUTSPKFMPDP-OUMQNGNKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940006607 hirudin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000012456 homogeneous solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000265 homogenisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003054 hormonal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003906 humectant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002674 hyaluronan Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229960003160 hyaluronic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000006197 hydroboration reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000416 hydrocolloid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000017 hydrogel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 1
- 235000019447 hydroxyethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002471 hydroxymethylglutaryl coenzyme A reductase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010020765 hypersomnia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940126904 hypoglycaemic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000036543 hypotension Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002267 hypothalamic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003016 hypothalamus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002989 hypothyroidism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000003532 hypothyroidism Diseases 0.000 description 1
- HPMRFMKYPGXPEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N idazoxan Chemical compound N1CCN=C1C1OC2=CC=CC=C2OC1 HPMRFMKYPGXPEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950001476 idazoxan Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010021654 increased appetite Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229960002056 indoramin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000007574 infarction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000021267 infertility disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000030214 innervation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010022437 insomnia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940125396 insulin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000968 intestinal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001361 intraarterial administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007912 intraperitoneal administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007919 intrasynovial administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007913 intrathecal administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007915 intraurethral administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007914 intraventricular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- PNDPGZBMCMUPRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodine Chemical compound II PNDPGZBMCMUPRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002346 iodo group Chemical group I* 0.000 description 1
- 238000005342 ion exchange Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000302 ischemic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- SUMDYPCJJOFFON-UHFFFAOYSA-N isethionic acid Chemical compound OCCS(O)(=O)=O SUMDYPCJJOFFON-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FZWBNHMXJMCXLU-BLAUPYHCSA-N isomaltotriose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1OC[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C=O)O1 FZWBNHMXJMCXLU-BLAUPYHCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QXJSBBXBKPUZAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N isooleic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QXJSBBXBKPUZAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MOYKHGMNXAOIAT-JGWLITMVSA-N isosorbide dinitrate Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)O[C@H]1CO[C@@H]2[C@H](O[N+](=O)[O-])CO[C@@H]21 MOYKHGMNXAOIAT-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000201 isosorbide dinitrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- YWXYYJSYQOXTPL-SLPGGIOYSA-N isosorbide mononitrate Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)O[C@@H]1CO[C@@H]2[C@@H](O)CO[C@@H]21 YWXYYJSYQOXTPL-SLPGGIOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003827 isosorbide mononitrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960004819 isoxsuprine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 206010023461 kleptomania Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000003951 lactams Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000006651 lactation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001983 lactogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002596 lactones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- GXESHMAMLJKROZ-IAPPQJPRSA-N lasofoxifene Chemical compound C1([C@@H]2[C@@H](C3=CC=C(C=C3CC2)O)C=2C=CC(OCCN3CCCC3)=CC=2)=CC=CC=C1 GXESHMAMLJKROZ-IAPPQJPRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002367 lasofoxifene Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 201000003723 learning disability Diseases 0.000 description 1
- JKAHWGPTNVUTNB-IXPVHAAZSA-N lergotrile Chemical compound C1=CC([C@H]2C[C@@H](CC#N)CN([C@@H]2C2)C)=C3C2=C(Cl)NC3=C1 JKAHWGPTNVUTNB-IXPVHAAZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950007886 lergotrile Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960004873 levomenthol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000004558 lewy body Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000006742 locomotor activity Effects 0.000 description 1
- KJJZZJSZUJXYEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N losartan Chemical compound CCCCC1=NC(Cl)=C(CO)N1CC1=CC=C(C=2C(=CC=CC=2)C=2[N]N=NN=2)C=C1 KJJZZJSZUJXYEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004773 losartan Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000006210 lotion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007937 lozenge Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229950002454 lysergide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940049920 malate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-L malate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C(O)CC([O-])=O BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N maleic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002160 maltose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000007726 management method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004949 mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960004616 medroxyprogesterone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 201000003995 melancholia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000002865 melanocortin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940041616 menthol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229950008693 mesulergine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002503 metabolic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- WZHJKEUHNJHDLS-QTGUNEKASA-N metergoline Chemical compound C([C@H]1CN([C@H]2[C@@H](C=3C=CC=C4N(C)C=C(C=34)C2)C1)C)NC(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1 WZHJKEUHNJHDLS-QTGUNEKASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004650 metergoline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- SZUQJDJBJHBVBO-CTTKVJGISA-N metergotamine Chemical compound C([C@H]1C(=O)N2CCC[C@H]2[C@]2(O)O[C@@](C(N21)=O)(C)NC(=O)[C@H]1CN([C@H]2C(C=3C=CC=C4N(C)C=C(C=34)C2)=C1)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 SZUQJDJBJHBVBO-CTTKVJGISA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950004958 metergotamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- QARBMVPHQWIHKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanesulfonyl chloride Chemical compound CS(Cl)(=O)=O QARBMVPHQWIHKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MXELDPKESKXREN-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 5-[3-(4,4-diphenylpiperidin-1-yl)propylcarbamoyl]-2,6-dimethyl-4-(4-nitrophenyl)-1,4-dihydropyridine-3-carboxylate;hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.COC(=O)C1=C(C)NC(C)=C(C(=O)NCCCN2CCC(CC2)(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=2C=CC=CC=2)C1C1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1 MXELDPKESKXREN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JZMJDSHXVKJFKW-UHFFFAOYSA-M methyl sulfate(1-) Chemical compound COS([O-])(=O)=O JZMJDSHXVKJFKW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- JNMIXMFEVJHFNY-UHFFFAOYSA-M methyl(triphenyl)phosphanium;iodide Chemical compound [I-].C=1C=CC=CC=1[P+](C=1C=CC=CC=1)(C)C1=CC=CC=C1 JNMIXMFEVJHFNY-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 230000011987 methylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007069 methylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960001566 methyltestosterone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004530 micro-emulsion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004005 microsphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010027599 migraine Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000027061 mild cognitive impairment Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000002480 mineral oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010446 mineral oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960003632 minoxidil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003607 modifier Substances 0.000 description 1
- XLFWDASMENKTKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N molsidomine Chemical compound O1C(N=C([O-])OCC)=C[N+](N2CCOCC2)=N1 XLFWDASMENKTKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004027 molsidomine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- LCEDQNDDFOCWGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N morpholine-4-carbaldehyde Chemical compound O=CN1CCOCC1 LCEDQNDDFOCWGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004899 motility Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004877 mucosa Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003205 muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- DUCNHKDCVVSJLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[3-[4-(2-methoxyphenyl)piperazin-1-yl]propyl]-3-methyl-4-oxo-2-phenylchromene-8-carboxamide Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC=C1N1CCN(CCCNC(=O)C=2C3=C(C(C(C)=C(O3)C=3C=CC=CC=3)=O)C=CC=2)CC1 DUCNHKDCVVSJLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SGZVEWGAZGOWGP-XGWLTEMNSA-N n-[[(6ar,9s,10ar)-7-methyl-6,6a,8,9,10,10a-hexahydro-4h-indolo[4,3-fg]quinoline-9-yl]methyl]acetamide Chemical compound C1=CC([C@H]2C[C@@H](CNC(C)=O)CN([C@@H]2C2)C)=C3C2=CNC3=C1 SGZVEWGAZGOWGP-XGWLTEMNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XMNRWNTXJGEPRZ-FQEVSTJZSA-N n-benzyl-2-chloro-n-[(2r)-2-[6-(2,5-dimethylpyrrol-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl]-2-hydroxyethyl]acetamide Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(C)N1C1=CC=C([C@@H](O)CN(CC=2C=CC=CC=2)C(=O)CCl)C=N1 XMNRWNTXJGEPRZ-FQEVSTJZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950005705 naftopidil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002105 nanoparticle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005487 naphthalate group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000007923 nasal drop Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940100662 nasal drops Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000008693 nausea Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000626 neurodegenerative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000037860 neuroleptic-induced Akathisia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000025319 neurotic depression Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000002581 neurotoxin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000618 neurotoxin Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 229960003642 nicergoline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960002715 nicotine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- SNICXCGAKADSCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N nicotine Natural products CN1CCCC1C1=CC=CN=C1 SNICXCGAKADSCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000001968 nicotinic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011664 nicotinic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002353 niosome Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002823 nitrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960003753 nitric oxide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 description 1
- LYGJENNIWJXYER-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitromethane Chemical compound C[N+]([O-])=O LYGJENNIWJXYER-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010020615 nociceptin receptor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000000041 non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940021182 non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001129 nonadrenergic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002536 noncholinergic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002474 noradrenergic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000655 nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012038 nucleophile Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001009 nucleus accumben Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000000869 occipital lobe Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101150063724 ohr gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000006772 olefination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N oleic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(O)=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LVRLSYPNFFBYCZ-VGWMRTNUSA-N omapatrilat Chemical compound C([C@H](S)C(=O)N[C@H]1CCS[C@H]2CCC[C@H](N2C1=O)C(=O)O)C1=CC=CC=C1 LVRLSYPNFFBYCZ-VGWMRTNUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950000973 omapatrilat Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003402 opiate agonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003401 opiate antagonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001328 optic nerve Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003539 oral contraceptive agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940082615 organic nitrates used in cardiac disease Drugs 0.000 description 1
- PXQPEWDEAKTCGB-UHFFFAOYSA-M orotate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C1=CC(=O)NC(=O)N1 PXQPEWDEAKTCGB-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 230000003204 osmotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003101 oviduct Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000007800 oxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000466 oxiranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000003049 oxytocinergic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004806 packaging method and process Methods 0.000 description 1
- WXHIJDCHNDBCNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N palladium dihydride Chemical compound [PdH2] WXHIJDCHNDBCNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002638 palliative care Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000496 pancreas Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960001789 papaverine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960003207 papaverine hydrochloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000002851 paranoid schizophrenia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000001734 parasympathetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002963 paraventricular hypothalamic nucleus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003182 parenteral nutrition solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000007777 paroxysmal Hemicrania Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000001575 pathological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960004321 pentaerithrityl tetranitrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000012026 peptide coupling reagents Substances 0.000 description 1
- YEHCICAEULNIGD-MZMPZRCHSA-N pergolide Chemical compound C1=CC([C@H]2C[C@@H](CSC)CN([C@@H]2C2)CCC)=C3C2=CNC3=C1 YEHCICAEULNIGD-MZMPZRCHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004851 pergolide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000027232 peripheral nervous system disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000035699 permeability Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002085 persistent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000022821 personality disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940066842 petrolatum Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000825 pharmaceutical preparation Substances 0.000 description 1
- DDBREPKUVSBGFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenobarbital Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C1(CC)C(=O)NC(=O)NC1=O DDBREPKUVSBGFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003418 phenoxybenzamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001999 phentolamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- MRBDMNSDAVCSSF-UHFFFAOYSA-N phentolamine Chemical compound C1=CC(C)=CC=C1N(C=1C=C(O)C=CC=1)CC1=NCCN1 MRBDMNSDAVCSSF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003056 phentolamine mesylate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940100595 phenylacetaldehyde Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000019899 phobic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- WTJKGGKOPKCXLL-RRHRGVEJSA-N phosphatidylcholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC WTJKGGKOPKCXLL-RRHRGVEJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003904 phospholipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011574 phosphorus Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000073 phosphorus hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000000704 physical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000053 physical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960002310 pinacidil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960005235 piperonyl butoxide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001817 pituitary effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004014 plasticizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000106 platelet aggregation inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000572 poisoning Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000000607 poisoning effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004584 polyacrylic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010482 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000244 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001282 polysaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005017 polysaccharide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001296 polysiloxane Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940068968 polysorbate 80 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920000053 polysorbate 80 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002451 polyvinyl alcohol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000019422 polyvinyl alcohol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920000523 polyvinylpolypyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000013809 polyvinylpolypyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 208000028173 post-traumatic stress disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000001242 postsynaptic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001144 postural effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011056 potassium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000015320 potassium carbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011698 potassium fluoride Substances 0.000 description 1
- LPNYRYFBWFDTMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N potassium tert-butoxide Chemical compound [K+].CC(C)(C)[O-] LPNYRYFBWFDTMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960001289 prazosin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- IENZQIKPVFGBNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N prazosin Chemical compound N=1C(N)=C2C=C(OC)C(OC)=CC2=NC=1N(CC1)CCN1C(=O)C1=CC=CO1 IENZQIKPVFGBNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940063238 premarin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 206010036601 premature menopause Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000017942 premature ovarian failure 1 Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002335 preservative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003138 primary alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000000436 pro-erectile effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000002212 progressive supranuclear palsy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940097325 prolactin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- FBZULTVJWVCJQV-UHFFFAOYSA-N propan-2-yl n-(propan-2-yloxycarbonylamino)carbamate Chemical compound CC(C)OC(=O)NNC(=O)OC(C)C FBZULTVJWVCJQV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950004866 propisergide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- PXGPLTODNUVGFL-YNNPMVKQSA-N prostaglandin F2alpha Chemical compound CCCCC[C@H](O)\C=C\[C@H]1[C@H](O)C[C@H](O)[C@@H]1C\C=C/CCCC(O)=O PXGPLTODNUVGFL-YNNPMVKQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003223 protective agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229950007140 proterguride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000003689 pubic bone Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003227 purinergic agonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003373 pyrazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002098 pyridazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004528 pyrimidin-5-yl group Chemical group N1=CN=CC(=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- QDXGKRWDQCEABB-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrimidine-5-carboxamide Chemical compound NC(=O)C1=CN=CN=C1 QDXGKRWDQCEABB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940043131 pyroglutamate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- GZUITABIAKMVPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N raloxifene Chemical compound C1=CC(O)=CC=C1C1=C(C(=O)C=2C=CC(OCCN3CCCCC3)=CC=2)C2=CC=C(O)C=C2S1 GZUITABIAKMVPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004622 raloxifene Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940044551 receptor antagonist Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002464 receptor antagonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002040 relaxant effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004648 relaxation of smooth muscle Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013557 residual solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001525 retina Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052702 rhenium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000007142 ring opening reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N saccharin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)NS(=O)(=O)C2=C1 CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940081974 saccharin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019204 saccharin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000901 saccharin and its Na,K and Ca salt Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940085605 saccharin sodium Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 201000000980 schizophrenia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000012672 seasonal affective disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000028327 secretion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001235 sensitizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000952 serotonin receptor agonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000697 serotonin reuptake Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035946 sexual desire Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035936 sexual power Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036332 sexual response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035939 shock Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960003310 sildenafil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- DEIYFTQMQPDXOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N sildenafil citrate Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O.CCCC1=NN(C)C(C(N2)=O)=C1N=C2C(C(=CC=1)OCC)=CC=1S(=O)(=O)N1CCN(C)CC1 DEIYFTQMQPDXOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002639 sildenafil citrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000012239 silicon dioxide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- BABPEPRNSRIYFA-UHFFFAOYSA-N silyl trifluoromethanesulfonate Chemical compound FC(F)(F)S(=O)(=O)O[SiH3] BABPEPRNSRIYFA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000391 smoking effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000016160 smooth muscle contraction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000329 smooth muscle myocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000015424 sodium Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000010413 sodium alginate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000661 sodium alginate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940005550 sodium alginate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019812 sodium carboxymethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001027 sodium carboxymethylcellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000012418 sodium perborate tetrahydrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008109 sodium starch glycolate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003109 sodium starch glycolate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940079832 sodium starch glycolate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940045902 sodium stearyl fumarate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010265 sodium sulphite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- IBDSNZLUHYKHQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium;3-oxidodioxaborirane;tetrahydrate Chemical compound O.O.O.O.[Na+].[O-]B1OO1 IBDSNZLUHYKHQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019337 sorbitan trioleate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960000391 sorbitan trioleate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000018198 spasticity Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000001716 specific phobia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000278 spinal cord Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008223 sterile water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002294 steroidal antiinflammatory agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003637 steroidlike Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000022170 stress incontinence Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L succinate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CCC([O-])=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910021653 sulphate ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001117 sulphuric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008093 supporting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000829 suppository Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002511 suppository base Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000375 suspending agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009747 swallowing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002889 sympathetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000005062 synaptic transmission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010042772 syncope Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000010189 synthetic method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000006188 syrup Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000020357 syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000007916 tablet composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960000835 tadalafil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- IEHKWSGCTWLXFU-IIBYNOLFSA-N tadalafil Chemical compound C1=C2OCOC2=CC([C@@H]2C3=C([C]4C=CC=CC4=N3)C[C@H]3N2C(=O)CN(C3=O)C)=C1 IEHKWSGCTWLXFU-IIBYNOLFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WOXKDUGGOYFFRN-IIBYNOLFSA-N tadalafil Chemical compound C1=C2OCOC2=CC([C@@H]2C3=C(C4=CC=CC=C4N3)C[C@H]3N2C(=O)CN(C3=O)C)=C1 WOXKDUGGOYFFRN-IIBYNOLFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229960002613 tamsulosin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VCKUSRYTPJJLNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N terazosin Chemical compound N=1C(N)=C2C=C(OC)C(OC)=CC2=NC=1N(CC1)CCN1C(=O)C1CCCO1 VCKUSRYTPJJLNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001693 terazosin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960004558 terguride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OBVOOCNYKLISNM-DQEYMECFSA-N tert-butyl (2r,5s)-2-[6-(2,5-dimethylpyrrol-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl]-5-(phenylmethoxymethyl)morpholine-4-carboxylate Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(C)N1C1=CC=C([C@H]2OC[C@H](COCC=3C=CC=CC=3)N(C2)C(=O)OC(C)(C)C)C=N1 OBVOOCNYKLISNM-DQEYMECFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XPDIKRMPZNLBAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl 3-iodoazetidine-1-carboxylate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)N1CC(I)C1 XPDIKRMPZNLBAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- CZDYPVPMEAXLPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetramethylsilane Chemical compound C[Si](C)(C)C CZDYPVPMEAXLPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000010409 thin film Substances 0.000 description 1
- DUYAAUVXQSMXQP-UHFFFAOYSA-M thioacetate Chemical compound CC([S-])=O DUYAAUVXQSMXQP-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 150000003573 thiols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- HBDDRESWUAFAHY-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiomorpholin-3-one Chemical group O=C1CSCCN1 HBDDRESWUAFAHY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000009974 thixotropic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003868 thrombin inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- DSNBHJFQCNUKMA-SCKDECHMSA-N thromboxane A2 Chemical compound OC(=O)CCC\C=C/C[C@@H]1[C@@H](/C=C/[C@@H](O)CCCCC)O[C@@H]2O[C@H]1C2 DSNBHJFQCNUKMA-SCKDECHMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950002099 tiaprost Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WZDGZWOAQTVYBX-XOINTXKNSA-N tibolone Chemical compound C([C@@H]12)C[C@]3(C)[C@@](C#C)(O)CC[C@H]3[C@@H]1[C@H](C)CC1=C2CCC(=O)C1 WZDGZWOAQTVYBX-XOINTXKNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001023 tibolone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- JIVZKJJQOZQXQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N tolazoline Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1CC1=NCCN1 JIVZKJJQOZQXQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002312 tolazoline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000472 traumatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008736 traumatic injury Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940074410 trehalose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- QIWRFOJWQSSRJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N tributyl(ethenyl)stannane Chemical compound CCCC[Sn](CCCC)(CCCC)C=C QIWRFOJWQSSRJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ITMCEJHCFYSIIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N triflic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F ITMCEJHCFYSIIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YNZXWQJZEDLQEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimazosin Chemical compound N1=C2C(OC)=C(OC)C(OC)=CC2=C(N)N=C1N1CCN(C(=O)OCC(C)(C)O)CC1 YNZXWQJZEDLQEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002906 trimazosin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- LEIMLDGFXIOXMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethylsilyl cyanide Chemical compound C[Si](C)(C)C#N LEIMLDGFXIOXMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DLQYXUGCCKQSRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris(furan-2-yl)phosphane Chemical compound C1=COC(P(C=2OC=CC=2)C=2OC=CC=2)=C1 DLQYXUGCCKQSRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052722 tritium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229960000281 trometamol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000001635 urinary tract Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004291 uterus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 206010046947 vaginismus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229960002381 vardenafil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000019553 vascular disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000004865 vascular response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002227 vasoactive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940124549 vasodilator Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000982 vasogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003462 vein Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001720 vestibular Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000006886 vinylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004393 visual impairment Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002618 waking effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960005080 warfarin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- PJVWKTKQMONHTI-UHFFFAOYSA-N warfarin Chemical compound OC=1C2=CC=CC=C2OC(=O)C=1C(CC(=O)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 PJVWKTKQMONHTI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000016261 weight loss Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000004580 weight loss Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003871 white petrolatum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008096 xylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960000317 yohimbine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- BLGXFZZNTVWLAY-SCYLSFHTSA-N yohimbine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(CCN3C[C@@H]4CC[C@H](O)[C@@H]([C@H]4C[C@H]33)C(=O)OC)=C3NC2=C1 BLGXFZZNTVWLAY-SCYLSFHTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AADVZSXPNRLYLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N yohimbine carboxylic acid Natural products C1=CC=C2C(CCN3CC4CCC(C(C4CC33)C(O)=O)O)=C3NC2=C1 AADVZSXPNRLYLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XOOUIPVCVHRTMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L zinc stearate Chemical compound [Zn+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O XOOUIPVCVHRTMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D213/72—Nitrogen atoms
- C07D213/73—Unsubstituted amino or imino radicals
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P15/00—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P15/00—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
- A61P15/08—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives for gonadal disorders or for enhancing fertility, e.g. inducers of ovulation or of spermatogenesis
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P15/00—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
- A61P15/10—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives for impotence
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
- A61P17/02—Drugs for dermatological disorders for treating wounds, ulcers, burns, scars, keloids, or the like
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P21/00—Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
- A61P21/04—Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system for myasthenia gravis
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/06—Antimigraine agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/14—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abnormal movements, e.g. chorea, dyskinesia
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/14—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abnormal movements, e.g. chorea, dyskinesia
- A61P25/16—Anti-Parkinson drugs
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/18—Antipsychotics, i.e. neuroleptics; Drugs for mania or schizophrenia
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/22—Anxiolytics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/24—Antidepressants
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/28—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
- A61P3/04—Anorexiants; Antiobesity agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
- A61P3/06—Antihyperlipidemics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
- A61P3/08—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
- A61P3/10—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P5/00—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
- A61P9/10—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
- A61P9/12—Antihypertensives
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
- C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
- C07D401/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D413/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
- C07D413/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
- C07D417/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
- C07D417/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Neurology (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Neurosurgery (AREA)
- Diabetes (AREA)
- Endocrinology (AREA)
- Reproductive Health (AREA)
- Psychiatry (AREA)
- Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
- Obesity (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Cardiology (AREA)
- Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
- Gynecology & Obstetrics (AREA)
- Psychology (AREA)
- Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
- Child & Adolescent Psychology (AREA)
- Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
- Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
- Rheumatology (AREA)
- Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
- Emergency Medicine (AREA)
- Dermatology (AREA)
- Vascular Medicine (AREA)
- Pregnancy & Childbirth (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
The present invention provides for compounds of formula (I) which are a class of dopamine agonists, more particularly a class of agonists that are selective for D3 over D2. These compounds are useful for the treatment and/or prevention of sexual dysfunction, for example female sexual dysfunction (FSD), in particular female sexual arousal disorder (FSAD), hypoactive sexual desire disorder (HSDD; lack of interest in sex), female orgasmic disorder (FOD; inability to achieve orgasm); and male sexual dysfunction, in particular male erectile dysfunction (MED). Male sexual dysfunction as referred to herein is meant to include ejaculatory disorders such as premature ejaculation, anorgasmia (inability to achieve orgasm) or desire disorders such as hypoactive sexual desire disorder (HSDD; lack of interest in sex). These compounds are also useful in treating neuropsychiatric disorders and neurodegenerative disorders.
Description
The present invention relates to a class of dopamine agonists, more particularly a class of agonists that are selective for D3 over D2. These compounds are useful for the treatment and/or prevention of sexual dysfunction, for example female sexual dysfunction (FSD), in particular female sexual arousal disorder (FSAD), hypoactive sexual desire disorder (HSDD; lack of interest in sex), female orgasmic disorder (FOD; inability to achieve orgasm); and male sexual dysfunction, in particular male erectile dysfunction (MED). Male sexual dysfunction as referred to herein is meant to include ejaculatory disorders such as premature ejaculation, anorgasmia (inability to achieve orgasm) or desire disorders such as hypoactive sexual desire disorder (HSDD; lack of interest in sex). These compounds are also useful in treating neuropsychiatric disorders and neurodegenerative disorders.
The present invention provides for compounds of formula (I):
R
H2N ~ R2 . ~ -(I) wherein:
R' is selected from H and P-C6)alkyl;
R2 is selected from H and (C1-C6)alkyl;
R3 is selected from:
1R5 (CH2)n N N. 9 R4 (II) R~ (!!i) R (IV) wherein:
A represents 0, S or CH2;
nis1or2;
R4 is selected from, H and (CI-C6)alkyl; wherein said P-C6)alkyl may be optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents each independently selected from (Ci-C6)alkyl, OR7, phenyl, substituted phenyl and-heteroaryl;
R5 is selected from H and (C1-C6)alkyl; wherein said P-Cs)alkyl may be optionally substituted with 1 or 2 OR7 groups;
R6 is selected from H and (C1-C6)alkyl;
R7 is selected from H and (C1-CB)a(kyl; wherein said (CI-C6)alkyl may be optionally substituted with a phenyl, or a substituted phenyl group;
R8 is selected from H, methyl, ethyl, methoxy, and ethoxy;
R9 represents (Cl-Cs)alkyl; and R10 is selected from H and (Ct-C6)alkyl; wherein said (Ct-C6)alkyl may be optionally substituted with I or 2 substituents each independentiy selected from OR, phenyl or substituted phenyl;
The present invention provides for compounds of formula (I):
R
H2N ~ R2 . ~ -(I) wherein:
R' is selected from H and P-C6)alkyl;
R2 is selected from H and (C1-C6)alkyl;
R3 is selected from:
1R5 (CH2)n N N. 9 R4 (II) R~ (!!i) R (IV) wherein:
A represents 0, S or CH2;
nis1or2;
R4 is selected from, H and (CI-C6)alkyl; wherein said P-C6)alkyl may be optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents each independently selected from (Ci-C6)alkyl, OR7, phenyl, substituted phenyl and-heteroaryl;
R5 is selected from H and (C1-C6)alkyl; wherein said P-Cs)alkyl may be optionally substituted with 1 or 2 OR7 groups;
R6 is selected from H and (C1-C6)alkyl;
R7 is selected from H and (C1-CB)a(kyl; wherein said (CI-C6)alkyl may be optionally substituted with a phenyl, or a substituted phenyl group;
R8 is selected from H, methyl, ethyl, methoxy, and ethoxy;
R9 represents (Cl-Cs)alkyl; and R10 is selected from H and (Ct-C6)alkyl; wherein said (Ct-C6)alkyl may be optionally substituted with I or 2 substituents each independentiy selected from OR, phenyl or substituted phenyl;
wherein heteroaryl means a 5 to 7 membered aromatic ring, containing from 1 to 4 heteroatoms, said heteroatoms each independently selected from 0, S and N;
said heteroaryl may be optionally substituted with 1 or more substituents each independently selected from (C1-C6)alkyl, halo and OR', each substituent may be the same or different;
and wherein substituted phenyl means phenyl substituted with 1 or more substituents each independently selected from (C1-C6)alkyl, halo and OR', each substituent may be the same or different;
with the proviso that:
when R' and R2 are H, R3 is moiety (II), A is 0, RS
is H or (C1-C6) alkyl, and R6 is H or (C1-C6) alkyl, then R4 cannot be n-propyl;
and pharmaceutically salts, solvates, polymorphs and prodrugs thereof.
According to another aspect of the present invention, there is provided compounds of formula (I):
Rl H2N 'Izz~z N ~
~
said heteroaryl may be optionally substituted with 1 or more substituents each independently selected from (C1-C6)alkyl, halo and OR', each substituent may be the same or different;
and wherein substituted phenyl means phenyl substituted with 1 or more substituents each independently selected from (C1-C6)alkyl, halo and OR', each substituent may be the same or different;
with the proviso that:
when R' and R2 are H, R3 is moiety (II), A is 0, RS
is H or (C1-C6) alkyl, and R6 is H or (C1-C6) alkyl, then R4 cannot be n-propyl;
and pharmaceutically salts, solvates, polymorphs and prodrugs thereof.
According to another aspect of the present invention, there is provided compounds of formula (I):
Rl H2N 'Izz~z N ~
~
R (I~
wherein: R' is selected from H and (C1-C6) alkyl; R2 is selected from H and (Cl-C6)alkyl; R3 is:
N RS
(II) 2a wherein: A represents 0; R4 is selected from H and straight chain (C1-C6) alkyl; wherein said straight chain (C1-C6) alkyl may be optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents each independently selected from OR7, phenyl, substituted phenyl and heteroaryl; R5 is selected from H and (C1-C6) alkyl;
wherein said (C1-C6)alkyl may be optionally substituted with 1 or 2 OR' groups; R6 is selected from H and (C1-C6) alkyl; R' is selected from H and (C1-C6) alkyl; wherein said (C1-C6) alkyl may be optionally substituted with a phenyl, or a substituted phenyl group; Ra is selected from H, methyl, ethyl, methoxy, and ethoxy; R9 represents (C1-C6)alkyl; and R10 is selected from H and (Cl-C6) alkyl; wherein said (C1-C6)alkyl may be optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents each independently selected from OR7, phenyl or substituted phenyl; wherein heteroaryl means a 5 to 7 membered aromatic ring, containing from 1 to 4 heteroatoms, said heteroatom independently selected from 0, S and N; said heteroaryl may be optionally substituted with 1 or more substituents each independently selected from (C1-C6)alkyl, halo and OR', each substituent may be the same or different;
and wherein substituted phenyl means phenyl substituted with 1 or more substituents each independently selected from (C1-C6)alkyl, halo and OR', each substituent may be the same or different; with the proviso that: when R' and R2 are H, R5 is H or (Cl-C6) alkyl, and R6 is H or (C1-C6) alkyl, then R4 cannot be n-propyl; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, polymorphs and prodrugs thereof.
According to still another aspect of the present invention, there is provided compounds of formula (I):
Rl R
N
R
(I) 2b wherein: Rl is selected from H and (C1-C6) alkyl; R2 is selected from H and (C1-C6) alkyl; R3 is selected from:
A R6 Rg R10 /(CH2)n R (II) R (III) (IV) wherein: A represents S or CH2; n is 1 or 2; R4 is selected from H and (C1-C6) alkyl; wherein said (C1-C6) alkyl may be optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents each independently selected from (C1-C6) alkyl, OR7, phenyl, substituted phenyl and heteroaryl; RS is selected from H and (C1-C6) alkyl; wherein said (C1-C6) alkyl may be optionally substituted with 1 or 2 OR' groups; R6 is selected from H and (C1-C6) alkyl; R' is selected from H and (C1-C6) alkyl; wherein said (C1-C6)alkyl may be optionally substituted with a phenyl, or a substituted phenyl group; R$ is selected from H, methyl, ethyl, methoxy, and ethoxy; R9 represents (C1-C6) alkyl; and R10 is selected from H and (Cl-C6) alkyl;
wherein said (C1-C6)alkyl may be optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents each independently selected from OR', phenyl or substituted phenyl; wherein heteroaryl means a 5 to 7 membered aromatic ring, containing from 1 to 4 heteroatoms, said heteroatom independently selected from 0, S and N; said heteroaryl may be optionally substituted with 1 or more substituents each independently selected from (C,.-C6) alkyl, halo and OR', each substituent may be the same or different; and wherein substituted phenyl means phenyl substituted with 1 or more substituents each independently selected from (C1-C6) alkyl, halo and OR', each substituent may be the same or different; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, polymorphs and prodrugs thereof.
2c According to yet another aspect of the present invention, there is provided a commercial package comprising a compound of the invention, together with a written matter describing instruction for the use thereof in the treatment of a disease or condition as described herein.
Unless otherwise indicated, (C1-C6) alkyl may be straight chain or branched.
Suitable heteroaryl groups include pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl and pyrazinyl.
Unless otherwise indicated, the term halo means fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo.
Unless otherwise indicated, the term substituted means substituted by one or more defined groups. In the case where groups may be selected from a number of alternatives groups, the selected groups may be the same or different.
The pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of the formula (I) include the acid addition and the base salts thereof.
Suitable acid addition salts are formed from acids which form non-toxic salts. Examples include the acetate, adipate, aspartate, benzoate, besylate, bicarbonate/carbonate, bisulphate/sulphate, borate, camsylate, citrate, cyclamate, edisylate, esylate, formate, fumarate, gluceptate, gluconate, glucuronate, hexafluorophosphate, hibenzate, hydrochloride/chloride, hydrobromide/bromide, hydroiodide/iodide, isethionate, lactate, malate, maleate, malonate, mesylate, methylsulphate, naphthylate, 2-napsylate, nicotinate, nitrate, orotate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate, 2d phosphate/hydrogen phosphate/dihydrogen phosphate, pyroglutamate, saccharate, stearate, succinate, tannate, tartrate, tosylate, trifluoroacetate and xinofoate salts.
Hemisalts of acids may also be formed, for example hemisulphate.
For a review on suitable salts, see Handbook of Pharmaceutical Salts: Properties, Selection, and Use by Stahl and Wermuth (Wiley-VCH, 2002).
Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of compounds of formula I may be prepared by one or more of three methods:
(i) by reacting the compound of formula I with the desired acid or base;
(ii) by removing an acid- or base-labile protecting group from a suitable precursor of the compound of formula I or by ring-opening a suitable cyclic precursor, for example, a lactone or lactam, using the desired acid or base; or (iii) by converting one salt of the compound of formula I to another by reaction with an appropriate acid or base or by means of a suitable ion exchange column.
All three reactions are typically carried out in solution. The resulting salt may precipitate out and be collected by filtration or may be recovered by evaporation of the solvent. The degree of ionisation in the resulting salt may vary from completely ionised to almost non-ionised.
The compounds of the invention may exist in a continuum of solid states ranging from fully amorphous to fully crystalline. The term 'amorphous' refers to a state in which the material lacks long range order at the molecular level and, depending upon temperature, may exhibit the physical properties of a solid or a liquid.
Typically such materials do not give distinctive X-ray diffraction patterns and, while exhibiting the properties of a solid, are more formally described as a liquid. Upon heating, a change from solid to liquid properties occurs which is characterised by a change of state, typically second order ('glass transition').
The term 'crystalline' refers to a solid phase in which the material has a regular ordered internal structure at the molecular level and gives a distinctive X-ray diffraction pattern with defined peaks. Such materials when heated sufficiently will also exhibit the properties of a liquid, but the change from solid to liquid is characterised by a phase change, typically first order ('melting point').
The compounds of the invention may also exist in unsolvated and solvated forms. The term `solvate' is used herein to describe a molecular complex comprising the compound of the invention and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable solvent molecules, for example, ethanol. The term 'hydrate' is employed when said solvent is water. -The pharmaceutically acceptable solvates of the compounds of the formula (I) include the hydrates thereof.
A currently accepted classification system for organic hydrates is one that defines isolated site, channel, or metal-ion coordinated hydrates - see Polymorphism in Pharmaceutical Solids by K. R. Morris (Ed. H. G.
Brittain, Marcel Dekker, 1995). Isolated site hydrates are ones in which the water molecules are isolated from direct contact with each other by intervening organic molecules. In channel hydrates, the water molecules lie in lattice channels where they are next to other water molecules. In metal-ion coordinated hydrates, the water molecules are bonded to the metal ion.
wherein: R' is selected from H and (C1-C6) alkyl; R2 is selected from H and (Cl-C6)alkyl; R3 is:
N RS
(II) 2a wherein: A represents 0; R4 is selected from H and straight chain (C1-C6) alkyl; wherein said straight chain (C1-C6) alkyl may be optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents each independently selected from OR7, phenyl, substituted phenyl and heteroaryl; R5 is selected from H and (C1-C6) alkyl;
wherein said (C1-C6)alkyl may be optionally substituted with 1 or 2 OR' groups; R6 is selected from H and (C1-C6) alkyl; R' is selected from H and (C1-C6) alkyl; wherein said (C1-C6) alkyl may be optionally substituted with a phenyl, or a substituted phenyl group; Ra is selected from H, methyl, ethyl, methoxy, and ethoxy; R9 represents (C1-C6)alkyl; and R10 is selected from H and (Cl-C6) alkyl; wherein said (C1-C6)alkyl may be optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents each independently selected from OR7, phenyl or substituted phenyl; wherein heteroaryl means a 5 to 7 membered aromatic ring, containing from 1 to 4 heteroatoms, said heteroatom independently selected from 0, S and N; said heteroaryl may be optionally substituted with 1 or more substituents each independently selected from (C1-C6)alkyl, halo and OR', each substituent may be the same or different;
and wherein substituted phenyl means phenyl substituted with 1 or more substituents each independently selected from (C1-C6)alkyl, halo and OR', each substituent may be the same or different; with the proviso that: when R' and R2 are H, R5 is H or (Cl-C6) alkyl, and R6 is H or (C1-C6) alkyl, then R4 cannot be n-propyl; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, polymorphs and prodrugs thereof.
According to still another aspect of the present invention, there is provided compounds of formula (I):
Rl R
N
R
(I) 2b wherein: Rl is selected from H and (C1-C6) alkyl; R2 is selected from H and (C1-C6) alkyl; R3 is selected from:
A R6 Rg R10 /(CH2)n R (II) R (III) (IV) wherein: A represents S or CH2; n is 1 or 2; R4 is selected from H and (C1-C6) alkyl; wherein said (C1-C6) alkyl may be optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents each independently selected from (C1-C6) alkyl, OR7, phenyl, substituted phenyl and heteroaryl; RS is selected from H and (C1-C6) alkyl; wherein said (C1-C6) alkyl may be optionally substituted with 1 or 2 OR' groups; R6 is selected from H and (C1-C6) alkyl; R' is selected from H and (C1-C6) alkyl; wherein said (C1-C6)alkyl may be optionally substituted with a phenyl, or a substituted phenyl group; R$ is selected from H, methyl, ethyl, methoxy, and ethoxy; R9 represents (C1-C6) alkyl; and R10 is selected from H and (Cl-C6) alkyl;
wherein said (C1-C6)alkyl may be optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents each independently selected from OR', phenyl or substituted phenyl; wherein heteroaryl means a 5 to 7 membered aromatic ring, containing from 1 to 4 heteroatoms, said heteroatom independently selected from 0, S and N; said heteroaryl may be optionally substituted with 1 or more substituents each independently selected from (C,.-C6) alkyl, halo and OR', each substituent may be the same or different; and wherein substituted phenyl means phenyl substituted with 1 or more substituents each independently selected from (C1-C6) alkyl, halo and OR', each substituent may be the same or different; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, polymorphs and prodrugs thereof.
2c According to yet another aspect of the present invention, there is provided a commercial package comprising a compound of the invention, together with a written matter describing instruction for the use thereof in the treatment of a disease or condition as described herein.
Unless otherwise indicated, (C1-C6) alkyl may be straight chain or branched.
Suitable heteroaryl groups include pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl and pyrazinyl.
Unless otherwise indicated, the term halo means fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo.
Unless otherwise indicated, the term substituted means substituted by one or more defined groups. In the case where groups may be selected from a number of alternatives groups, the selected groups may be the same or different.
The pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of the formula (I) include the acid addition and the base salts thereof.
Suitable acid addition salts are formed from acids which form non-toxic salts. Examples include the acetate, adipate, aspartate, benzoate, besylate, bicarbonate/carbonate, bisulphate/sulphate, borate, camsylate, citrate, cyclamate, edisylate, esylate, formate, fumarate, gluceptate, gluconate, glucuronate, hexafluorophosphate, hibenzate, hydrochloride/chloride, hydrobromide/bromide, hydroiodide/iodide, isethionate, lactate, malate, maleate, malonate, mesylate, methylsulphate, naphthylate, 2-napsylate, nicotinate, nitrate, orotate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate, 2d phosphate/hydrogen phosphate/dihydrogen phosphate, pyroglutamate, saccharate, stearate, succinate, tannate, tartrate, tosylate, trifluoroacetate and xinofoate salts.
Hemisalts of acids may also be formed, for example hemisulphate.
For a review on suitable salts, see Handbook of Pharmaceutical Salts: Properties, Selection, and Use by Stahl and Wermuth (Wiley-VCH, 2002).
Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of compounds of formula I may be prepared by one or more of three methods:
(i) by reacting the compound of formula I with the desired acid or base;
(ii) by removing an acid- or base-labile protecting group from a suitable precursor of the compound of formula I or by ring-opening a suitable cyclic precursor, for example, a lactone or lactam, using the desired acid or base; or (iii) by converting one salt of the compound of formula I to another by reaction with an appropriate acid or base or by means of a suitable ion exchange column.
All three reactions are typically carried out in solution. The resulting salt may precipitate out and be collected by filtration or may be recovered by evaporation of the solvent. The degree of ionisation in the resulting salt may vary from completely ionised to almost non-ionised.
The compounds of the invention may exist in a continuum of solid states ranging from fully amorphous to fully crystalline. The term 'amorphous' refers to a state in which the material lacks long range order at the molecular level and, depending upon temperature, may exhibit the physical properties of a solid or a liquid.
Typically such materials do not give distinctive X-ray diffraction patterns and, while exhibiting the properties of a solid, are more formally described as a liquid. Upon heating, a change from solid to liquid properties occurs which is characterised by a change of state, typically second order ('glass transition').
The term 'crystalline' refers to a solid phase in which the material has a regular ordered internal structure at the molecular level and gives a distinctive X-ray diffraction pattern with defined peaks. Such materials when heated sufficiently will also exhibit the properties of a liquid, but the change from solid to liquid is characterised by a phase change, typically first order ('melting point').
The compounds of the invention may also exist in unsolvated and solvated forms. The term `solvate' is used herein to describe a molecular complex comprising the compound of the invention and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable solvent molecules, for example, ethanol. The term 'hydrate' is employed when said solvent is water. -The pharmaceutically acceptable solvates of the compounds of the formula (I) include the hydrates thereof.
A currently accepted classification system for organic hydrates is one that defines isolated site, channel, or metal-ion coordinated hydrates - see Polymorphism in Pharmaceutical Solids by K. R. Morris (Ed. H. G.
Brittain, Marcel Dekker, 1995). Isolated site hydrates are ones in which the water molecules are isolated from direct contact with each other by intervening organic molecules. In channel hydrates, the water molecules lie in lattice channels where they are next to other water molecules. In metal-ion coordinated hydrates, the water molecules are bonded to the metal ion.
When the solvent or water is tightly bound, the complex will have a well-defined stoichiometry independent of humidity. When, however, the solvent or water is weakly bound, as in channel solvates and hygroscopic compounds, the water/solvent content will be dependent on humidity and drying conditions. In such cases, non-stoichiomet .ry will be the norm.
Hereinafter all references to compounds of formula I include references to the salts and solvates thereof.
The compounds of the invention include compounds of formula I as hereinbefore defined, including all polymorphs and crystal habits thereof, prodrugs and isomers thereof (including optical, geometric and tautomeric isomers) as hereinafter defined and isotopically-labeled compounds of formula I.
Included within the scope of the present invention are all stereoisomers, geometric isomers and tautomeric forms of the compounds of formula I, including compounds exhibiting more than one type of isomerism, and mixtures of one or more thereof. Also included are acid addition or base salts wherein the counterion is optically active, for example, d-lactate or I-lysine, or racemic, for example, dl-tartrate or dl-arginine.
A compound of the formula (I) contains one or more asymmetric carbon atoms and therefore exists in two or more stereoisomeric forms. Furthermore, the skilled person will understand that moiety (II) encompasses all stereoisomeric and distereoisomeric forms, in particular:
R6 ,, A R6 N/''~,R 5 N /"'~ R 5 R4 (IIa) R4 (Ilb) Separation of diastereoisomers may be achieved by conventional techniques, e.g. by fractional crystallisation, chromatography or H.P.L.C. of a stereoisomeric mixture of a compound of the formula (I) or a suitable salt or derivative thereof. An individual enantiomer of a compound of the formula (I) may also be prepared from a corresponding optically pure intermediate or by resolution, such as by H.P.L.C. of the corresponding racemate using a suitable chiral support or by fractional crystallisation of the diastereoisomeric salts formed by reaction of the corresponding racemate with a suitable optically active acid or base, as appropriate.
The present invention includes all pharmaceutically acceptable isotopically-labelled compounds of formula I wherein one or more atoms are replaced by atoms having the same atomic number, but an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number which predominates in nature.
Examples of isotopes suitable for inclusion in the compounds of the invention include isotopes of hydrogen, such as 2 H and 3H, carbon, such as'1C,13C and 14C, chlorine, such as 36C1, fluorine, such as 18F, iodine, such as 1231 and '251, nitrogen, such as 13 N and 15 N, oxygen, such as 150, 1 70 and '80, phosphorus, such as 32P, and sulphur, such as 35S.
Hereinafter all references to compounds of formula I include references to the salts and solvates thereof.
The compounds of the invention include compounds of formula I as hereinbefore defined, including all polymorphs and crystal habits thereof, prodrugs and isomers thereof (including optical, geometric and tautomeric isomers) as hereinafter defined and isotopically-labeled compounds of formula I.
Included within the scope of the present invention are all stereoisomers, geometric isomers and tautomeric forms of the compounds of formula I, including compounds exhibiting more than one type of isomerism, and mixtures of one or more thereof. Also included are acid addition or base salts wherein the counterion is optically active, for example, d-lactate or I-lysine, or racemic, for example, dl-tartrate or dl-arginine.
A compound of the formula (I) contains one or more asymmetric carbon atoms and therefore exists in two or more stereoisomeric forms. Furthermore, the skilled person will understand that moiety (II) encompasses all stereoisomeric and distereoisomeric forms, in particular:
R6 ,, A R6 N/''~,R 5 N /"'~ R 5 R4 (IIa) R4 (Ilb) Separation of diastereoisomers may be achieved by conventional techniques, e.g. by fractional crystallisation, chromatography or H.P.L.C. of a stereoisomeric mixture of a compound of the formula (I) or a suitable salt or derivative thereof. An individual enantiomer of a compound of the formula (I) may also be prepared from a corresponding optically pure intermediate or by resolution, such as by H.P.L.C. of the corresponding racemate using a suitable chiral support or by fractional crystallisation of the diastereoisomeric salts formed by reaction of the corresponding racemate with a suitable optically active acid or base, as appropriate.
The present invention includes all pharmaceutically acceptable isotopically-labelled compounds of formula I wherein one or more atoms are replaced by atoms having the same atomic number, but an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number which predominates in nature.
Examples of isotopes suitable for inclusion in the compounds of the invention include isotopes of hydrogen, such as 2 H and 3H, carbon, such as'1C,13C and 14C, chlorine, such as 36C1, fluorine, such as 18F, iodine, such as 1231 and '251, nitrogen, such as 13 N and 15 N, oxygen, such as 150, 1 70 and '80, phosphorus, such as 32P, and sulphur, such as 35S.
Certain isotopically-labelled compounds of formula I, for example, those incorporating a radioactive isotope, are useful in drug and/or substrate tissue distribution studies. The radioactive isotopes tritium, i.e.
3H, and carbon-14, i.e. 14C, are particularly useful for this purpose in view of their ease of incorporation 5 and ready means of detection.
Substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium, i.e. 2H, may afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stabiiity, for example, increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements, and hence may be preferred in some circumstances.
Substitution with positron emitting isotopes, such as "C, '$F, 150 and 13N, can be useful in Positron Emission Topography (PET) studies for examining substrate receptor occupancy.
Isotopically-labeled compounds of formula I can generally be prepared by conventional techniques known to those skilled in the art or by processes analogous to those described in the accompanying Examples and Preparations using an appropriate isotopically-labeled reagent in place of the non-labeled reagent previously employed.
Pharmaceutically acceptable solvates in accordance with the invention include those wherein the solvent of crystallization may be isotopically substituted, e.g. D20, d6-acetone, d6-DMSO.
The following embodiments of the invention are particularly favoured:
Preferably R' is selected from H, methyl and ethyl More preferably R' is selected from H and methyl Most preferably R' is H.
Preferably R2 is selected from H, methyl and ethyl More preferably R 2 is selected from H and methyl Most preferably R2 is H.
When R3-is moiety (II):.
Moieties (Ila) and (lib) are preferred.
Preferably A is 0 or CHZ -More preferably A is 0 Preferably R4 is (Cl-C6)alkyl optionally substituted with a phenyl or a substituted phenyl group.
More preferably R4 is (CI-C4)alkyl optionally substituted with phenyl Even more preferably R4 is selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl or n-butyl Most preferably R4 is selected from methyl, ethyl, and n-propyl In a first preferred embodiment, R5 is selected from H and (C,-C4)alkyl;
wherein said (Cl-C4)alkyl may be optionally substituted with 1 or 2 OR' groups More preferably R5 is selected from H, methyl and ethyl; wherein said methyl and said ethyl may be optionally substituted with an OR7 group Most preferably R5 is selected from H, methyl and ethyl.
In a second preferred embodiment, R5 is (Cl-C4)alkyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 OR' groups More preferably R5 is selected from methyl and ethyl; wherein said methyl and said ethyl may be optionally substituted with an OR7 group.
Most preferably R5 is selected from methyl and ethyl.
Preferably R6 is selected from H, methyl and ethyl More preferably R 6 is selected from H and methyl Most preferably R 6 is H
Preferably R7 is selected from H and (CI-C4)alkyl; wherein said (CI-C4)alkyl is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 phenyl or substituted phenyl groups More preferably R' is selected from H, methyl and ethyl; wherein said methyl and said ethyl are optionally substituted with a phenyl group Most preferably R' is selected from H and (CH2)phenyl When R3 is moiety (III):
Preferably n is 1 Preferably R4 represents (CI-C4)alkyl, optionally substituted by 1 or 2 phenyl, substituted phenyl or heteroaryl groups.
More preferably R4 represents ethyl, propyl or butyl, said groups being optionally substituted by a phenyl group.
Most preferably R4 represents ethyl or propyl, said groups being optionally substituted by a phenyl group.
When R3 is moiety (IV):
Preferably R8 is selected from H, methyl and methoxy. .-More preferably Ra is selected from H and methoxy.
Most preferably Re is H.
Preferably R9 is selected from (CI-C4)alkyl.
More preferably R9 is selected from methyl, ethyl and n-propyl.
3H, and carbon-14, i.e. 14C, are particularly useful for this purpose in view of their ease of incorporation 5 and ready means of detection.
Substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium, i.e. 2H, may afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stabiiity, for example, increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements, and hence may be preferred in some circumstances.
Substitution with positron emitting isotopes, such as "C, '$F, 150 and 13N, can be useful in Positron Emission Topography (PET) studies for examining substrate receptor occupancy.
Isotopically-labeled compounds of formula I can generally be prepared by conventional techniques known to those skilled in the art or by processes analogous to those described in the accompanying Examples and Preparations using an appropriate isotopically-labeled reagent in place of the non-labeled reagent previously employed.
Pharmaceutically acceptable solvates in accordance with the invention include those wherein the solvent of crystallization may be isotopically substituted, e.g. D20, d6-acetone, d6-DMSO.
The following embodiments of the invention are particularly favoured:
Preferably R' is selected from H, methyl and ethyl More preferably R' is selected from H and methyl Most preferably R' is H.
Preferably R2 is selected from H, methyl and ethyl More preferably R 2 is selected from H and methyl Most preferably R2 is H.
When R3-is moiety (II):.
Moieties (Ila) and (lib) are preferred.
Preferably A is 0 or CHZ -More preferably A is 0 Preferably R4 is (Cl-C6)alkyl optionally substituted with a phenyl or a substituted phenyl group.
More preferably R4 is (CI-C4)alkyl optionally substituted with phenyl Even more preferably R4 is selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl or n-butyl Most preferably R4 is selected from methyl, ethyl, and n-propyl In a first preferred embodiment, R5 is selected from H and (C,-C4)alkyl;
wherein said (Cl-C4)alkyl may be optionally substituted with 1 or 2 OR' groups More preferably R5 is selected from H, methyl and ethyl; wherein said methyl and said ethyl may be optionally substituted with an OR7 group Most preferably R5 is selected from H, methyl and ethyl.
In a second preferred embodiment, R5 is (Cl-C4)alkyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 OR' groups More preferably R5 is selected from methyl and ethyl; wherein said methyl and said ethyl may be optionally substituted with an OR7 group.
Most preferably R5 is selected from methyl and ethyl.
Preferably R6 is selected from H, methyl and ethyl More preferably R 6 is selected from H and methyl Most preferably R 6 is H
Preferably R7 is selected from H and (CI-C4)alkyl; wherein said (CI-C4)alkyl is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 phenyl or substituted phenyl groups More preferably R' is selected from H, methyl and ethyl; wherein said methyl and said ethyl are optionally substituted with a phenyl group Most preferably R' is selected from H and (CH2)phenyl When R3 is moiety (III):
Preferably n is 1 Preferably R4 represents (CI-C4)alkyl, optionally substituted by 1 or 2 phenyl, substituted phenyl or heteroaryl groups.
More preferably R4 represents ethyl, propyl or butyl, said groups being optionally substituted by a phenyl group.
Most preferably R4 represents ethyl or propyl, said groups being optionally substituted by a phenyl group.
When R3 is moiety (IV):
Preferably R8 is selected from H, methyl and methoxy. .-More preferably Ra is selected from H and methoxy.
Most preferably Re is H.
Preferably R9 is selected from (CI-C4)alkyl.
More preferably R9 is selected from methyl, ethyl and n-propyl.
Most preferably R9 is n-propyl.
Preferably R10 is selected from H and (CI-C3)alkyl; wherein said (C,-C3)alkyl may be optionally substituted with 1 or 2 OR' or phenyl groups.
More preferably R10 is selected from H and methyl.
Most preferably R10 is H.
Preferably R3 is selected from moieties (II) and (III) More preferably R3 is selected from moieties (Ila), (Ilb), and (III) Most preferably R3 is selected from moieties (Ila) and (Ilb).
Preferably heteroaryl is a 5 or 6 membered aromatic ring, containing from I to 3 heteroatoms, said heteroatom independently selected from 0 and N;
More preferably heteroaryl is a 5 or 6 membered aromatic ring, containing from 1 to 2 nitrogen atoms.
Particularly preferred are compounds (and salts thereof) of the present invention are exemplified herein;
more preferred are:
5-(Morpholin-2-yl)pyridin-2-amine (Example 2);
10 5-[4-(3-Phenylpropyl)morpholin-2-yl]pyridin-2-amine (Exampie 3);
5-[(2R, 5S)-5-Methylmorpholin-2-yl]pyridine-2-amine (Example 7a);
5-[(2S,5S)-S-Methyl-4-(3-phenylpropyl)morpholin-2-yl]pyridin-2-amine (Example 9);
5-[(2S,5S)-4-Butyl-5-methylmorpholin-2-yl]pyridin-2-amine (Example 10);
5-{(2R,5S)-5-[(Benzyloxy)methyl]-4-propylmorpholin-2-yl}pyridin-2-amine (Example 13);
?5 [6-(6-Am i nopyridin-3-yl)-4-propyim orpholin-3-yl]m ethanol (Example 14);
4-Methyl-5-(4-Propylmorpholin-2-yl)pyridin-2-amine (Examples 18 & 19);
5-[(2S,5S)-4,5-Diethyimorpholin-2-yl]pyridin-2-amine (Example 21);
5-[(2R,5S)-4,5-Diethylmorpholin-2-yl]pyridin-2-amine (Example 22);
5-(2R,5S)-(4-ethyl-5-methylmorpholin-2-yl)-pyridin-2-yiamine (Example 25).
In an alternative embodiment, the invention additionally comprises the compounds (+)-5-(4-propyimorpholin-2-yl)-1,3-thiazol-2-amine and (-)-5-(4-propylmorpholin-2-yl)-1,3-thiazol-2-amine (Examples 26 and 27).
Compounds of the invention may be prepared, in known manner, in a variety of ways. The routes below illustrate methods of synthesising compounds of formula (I); the skilled man will appreciate that other methods may be equally as practicable.
Throughout the schemes the protected nitrogen of the 2-aminopyridine group is signified as PGN, and Hal represents a halogen selected from Cl, Br, or I.
Preferably R10 is selected from H and (CI-C3)alkyl; wherein said (C,-C3)alkyl may be optionally substituted with 1 or 2 OR' or phenyl groups.
More preferably R10 is selected from H and methyl.
Most preferably R10 is H.
Preferably R3 is selected from moieties (II) and (III) More preferably R3 is selected from moieties (Ila), (Ilb), and (III) Most preferably R3 is selected from moieties (Ila) and (Ilb).
Preferably heteroaryl is a 5 or 6 membered aromatic ring, containing from I to 3 heteroatoms, said heteroatom independently selected from 0 and N;
More preferably heteroaryl is a 5 or 6 membered aromatic ring, containing from 1 to 2 nitrogen atoms.
Particularly preferred are compounds (and salts thereof) of the present invention are exemplified herein;
more preferred are:
5-(Morpholin-2-yl)pyridin-2-amine (Example 2);
10 5-[4-(3-Phenylpropyl)morpholin-2-yl]pyridin-2-amine (Exampie 3);
5-[(2R, 5S)-5-Methylmorpholin-2-yl]pyridine-2-amine (Example 7a);
5-[(2S,5S)-S-Methyl-4-(3-phenylpropyl)morpholin-2-yl]pyridin-2-amine (Example 9);
5-[(2S,5S)-4-Butyl-5-methylmorpholin-2-yl]pyridin-2-amine (Example 10);
5-{(2R,5S)-5-[(Benzyloxy)methyl]-4-propylmorpholin-2-yl}pyridin-2-amine (Example 13);
?5 [6-(6-Am i nopyridin-3-yl)-4-propyim orpholin-3-yl]m ethanol (Example 14);
4-Methyl-5-(4-Propylmorpholin-2-yl)pyridin-2-amine (Examples 18 & 19);
5-[(2S,5S)-4,5-Diethyimorpholin-2-yl]pyridin-2-amine (Example 21);
5-[(2R,5S)-4,5-Diethylmorpholin-2-yl]pyridin-2-amine (Example 22);
5-(2R,5S)-(4-ethyl-5-methylmorpholin-2-yl)-pyridin-2-yiamine (Example 25).
In an alternative embodiment, the invention additionally comprises the compounds (+)-5-(4-propyimorpholin-2-yl)-1,3-thiazol-2-amine and (-)-5-(4-propylmorpholin-2-yl)-1,3-thiazol-2-amine (Examples 26 and 27).
Compounds of the invention may be prepared, in known manner, in a variety of ways. The routes below illustrate methods of synthesising compounds of formula (I); the skilled man will appreciate that other methods may be equally as practicable.
Throughout the schemes the protected nitrogen of the 2-aminopyridine group is signified as PGN, and Hal represents a halogen selected from Cl, Br, or I.
Compounds of formula (I) wherein R', R2, R4 and R6 are as defined above, and R3, R5 and A are as described herein, may be prepared according to reaction scheme 1.
N Hal I
~ Hal PGN R 2 N (VI) 1 ~ z _ N ~ H
R (~) + (2) PGN Rz HzN R
(V) N "' Hal Ri (VII) ~
I
N Rz Ri (VIa) (3) N N,Ra N NHz .
PGN ~ Rz (4) PGN Rz (5) R (IX) R1 (VIII) O'l,l" O_~
N.Ra N ~ N.Ra PGN Rz (6) PGN I~ Rz (7) R (X) Ri (XI) O
N N.Ra HZN I Rz R
(I) Scheme 1 Reaction Step 1. Aminopyridine protection Compounds of formula (V), wherein, for example, NPG is the 2,5-dimethylpyrrole system [as described in J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans. 1, 1984, 2801-2807, and as illustrated by the compound of formula (Vla)], may be introduced through reaction of an aminopyridine of formula (V) with 1-2 equivalents of 2,5-hexanedione in toluene at reflux with azeotropic removal of water and an acid catalyst, such as para-toluenesulfonic acid.
Reaction Step 2. Halide to aldehyde Aromatic halide =of formula (VI) may be converted into aldehydes of formula (VII) by, for example, generation of an organometallic reagent from a halogenated pyridine of formula (VI), followed by reaction with a formylating agent such as dimethylformamide or morpholine-4-carbaldehyde.
Suitable organometallic pyridine derivatives include Grignard (organomagnesium) or organolithium reagents, which may be prepared from the bromide (or iodide) by halogen-metal -exchange. Typical conditions comprise addition of isopropylmagnesium chloride (or butyllithium) to the bromide (VI) in an anhydrous ethereal solvent such as tetrahydrofuran at room temperature (may require heating in certain cases when isopropylmagnesium chloride is used as the metallating agent) or below (e.g. -78 C when butyllithium is used) to perform the halogen metal exchange reaction, followed by addition of the formylating agent at 0 C or lower.
Reaction Step 3. Conversion of aldehyde to aminoalcohol Compounds of formula (VIII) may be prepared by reaction of an aidehyde of formula (VII) with a cyanide source, such as potassium cyanide or trimethylsilylcyanide, or with nitromethane and a base, such as sodium hydroxide, to form an intermediate adduct which may be reduced by treatment with borane, lithium aluminium_ hydride or hydrogenation in an ethereal solvent. Typical conditions comprise reacting 1.0 equivalents of aldehyde in 1.5 equivalents of 3M HCI with sodium sulfite (1.5 equivalents) followed by potassium cyanide (1.5 equivalents) at room temperature. The resulting cyanohydrin intermediate is then reduced by treatment with 1.2-3.0 equivalents of borane in THF at reflux, followed by treatment with a strong acid to hydrolyse the initially formed boron complex of the product.
The skilled person will be aware that other non-acidic methods are available for breaking the boron complex e.g. treatment with 5 diethanolamine.
Reaction Step 4. Reductive amination Compounds of formula (IX) may be prepared from compounds of formula (VIII) by employing standard ?0 amide bond forming conditions followed by reduction of the intermediate amide with a hydride reducing agent such as borane or lithium aluminium hydride.
For example, acid chlorides in the presence of a suitable base such as triethylamine or 4-methylmorpholine may be used for the amide forming stage. Typical reaction conditions comprise 1.0 equivalents of amine (VIII), 1.2-2.0 equivalents of base (preferably triethylamine), 1.1-1.3 equivalents of 25 acid chloride in dichloromethane at 25 C. Reducing agents such as borane or lithium aluminium hydride can be used for the amide reduction stage. Typical conditions comprise 1.0 equivalents of amide, 1.2-3.0 equivalents of borane in THF at reflux, followed by treatment with a strong acid to hydrolyse the initially formed boron complex of the product. The skilled person will be aware that other non-acidic methods are available for breaking the boron complex e.g. treatment with diethanolamine.
Compounds of formula (IX) can also be made by reductive amination of compounds of formula (VIII) with a suitable aldehyde (1 equivalent or more) in the presence of a hydride reducing agent such as sodium cyanoborohydride or sodium triacetoxyborohydride (1 equivalent or more) in an alcoholic solvent such as ethanol at room temperature.
Reaction Step 5. Morpholinone formation Compounds of formula (X) may be prepared by reaction of compounds of formula (IX) with chloroacetyl chloride or 2-substituted a-chloroacyl chlorides (such as 2-chloropropionyl chloride or 2-chlorobutyryl chloride) in the presence of a base such as triethylamine, sodium carbonate or potassium hydroxide.
Typical conditions comprise 1.0 equivalents of amine (IX), 1.0-1.3 equivalents of acid chloride, 1.2-2.0 equivalents of triethylamine in dichloromethane at 25 C, the crude reaction mixture is then dissolved in IPA with 1.2-3.0 equivalents of aqueous potassium hydroxide.
Reaction Step 6. Morpholinone reduction Compounds of formula (XI) may be prepared by reaction of compounds of formula (X) with reducing agents such as borane or lithium aluminium hydride. Typical conditions comprise 1.0 equivalents of amide (X), 1.2-3.0 equivalents of borane in THF at reflux, followed by treatment with a strong acid to hydrolyse the initially formed boron complex. The skilled person will be aware that other non-acidic methods are 10 available for breaking the boron compiex e.g. treatment with diethanolamine.
Reaction Step 7. Aminopyridine deprotection Compounds of formula (I) may be prepared from compounds of formula (XI) by deprotection. The nature of this reaction will depend upon the protecting group selected for use.
For example, when the 2,5-dimethylpyrrole system is used to protect the aminopyridine group it may be deprotected by treatment with hydroxylamine. Typical conditions comprise 1.0 equivalents of compound (XI) and 5 equivalents of hydroxylamine hydrochloride in ethanol at reflux Alternatively, compoundsof formula (IX), wherein R1, Ra, and R4 are as defined above, may be prepared according to reaction scheme 2.
O o Hal N ~ CI
PGN ' R Rz (8) PGN '~ RZ (9) PGNN
I RZ
(VI) RI (XII) RI (XIII) (10) OH H
N N.Ra PGN I ~ RZ
RI (IX) Scheme 2 Reaction Step 8. Halide to chloroketone Chloroketones of formula (XII) may be formed from halides of formula (VI) via generation of a reactive organometallic intermediate. Suitable organometallic pyridine derivatives include Grignard (organomagnesium) or organolithium reagents, which may be prepared from the bromide (or iodide) by halogen-metal exchange. Thus, treatment of (VI) with 1.1 (or more) equivalents of butyllithium in an ethereal solvent such as tert-butylmethyl ether at low temperature (-78 C) affords an organometallic intermediate which can then be treated with 2-chloro-N-methoxy-N-methylacetamide to provide chloroketones of formula (XII).
N Hal I
~ Hal PGN R 2 N (VI) 1 ~ z _ N ~ H
R (~) + (2) PGN Rz HzN R
(V) N "' Hal Ri (VII) ~
I
N Rz Ri (VIa) (3) N N,Ra N NHz .
PGN ~ Rz (4) PGN Rz (5) R (IX) R1 (VIII) O'l,l" O_~
N.Ra N ~ N.Ra PGN Rz (6) PGN I~ Rz (7) R (X) Ri (XI) O
N N.Ra HZN I Rz R
(I) Scheme 1 Reaction Step 1. Aminopyridine protection Compounds of formula (V), wherein, for example, NPG is the 2,5-dimethylpyrrole system [as described in J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans. 1, 1984, 2801-2807, and as illustrated by the compound of formula (Vla)], may be introduced through reaction of an aminopyridine of formula (V) with 1-2 equivalents of 2,5-hexanedione in toluene at reflux with azeotropic removal of water and an acid catalyst, such as para-toluenesulfonic acid.
Reaction Step 2. Halide to aldehyde Aromatic halide =of formula (VI) may be converted into aldehydes of formula (VII) by, for example, generation of an organometallic reagent from a halogenated pyridine of formula (VI), followed by reaction with a formylating agent such as dimethylformamide or morpholine-4-carbaldehyde.
Suitable organometallic pyridine derivatives include Grignard (organomagnesium) or organolithium reagents, which may be prepared from the bromide (or iodide) by halogen-metal -exchange. Typical conditions comprise addition of isopropylmagnesium chloride (or butyllithium) to the bromide (VI) in an anhydrous ethereal solvent such as tetrahydrofuran at room temperature (may require heating in certain cases when isopropylmagnesium chloride is used as the metallating agent) or below (e.g. -78 C when butyllithium is used) to perform the halogen metal exchange reaction, followed by addition of the formylating agent at 0 C or lower.
Reaction Step 3. Conversion of aldehyde to aminoalcohol Compounds of formula (VIII) may be prepared by reaction of an aidehyde of formula (VII) with a cyanide source, such as potassium cyanide or trimethylsilylcyanide, or with nitromethane and a base, such as sodium hydroxide, to form an intermediate adduct which may be reduced by treatment with borane, lithium aluminium_ hydride or hydrogenation in an ethereal solvent. Typical conditions comprise reacting 1.0 equivalents of aldehyde in 1.5 equivalents of 3M HCI with sodium sulfite (1.5 equivalents) followed by potassium cyanide (1.5 equivalents) at room temperature. The resulting cyanohydrin intermediate is then reduced by treatment with 1.2-3.0 equivalents of borane in THF at reflux, followed by treatment with a strong acid to hydrolyse the initially formed boron complex of the product.
The skilled person will be aware that other non-acidic methods are available for breaking the boron complex e.g. treatment with 5 diethanolamine.
Reaction Step 4. Reductive amination Compounds of formula (IX) may be prepared from compounds of formula (VIII) by employing standard ?0 amide bond forming conditions followed by reduction of the intermediate amide with a hydride reducing agent such as borane or lithium aluminium hydride.
For example, acid chlorides in the presence of a suitable base such as triethylamine or 4-methylmorpholine may be used for the amide forming stage. Typical reaction conditions comprise 1.0 equivalents of amine (VIII), 1.2-2.0 equivalents of base (preferably triethylamine), 1.1-1.3 equivalents of 25 acid chloride in dichloromethane at 25 C. Reducing agents such as borane or lithium aluminium hydride can be used for the amide reduction stage. Typical conditions comprise 1.0 equivalents of amide, 1.2-3.0 equivalents of borane in THF at reflux, followed by treatment with a strong acid to hydrolyse the initially formed boron complex of the product. The skilled person will be aware that other non-acidic methods are available for breaking the boron complex e.g. treatment with diethanolamine.
Compounds of formula (IX) can also be made by reductive amination of compounds of formula (VIII) with a suitable aldehyde (1 equivalent or more) in the presence of a hydride reducing agent such as sodium cyanoborohydride or sodium triacetoxyborohydride (1 equivalent or more) in an alcoholic solvent such as ethanol at room temperature.
Reaction Step 5. Morpholinone formation Compounds of formula (X) may be prepared by reaction of compounds of formula (IX) with chloroacetyl chloride or 2-substituted a-chloroacyl chlorides (such as 2-chloropropionyl chloride or 2-chlorobutyryl chloride) in the presence of a base such as triethylamine, sodium carbonate or potassium hydroxide.
Typical conditions comprise 1.0 equivalents of amine (IX), 1.0-1.3 equivalents of acid chloride, 1.2-2.0 equivalents of triethylamine in dichloromethane at 25 C, the crude reaction mixture is then dissolved in IPA with 1.2-3.0 equivalents of aqueous potassium hydroxide.
Reaction Step 6. Morpholinone reduction Compounds of formula (XI) may be prepared by reaction of compounds of formula (X) with reducing agents such as borane or lithium aluminium hydride. Typical conditions comprise 1.0 equivalents of amide (X), 1.2-3.0 equivalents of borane in THF at reflux, followed by treatment with a strong acid to hydrolyse the initially formed boron complex. The skilled person will be aware that other non-acidic methods are 10 available for breaking the boron compiex e.g. treatment with diethanolamine.
Reaction Step 7. Aminopyridine deprotection Compounds of formula (I) may be prepared from compounds of formula (XI) by deprotection. The nature of this reaction will depend upon the protecting group selected for use.
For example, when the 2,5-dimethylpyrrole system is used to protect the aminopyridine group it may be deprotected by treatment with hydroxylamine. Typical conditions comprise 1.0 equivalents of compound (XI) and 5 equivalents of hydroxylamine hydrochloride in ethanol at reflux Alternatively, compoundsof formula (IX), wherein R1, Ra, and R4 are as defined above, may be prepared according to reaction scheme 2.
O o Hal N ~ CI
PGN ' R Rz (8) PGN '~ RZ (9) PGNN
I RZ
(VI) RI (XII) RI (XIII) (10) OH H
N N.Ra PGN I ~ RZ
RI (IX) Scheme 2 Reaction Step 8. Halide to chloroketone Chloroketones of formula (XII) may be formed from halides of formula (VI) via generation of a reactive organometallic intermediate. Suitable organometallic pyridine derivatives include Grignard (organomagnesium) or organolithium reagents, which may be prepared from the bromide (or iodide) by halogen-metal exchange. Thus, treatment of (VI) with 1.1 (or more) equivalents of butyllithium in an ethereal solvent such as tert-butylmethyl ether at low temperature (-78 C) affords an organometallic intermediate which can then be treated with 2-chloro-N-methoxy-N-methylacetamide to provide chloroketones of formula (XII).
Reaction Step 9. Chloroketone to epoxide Chloroketones of formula (XII) may be converted in epoxides of formula (XIII) via- reduction to an intermediate chlorohydrin and base promoted epoxide formation. Thus, reaction of (XlI) with sodium borohydride (0.3 equivalents or more) in dioxan with subsequent treatment with excess sodium hydroxide solution affords epoxides of formula (XIII).
Enantiomerically pure, or enantiomerically enriched epoxides of formula (XIII) may be obtained by employing an asymmetric reducing agent. For example, reaction of chloroketones of general formula (XIII) with (-)-B-chlorodiisopinocampheylborane (1.5 or more equivalents) in tetrahydrofuran at low temperature (e.g -30 C) and subsequent treatment of the intermediate chlorohydrin with sodium hydroxide affords enantiomerically enriched epoxides of formula (XIII).
Reaction Step 10. Epoxide opening Epoxides of formula (XIII) when heated with suitable primary amines in an inert solvent such as DMSO at 90 C afford compounds of formula (IX).
Compounds of formula (I) wherein R1, R2, R4, and R5 are as defined above, and R3, R6 and A are as described herein, may be prepared according to reaction scheme 3.
HZN-IY O1 -,~ HN~O, Rs O .HCI (11) OJR O (12) /~p~N~OH
(XIV) (XV) R (XVI) 1 (13) PGN ~N I OH Rs R~ ~ z O~ HN~,OH + (XII) (15) R Ra Rs (14) Ra (XVII) (XVIII) HCI
PGN ~N PGN H2N
R 1 ~ 1 OH OH - R1 ) 1 O R1 I O
R2 N r R s (16) RZ N 7) ~ RZ NJ~Rs (XIX) - Ra (XI) Ra (1) Ra Scheme 3 Reaction Step 11. Amide formation Compounds of the formula (XV) may be prepared by reacting an amino acid ester of the formula (XIV) with acid chlorides (R=(Cl-C6)alkyl) in the presence of a suitable base such as triethylamine and 4-methylmorpholine (or other suitable amide bond forming conditions). Typical reaction conditions comprise 1 equivalent amino acid ester (XIV), 1 equivalent of acid chloride and 3 equivalents of base in dichloromethane at 25 C. Examples of compounds of formula (XV) are also commercially available.
Enantiomerically pure, or enantiomerically enriched epoxides of formula (XIII) may be obtained by employing an asymmetric reducing agent. For example, reaction of chloroketones of general formula (XIII) with (-)-B-chlorodiisopinocampheylborane (1.5 or more equivalents) in tetrahydrofuran at low temperature (e.g -30 C) and subsequent treatment of the intermediate chlorohydrin with sodium hydroxide affords enantiomerically enriched epoxides of formula (XIII).
Reaction Step 10. Epoxide opening Epoxides of formula (XIII) when heated with suitable primary amines in an inert solvent such as DMSO at 90 C afford compounds of formula (IX).
Compounds of formula (I) wherein R1, R2, R4, and R5 are as defined above, and R3, R6 and A are as described herein, may be prepared according to reaction scheme 3.
HZN-IY O1 -,~ HN~O, Rs O .HCI (11) OJR O (12) /~p~N~OH
(XIV) (XV) R (XVI) 1 (13) PGN ~N I OH Rs R~ ~ z O~ HN~,OH + (XII) (15) R Ra Rs (14) Ra (XVII) (XVIII) HCI
PGN ~N PGN H2N
R 1 ~ 1 OH OH - R1 ) 1 O R1 I O
R2 N r R s (16) RZ N 7) ~ RZ NJ~Rs (XIX) - Ra (XI) Ra (1) Ra Scheme 3 Reaction Step 11. Amide formation Compounds of the formula (XV) may be prepared by reacting an amino acid ester of the formula (XIV) with acid chlorides (R=(Cl-C6)alkyl) in the presence of a suitable base such as triethylamine and 4-methylmorpholine (or other suitable amide bond forming conditions). Typical reaction conditions comprise 1 equivalent amino acid ester (XIV), 1 equivalent of acid chloride and 3 equivalents of base in dichloromethane at 25 C. Examples of compounds of formula (XV) are also commercially available.
Reaction Step 12. Amide and ester reduction then N-Boc formation Compounds of the formula (XVI) may be prepared by reacting compounds of the formula (XV) with borane-THF complex, followed by treatment with a strong acid (e.g 5M HCI) to hydrolyse the resulting boron complexes with the product. Other non-acidic methods are available for breaking the boron complex e.g. treatment with diethanolamine.. This is followed by t-butyloxycarbonyl protection of the formed amine. Typical reaction conditions comprise 1 equivalent of the amide (XV) with 3 equivalents of BH3-THF in THF at reflux, cooling, cautious addition of 6M aqueous HCI, and heating to reflux for a further 6h. Subsequent evaporation of solvent, redissolution in a methanol:water (8:1) mix, and addition of 5 equivalents of a base such as potassium hydroxide and 1.5 equivalents of di-tert-butyl dicarbonate, and stirring of the mixture for 72 hours.
Reaction Step 13 N-Boc deprotection Compounds of the formula (XVII) may be prepared by reacting compounds of the formula (XVI) with an organic solution of HCI. Typical reaction conditions comprise 1 equivalent of the carbamate (XVI) and a 1-10 equivalents of a 4M solution of HCI in dioxan at 25 C. Examples of compounds of formula (XVII) are also commercially available.
!0 Reaction Step 14. Chloroketone addition Compounds of the formula (XVIII) may be prepared by reacting compounds of the formula (XVII) with an a-halo ketone of formula (XII), if necessary in the presence of a base such as triethylamine or 4-?5 methylmorpholine. Typical conditions comprise 1 equivalent of the aminoalcohol (XVII) with 1-3 equivalents of triethylamine and 1 equivalent of a compound of formula (XII) at 65 C.
Reaction Step 15. Reduction to Diol 30 Morpholinol intermediates of formula (XVIII) can be reduced to diols of formula (XIX) by reaction with a hydride reducing agent such as sodium borohydride (1 equivalent or more) in an alcoholic solvent such as ethanol at room temperature.
Reaction Step 16. Morpholine ring closure Diol compounds of formula (XIX) can be ring-closed to morpholine compounds of formula (XI) using a number of methods. For example treating a dichloromethane solution of (XIX) with excess-concentrated sulfuric acid at room temperature will effect cyclisation.
Alternatively, the ring closure may be effected using Mitsunobu-type conditions employing the using of 1.1 equivalents of a dialkyl azodicarboxylate reagent, such as diispropyl azodicarboxylate (DIAD), and 1.1 equivalents of triphenylphosphine in an inert solvent such as tetrahydrofuran.
Reaction Step 13 N-Boc deprotection Compounds of the formula (XVII) may be prepared by reacting compounds of the formula (XVI) with an organic solution of HCI. Typical reaction conditions comprise 1 equivalent of the carbamate (XVI) and a 1-10 equivalents of a 4M solution of HCI in dioxan at 25 C. Examples of compounds of formula (XVII) are also commercially available.
!0 Reaction Step 14. Chloroketone addition Compounds of the formula (XVIII) may be prepared by reacting compounds of the formula (XVII) with an a-halo ketone of formula (XII), if necessary in the presence of a base such as triethylamine or 4-?5 methylmorpholine. Typical conditions comprise 1 equivalent of the aminoalcohol (XVII) with 1-3 equivalents of triethylamine and 1 equivalent of a compound of formula (XII) at 65 C.
Reaction Step 15. Reduction to Diol 30 Morpholinol intermediates of formula (XVIII) can be reduced to diols of formula (XIX) by reaction with a hydride reducing agent such as sodium borohydride (1 equivalent or more) in an alcoholic solvent such as ethanol at room temperature.
Reaction Step 16. Morpholine ring closure Diol compounds of formula (XIX) can be ring-closed to morpholine compounds of formula (XI) using a number of methods. For example treating a dichloromethane solution of (XIX) with excess-concentrated sulfuric acid at room temperature will effect cyclisation.
Alternatively, the ring closure may be effected using Mitsunobu-type conditions employing the using of 1.1 equivalents of a dialkyl azodicarboxylate reagent, such as diispropyl azodicarboxylate (DIAD), and 1.1 equivalents of triphenylphosphine in an inert solvent such as tetrahydrofuran.
A further alternative is to use a sulfonylating agent, such as p-toluenesulfonylimidazole (1 equivalent) in the presence of strong base such as sodium hydride in an inert solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, as described in Org. Lett. 2004, 6(6), 1045-1047.
Reaction step 7. Aminopyridine deprotection Compounds of formula (I) may be prepared from compounds of formula (XI) by deprotection. The nature of this reaction will depend upon the protecting group selected for use.
For example, when the 2,5-dimethylpyrrole system is used to protect the aminopyridine group it may be deprotected by treatment with hydroxylamine. Typical conditions comprise 1.0 equivalents of compound (XI) and 5 equivalents of hydroxylamine hydrochloride in ethanol at reflux Alternatively, in some cases it may prove advantageous to deprotect the aminopyridine group (PGN) prior 5 to ring closure to form the morpholine group. This is most likely to be the case when acidic conditions are used to effect the cyclisation. In this instance, compounds of formula (I) wherein R1, RZ, R4, R5 and R6 are as defined above, and R3 and A are as described herein, may be prepared from compounds of formula (XIX) according to reaction scheme 4.
N OH
R1 ZI OHRs RI ZI HO~Rs N 6 (7) R N R6 (XIX) R4 R4 (XX) 1 (18) R~ O R6 R 2 N Rs (~) a0 Scheme 4 Reaction Step 7. Amino pyridine deprotection Compounds of formula (XX) may be prepared from compounds of formula (XIX) by deprotection. -For example, when the. 2,5-dimethylpyrrole system is used to protect the aminopyridine group it may 25 deprotected by treatment with hydroxylamine. Typical conditions comprise 1.0 equivalents of compound (XIX) and 5 equivalents of hydroxylamine hydrochloride in ethanol at reflux.
Reaction Step 18. Morpholine ring closure -30 Compounds of formula (I) may then be prepared by cyclisation of compounds of formula (XX) by treatment with acid. Typical conditions employ concentrated sulfuric acid and dichloromethane as solvent at room temperature or above.
Reaction step 7. Aminopyridine deprotection Compounds of formula (I) may be prepared from compounds of formula (XI) by deprotection. The nature of this reaction will depend upon the protecting group selected for use.
For example, when the 2,5-dimethylpyrrole system is used to protect the aminopyridine group it may be deprotected by treatment with hydroxylamine. Typical conditions comprise 1.0 equivalents of compound (XI) and 5 equivalents of hydroxylamine hydrochloride in ethanol at reflux Alternatively, in some cases it may prove advantageous to deprotect the aminopyridine group (PGN) prior 5 to ring closure to form the morpholine group. This is most likely to be the case when acidic conditions are used to effect the cyclisation. In this instance, compounds of formula (I) wherein R1, RZ, R4, R5 and R6 are as defined above, and R3 and A are as described herein, may be prepared from compounds of formula (XIX) according to reaction scheme 4.
N OH
R1 ZI OHRs RI ZI HO~Rs N 6 (7) R N R6 (XIX) R4 R4 (XX) 1 (18) R~ O R6 R 2 N Rs (~) a0 Scheme 4 Reaction Step 7. Amino pyridine deprotection Compounds of formula (XX) may be prepared from compounds of formula (XIX) by deprotection. -For example, when the. 2,5-dimethylpyrrole system is used to protect the aminopyridine group it may 25 deprotected by treatment with hydroxylamine. Typical conditions comprise 1.0 equivalents of compound (XIX) and 5 equivalents of hydroxylamine hydrochloride in ethanol at reflux.
Reaction Step 18. Morpholine ring closure -30 Compounds of formula (I) may then be prepared by cyclisation of compounds of formula (XX) by treatment with acid. Typical conditions employ concentrated sulfuric acid and dichloromethane as solvent at room temperature or above.
Other methods, such as those described for Reaction Step 16 in scheme 3 may also be used to form the morpholine ring.
Scheme 5 describes an alternative method for conversion compounds of formula (XVIII) into compounds of formula (XI), wherein R1, Ra, R4, R5 and R6 are as defined above.
PGN N I OH
R~~O~R
R z N Re R (XVIII) (19) PGN N
R S
z N R
1~4 (XI) Scheme 5 Compounds of formula (XI) may be formed from compounds of the formula (XVIII) by reaction step 19 -reaction of a compound of formula (XVIII) with an hydride source such as triethylsilane and an acidic or Lewis acidic reagent such as trimethylsilyltriflate. Typical conditions comprise addition of 5 - 10 equivalents of triethylsilane to I equivalent of the morpholinol (XVIII) in dichloromethane at -78 C
followed by addition of 2 equivalents of trimethy(silyltriflate.
Similarly, if the protecting group is absent from the compound of formula (XVIII), this process step provides an alternative route to compounds of formula (I).
An alternative procedure for the formation of compounds of formula (XIX) is shown in Scheme 6, wherein R', R2, R', R5 and R6 are as defined above.
N + HNOH
PGN Rz R4 Rs (XVII) I
Ri (XIII) HCI
(20) PGN N OH
HO
z R
(XIX) Scheme 6 Compounds of formula (XIX) may be derived by reaction step 20 -reaction of an amine of formula (XVII) with an epoxide of formula (XIII). The reaction is generally conducted in an inert solvent such as toluene or DMSO and at elevated temperature. Typical reaction conditions: involve heating (XIII) and (XVII) together in DMSO at 90 C.
An alternative method for the synthesis of compounds of formula (XVIII) is shown in Scheme 7, wherein R1, R2, R4, RS and R6 are as defined above.
Hal OO` 'Rs N + Jl"\
PGN I ~ RZ N R6 Ri R4 (VI) ~ (XXI) (21) PGN N I OH
x R1OJ.Re R N R
R
5 (XVIII) Scheme 7 Compounds of formuia (XVIII) may be prepared by reaction step 21 - reaction of an organometallic reagent generated from a halogenated pyridine compound of formula (VI), with a morpholinone compound of formula (XXI) (see scheme 8). Suitable organometallic pyridine derivatives include Grignard 10 (organomagnesium) or organolithium reagents, which may be prepared from the bromide (or iodide) by halogen-metal exchange. Typical conditions comprise addition of isopropylmagnesium chloride (or butyllithium) to the bromide (VI) in an anhydrous ethereal solvent such as tetrahydrofuran at room temperature (may require heating in certain cases when isopropylmagnesium chloride is used as the metallating agent) or below (e.g. -78 C when butyllithium is used) to perform the halogen metal exchange 15 reaction, followed by addition of the morpholinone (XXI) at 0 C or lower.
Morpholinone compounds of formula (XXI), wherein R4, R5 and R6 are as defined above, may be prepared as shown in Scheme 8 HO`/Rs 0T 0~ Ji.
+ HN R5 Br R4 (XXII) (XVII) 1 (22) OOxR6 (XXI) Scheme 8 Morpholinone compounds of formula (XXI) may be prepared by reaction step 22 -the- reaction of an amino alcohol of formula (XVII) with an a-halo ester compound such as methyl bromoacetate (XXII) in the presence of a base such as triethylamine or 4-methylmorpholine. Typical conditions comprise 1 equivalent of the aminoalcohol (XVII) with 1-3 equivalents of triethylamine and I
equivalent of methyl bromoacetate using toluene as solvent at room temperature or above. In some cases heating with azeotropic removal of methanol is required to achieve a good conversion to the desired product (XXI).
Scheme 5 describes an alternative method for conversion compounds of formula (XVIII) into compounds of formula (XI), wherein R1, Ra, R4, R5 and R6 are as defined above.
PGN N I OH
R~~O~R
R z N Re R (XVIII) (19) PGN N
R S
z N R
1~4 (XI) Scheme 5 Compounds of formula (XI) may be formed from compounds of the formula (XVIII) by reaction step 19 -reaction of a compound of formula (XVIII) with an hydride source such as triethylsilane and an acidic or Lewis acidic reagent such as trimethylsilyltriflate. Typical conditions comprise addition of 5 - 10 equivalents of triethylsilane to I equivalent of the morpholinol (XVIII) in dichloromethane at -78 C
followed by addition of 2 equivalents of trimethy(silyltriflate.
Similarly, if the protecting group is absent from the compound of formula (XVIII), this process step provides an alternative route to compounds of formula (I).
An alternative procedure for the formation of compounds of formula (XIX) is shown in Scheme 6, wherein R', R2, R', R5 and R6 are as defined above.
N + HNOH
PGN Rz R4 Rs (XVII) I
Ri (XIII) HCI
(20) PGN N OH
HO
z R
(XIX) Scheme 6 Compounds of formula (XIX) may be derived by reaction step 20 -reaction of an amine of formula (XVII) with an epoxide of formula (XIII). The reaction is generally conducted in an inert solvent such as toluene or DMSO and at elevated temperature. Typical reaction conditions: involve heating (XIII) and (XVII) together in DMSO at 90 C.
An alternative method for the synthesis of compounds of formula (XVIII) is shown in Scheme 7, wherein R1, R2, R4, RS and R6 are as defined above.
Hal OO` 'Rs N + Jl"\
PGN I ~ RZ N R6 Ri R4 (VI) ~ (XXI) (21) PGN N I OH
x R1OJ.Re R N R
R
5 (XVIII) Scheme 7 Compounds of formuia (XVIII) may be prepared by reaction step 21 - reaction of an organometallic reagent generated from a halogenated pyridine compound of formula (VI), with a morpholinone compound of formula (XXI) (see scheme 8). Suitable organometallic pyridine derivatives include Grignard 10 (organomagnesium) or organolithium reagents, which may be prepared from the bromide (or iodide) by halogen-metal exchange. Typical conditions comprise addition of isopropylmagnesium chloride (or butyllithium) to the bromide (VI) in an anhydrous ethereal solvent such as tetrahydrofuran at room temperature (may require heating in certain cases when isopropylmagnesium chloride is used as the metallating agent) or below (e.g. -78 C when butyllithium is used) to perform the halogen metal exchange 15 reaction, followed by addition of the morpholinone (XXI) at 0 C or lower.
Morpholinone compounds of formula (XXI), wherein R4, R5 and R6 are as defined above, may be prepared as shown in Scheme 8 HO`/Rs 0T 0~ Ji.
+ HN R5 Br R4 (XXII) (XVII) 1 (22) OOxR6 (XXI) Scheme 8 Morpholinone compounds of formula (XXI) may be prepared by reaction step 22 -the- reaction of an amino alcohol of formula (XVII) with an a-halo ester compound such as methyl bromoacetate (XXII) in the presence of a base such as triethylamine or 4-methylmorpholine. Typical conditions comprise 1 equivalent of the aminoalcohol (XVII) with 1-3 equivalents of triethylamine and I
equivalent of methyl bromoacetate using toluene as solvent at room temperature or above. In some cases heating with azeotropic removal of methanol is required to achieve a good conversion to the desired product (XXI).
An alternative method for the synthesis of epoxides of formula (XIII), wherein R' and R 2 are as defined above, is shown in Scheme 9.
N H
PGN RZ
R' (VII) (23) N
PGN I ~ RZ
R~
(xm) Scheme 9 Compounds of formula (XIII) may be prepared by reaction step 23 - reaction of an aidehyde of formula (VII) with a sulfur ylid reagent such as that generated from trimethylsulfonium iodide and a suitable base.
Typical reaction conditions involve: reaction of trimethylsulfonium iodide (1 equivalent) with sodium hydride (1 equivalent) in DMSO at 0 C followed by addition of the aldehyde (VII) and allowing the reaction to stand at room temperature.
A further alternative method for the synthesis of epoxide compounds of formula (XIII), wherein R' and R2 are as defined above, is shown in Scheme 10.
N ~ I
I , PGN (XXIII) 1(24) N
PGN RZ
R~ (XIII) Scheme 10 Compounds of formula (XIII) may be prepared by reaction step 24 - treatment of an alkene of formula (XXIII) with an oxidising agent such as m-chloroperbenzoic acid, or dimethyidioxirane. Typical reaction conditions comprise: reaction of I equivalent of alkene (XXIII) with 1-2 equivalents of m-chloroperbenzoic acid in dichloromethane at room temperature.
Alkenes of formula (XXIII), wherein R' and R2 are as defined above, may be prepared _according to scheme 11.
H (25) N
PGN ~ RZ PGN I/ RZ
R~ (VII) R (XXIII) Scheme 11 Alkene compounds of formula (XXIII) may be prepared from aldehydes of formula (VII). by reaction step 25, a Wittig or similar olefination reaction. Typical reaction conditions involved treating 1 equivalent of aidehyde (VII) with 1-2 equivalents of the ylid generated from the reaction of equal molar quantities of methyl triphenylphosphonium iodide and butyllithium, in tetrahydrofuran and room temperature or below.
Alternatively, alkenes of formula (XXIII), wherein R' and R2 are as defined above, may be prepared according to scheme 12.
Hal (26) PGN' RZ PGNN
~ RZ
R~ (VI) R, (XXIII) Scheme 12 Alkene compounds of formula (XXIII) may be prepared by reaction step 26 - a palladium catalysed vinylation reaction using halide compounds of formula (VI). Typical vinyl sources which may be used for this process include vinyltributylstannane, ethene gas (at high pressure), or a vinyl boronic acid. Many Pd(0) or Pd(II) catalysts are suitable for this transformation, such as Pd(PPh3)4. Typical conditions comprise: reaction of a halogenated pyridine of formula (VI) (1 equivalent) with ethylene gas (at high pressure e.g. 120 psi) in an acetonitrile solution, in the presence of a Pd-catalysts such as Pd(OAc)Z (1.5 mol%), a phosphine Iigand such as tri-o-tolylphosphine (5 mol%) and amine base, such as triethylamine (large excess) at elevated temperatures (e.g.80 C).
In the preparation of a compound of formula (I), it will be clear to those skilled in the art that the R4 group (as defined above) may be introduced into any of several intermediates in the synthetic sequence. This is most conveniently achieved by reaction step 27, a reductive amination procedure. Examples of suitable intermediates for use in such a transformation are shown in Scheme 13, wherein R', R2, R5 and R6 are as defined above. Other intermediates useful in the preparation of compounds of formula I may be equally as practicable.
PGN ,N OH PGN ~N
H J\R (27) i OH s .
~OYR
R Z J~
H Rs R
Ra .
(XIX) (XIX) s Rs __1Y
~R6 (27) O R R
-- N N.Ra NH ~
PGN / RZ
(xi) (xq -ly R5 -1-Y R5 N~ NH (27) N\ N Re H2N I/ RZ H2N ~ RZ
R~ R
Scheme 13 A typical procedure comgrises reacting 1 equivalent of secondary amine (such as (XIX), (XI), or (I), with 1 equivalent of an aldehyde in an inert solvent such as tetrahydrofuran or dichloromethane at room temperature, then addition of 1 equivalent (or more) of sodium triacetoxyborohydride or sodium cyanoborohydride. , In some instances, for example in the preparation of compounds of formula (I) wherein R4 is H, R3 and A
are as defined herein and wherein R1, R2, R5 and R6 are as defined above, it may be advantageous to use a protecting group PG' prior to formation of the morpholine ring. This is illustrated in Scheme 14.
Any suitable nitrogen protecting group may be used (as described in "Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis" 3rd Edition T. W. Greene and P.G. Wuts, Wiley-Interscience, 1999).
A common nitrogen protecting group (PG') suitable for use herein is tert-butoxy carbonyl, which is readily removed by treatment with an acid such as trifluoroacetic acid or hydrogen chloride in an organic solvent such as dichloromethane.
PGN N OH PGN N OH HzN N
~ e R s R' : I HO,/R6 R O R
N R (28) Rz NJI~Rs (16) Rz NI Rs (XIX) H (XXIV) PG' PG' (XXV) (29) H2N R ~ I O Rs z R N Rs H (1) Scheme 14 Reaction Step 28. N-protection A compound of formula (XXIV) may be prepared by reaction step 28 - N-protection. A compound of formula (XIX) (in which R4 =-H) is reacted with a nitrogen protecting agent, such as benzyl chloroformate to produce the protected compound. Typical reaction conditions involve:
reaction of 1 equivalent of secondary amine (XIX) with (1 equivalent, or more) of benzyl chloroformate in an inert solvent such as dichloromethane, together with triethylamine (I equivalent, or more) at room temperature.
Reaction Step 16. Ring closure Ring closure of diol (XXIV) to morpholine (XXV) may be accomplished using many of the methods previously described herein, see Reaction Step 16, scheme 3. Particularly suitable in this instance is a Mitsunobu-type ring closure reaction through the action of a dialkyl azodicarboxylate reagent (1.1 equivalent) plus triphenylphosphine (1.1 equivalent) in an inert solvent such as tetrahydrofuran at room temperature.
Reaction Step 29 protecting group removal Compounds of formula (I) may be prepared by reaction step 29 - deprotection of morpholine (XXV), under conditions dependent upon the nature of the protecting group used. For example, if benzyloxycarbonyl is used as the protecting group then it may be removed by hydrogenolysis in an inert solvent such as ethanol with a palladium catalyst such as palladium on carbon, under hydrogen pressure of I atmosphere or greater. If the morpholine nitrogen is protected with a benzyl group it can be deprotected by transfer hydrogenation. Typical conditions involve treating one equivalent of compound of formula (XXV) with ammonium formate (10 equivalents) in ethanol and the presence of 10% palladium on carbon as catalyst (10% by weight), at reflux for 3 hours.
Compounds of formula (XVII), wherein R4, R5 and R6 are as defined above, may be prepared according to scheme 15.
RS
HZN'~/OH
(XVI) (30) HN),yOH
R4 RB (XVII) HCI
Scheme 15 Compounds of formula (XVII) (where R4 is not H) may be prepared by reaction step 30, a reductive amination procedure. Typical conditions involve: reaction of I equivalent of amino alcohol of formula (XVI) with 1.1 equivalents of an aldehyde in dichloromethane and the presence of dried 4A molecular sieves at room temperature. After filtration and evaporation of the reaction mixture, the residue is redissolved in methanol and reacted with sodium borohydride (2 equivalents or more) at room temperature.
Alternatively the reductive amination can be accomplished in two steps via formation and then reduction of an intermediate amide, in a similar fashion to that described for Reaction Step 4 (Scheme 1) and in Reaction Steps 11 and 12 (scheme 3).
One skilled in the art will be aware that many amino alcohol compounds of formulas (XVI) and (XVII) are commercially available. Alternatively they may be prepared according to numerous methods known to those skilled in the art, such as those described in Tetrahedron 2000, 56, 2561-2576 and references cited therein.
Compounds of formula (I), wherein R1, R2, R4, R5 and R6 are as defined above, and R3, R5 and A are as 5 described herein, may be prepared from chloropyridines of formula (XXVI) according to scheme 16.
Ph CI N _N N
R~ O Rs (31) Ph R~ I O R
R s N s R
I R N~R
z z R (XXVI) R (XXVII) 1 (32) HZN N
R R 1 z (~) Scheme 16 It will be clear to those skilled in the art that chloropyridine intermediates of formula (XXVI) are accessible through application of analogous synthetic methods to those previously described herein for the 10 production of protected aminopyridine compounds of formula (XI).
Reaction Step 31. Metal catalysed amination reaction Compounds of formula (XXVII) may be prepared by reaction step 31, reaction of a compound of formula 15 (XXVI) with benzophenone imine, in the presence of a suitable base and a metal catalyst, e.g. a Pd complex. Typical reaction conditions involve: reacting chloropyridine (XXVI) (1 equivalent) with benzophenone imine (1.2 equivalents), sodium tert-butoxide (1.4 equivalents), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (1 mol%) and 2,2'-bis(diphenylphosphino)-1.1'-binaphthyl (BINAP) (3 mol%) in toluene at 80 to 120 C.
Reaction Step 32 Benzophenone deprotection Compounds of formula (XXVII) may be converted to compounds of formula (I) by hydrogenolysis (using an inert solvent and heterogeneous catalysis such as Pd on carbon at or above I atmosphere pressure of hydrogen), or alternatively by treatment with an aqueous acid e.g. 2M HCI in the presence of water and miscible organic solvent such as tetrahydrofuran or dioxan. Transfer hydrogenation may also be used to effect this transformation. Typical conditions involve treating one equivalent of compound of formula (XXVII) with ammonium formate (10 equivalents) in ethanol and the presence of 10% palladium on carbon as catalyst (10% by weight), at reflux for 3 hours.
Compounds of formula (I) wherein R1, R2 and R4 are as defined above and R3 is as defined herein, may be prepared according to scheme 17.
boc H
2 boc N N
R N
.{- - -N R~ (33) RZ (34) R~
CI I N/ R~ N '- Ra (XXVIII) (XXIX) cl (XXX) ci (XXXI) 1 (27) N
R2 (32) R2 (31) ~- E--- R
N R~ N R~
Ph N N R6 NHZ (I) Y CI (XXXII) Ph (XXXIII) Scheme 17 Reaction Step 33. Zincate coupling Compounds of formula (XXX) may be prepared by reacting compounds of the formula (XXIX) with Zn/Cu couple (or other activated Zn source) with sonication, followed by addition of a 2-chloro-4-iodopyridine and a suitable palladium catalyst and ligand, and heating to 70 C for 18 hours.
Typical conditions comprise 1 equivalent of the azetidine (XXIX) with 40 wt% Zn/Cu couple in DMF with sonication at room temperature for 4 hours, followed by addition of 1.05 equivalents of the halogenated pyridine (VI), 0.05 equivalents of tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) and 0.1 equivalents of tri-o-furylphosphine and heating to 70 C
for 18 hours. Compounds of the formula (XXIX) may be prepared as described in Synlett, 4, 1998, 379.
Reaction Step 34 Boc deprotection Compounds of formula (XXXI) may be prepared by reacting compounds of the formula (XXX) with a suitable acid, such as HCI or TFA in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane or diethyl ether at room temperature or above, if necessary in the presence of a cation scavenger such as Et3SiH. Typical conditions comprise 1 equivalent of the azetidine (XXX) with CH2CI2 saturated with HCI gas at 0 C then allowing to stand at "room temperature overnight.
Reaction Step 27. Reductive amination Compounds of formula (XXXII) may be prepared by reacting compounds of formula {XXXI) with 1-5 equivalents of the required aldehyde in a suitable solvent at room temperature in the presence of 1-5 equivalents of a suitable reducing agent such as sodium triacetoxyborohydride or sodium cyanoborohydride in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane or tetrahydrofuran with the optional addition of acetic acid. Typical conditions comprise reacting 1 equivalent of the azetidine (XXXI) with 3.1 equivalents of the aldehyde and 3.1 equivalents of sodium triacetoxyborohydride in dichloromethane at room temperature for 18 hours.
Reaction Step 31. Metal catalysed amination reaction Compounds of formula (XXXII) may be converted to compounds of formula (I) via intermediates (XXXIII).
Conversion of (XXXII) to (XXXIII) may accomplished using benzophenone imine together with a suitable base and a metal catalyst, e.g. a Pd(0) complex. Typical reaction conditions involve: reacting chloropyridine (XXXII) (1 equivalent) with benzophenone imine (1.2 equivalents), sodium tert-butoxide (1.4 equivalents), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (1 mol%) and 2,2'-bis(diphenylphosphino)-1.1'-binaphthyl (BINAP) (3 mol%) in toluene at 80 to 120 C.
Reaction Step 32. Benzophenone deprotection Compounds of formula (XXXIII) may be converted to compounds of formula (I) either by hydrogenolysis (using an inert solvent and heterogeneous catalysis such as Pd on carbon at or above 1 atmosphere pressure of hydrogen), or by treatment with an aqueous acid in the presence of a water miscible organic solvent such as tetrahydrofuran or dioxan. Transfer hydrogenation may also be used for effect this transformation. Typical conditions involve treating one equivalent of compound of formula (XXVII) with ammonium. formate (10 equivalents) in ethanol and the presence of 10%
palladium on carbon as catalyst (10% by weight), at reflux for 3 hours.
Alternatively, compounds of formula (I), wherein R1, R2 and R4 are as defined above and R3 is as defined herein, may be prepared according to scheme 18.
boc Hal I H
boc N N
RZ N (33) (34) N -C Ri R2 R 2 Y(XXIX) NPG (VI) I N Ri N Ri NPG (XxXIV) NPG (XXXV) (27) Rd Ra N N
R2 Rz (7) N / R
N / R~
(I) NHZ NPG (XXXVI) Scheme 18 Reaction Step 33. Zincate coupling Compounds of formula (XXXIV) may be prepared by reacting compounds of the formula (XXIX) with Zn/Cu couple (or other activated Zn source) with sonication, followed by addition of compounds of the formula (VI) and a suitable palladium catalyst and ligand, and heating to 70 C
for 18_ hours. Typical conditions comprise 1 equivalent of the azetidine (XXIX) with 40 wt% Zn/Cu couple in DMF with sonication at room temperature for 4 hours, followed by addition of 1.05 equivalents of the halogenated pyridine (VI), 0.05 equivalents of tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) and 0.1 equivalents of tri-o-furylphosphine and heating to 70 C for 18 hours. Compounds of the formula (XXIX) may be prepared as described in Synlett, 4, 1998, 379.
Reaction Step 34. N-Boc deprotection Compounds of formula (XXXV) may be prepared by reacting compounds of the formula (XXXIV) with a suitable acid, such as HCI or TFA in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane or diethyl ether at room temperature or above, if necessary in the presence of a cation scavenger such as Et3SiH Typical conditions comprise I equivalent of the azetidine (XXXIV) with CH2CI2 saturated with HCI gas at 0 C then allowing to stand at room temperature overnight.
Reaction Step 27. Reductive amination Compounds of formula (XXXVI) may be prepared by reacting compounds of formula (XXXV) with 1-5 equivalents of the required aldehyde in a suitable solvent at room temperature in the presence of 1-5 equivalents of a suitable reducing agent such as sodium triacetoxyborohydride or sodium cyanoborohydride in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane or tetrahydrofuran with the optional addition of acetic acid. Typical conditions comprise 1 equivalent of the azetidine (XXXV) with 3.1 equivalents of the aldehyde and 3.1 equivalents of sodium triacetoxyborohydride in dichloromethane at room temperature for 18 hours.
Reaction Step 7. AminopVridine deprotection Compounds of formula (XXXVI) may be converted to compounds of formula (I) by deprotection. The nature of this reaction will depend upon the protecting group selected for use. For example, when the 2,5-dimethylpyrrole system is used to protect the aminopyridine group it may be deprotected by treatment with hydroxylamine. Tipical conditions comprise 1.0 equivalents of compound (XXXVI) and 5 equivalents of hydroxylamine hydrochloride in ethanol at reflux.
Compounds of formula I wherein R3 is moiety IV and unless otherwise indicated R', R2, RB, R9 and R10 are as defined above, may be prepared using methods described in Schemes 19-29.
H (35) N~ ~ (36) N~ NHZ
PGN I ~ RZ ~ \
PGN RZ N PGN I~ F22 R (VII) R1 (XXXVII) R (XXXVIfI) 1 (27) N N.R9 (7) N N.Rs --HZN I RZ R R' (I) R (XXXIX) Scheme 19 Reaction Step 35. Nitrile formation Compounds of formula (VII) may be converted to nitrile compounds of formula (XXXVII) by reaction with tosylmethyl isocyanide (TosMic). Typical conditions involve: treating aldehyde (VII) (1 equivalent) with TosMic (1 equivalent) and potassium tert-butoxide (2 equivalents) in ethylene glycol dimethyl ether at -45 C after a period of 30 minutes methanol is added and the reaction mixture allowed to reach room tem perature.
Reaction Step 36. Nitrile reduction Nitriles of formula (XXXVII) may be converted to amines of formula (XXXVIII) by reduction of the nitrile group. This reduction may be achieved through the action of a hydride reducing agent, such as lithium aluminium hydride, or sodium borohydride in the presence of a transition metal salt, such as NiCI2 or CoC12. Alternatively the nitrile group may be reduced by hydrogenation with a transition metal catalyst such as Raney Nickel or Pd on carbon.
Typical conditions involve: reacting nitrile (XXXVII) (1 equivalent) with nickel chloride (1 equivalent) in methanol followed by cautious addition of sodium borohydride (3 equivalents or more) at 0 C.
Reaction Step 27. Reductive amination.
The primary amines (XXXVIII) may be converted to compounds of formula (XXXIX) by a reductive amination procedure, by reaction with an aldehyde and hydride reducing agent such as sodium triacetoxyborohydride or sodium borohydride Typical conditions involve: reacting compounds of formula (XXXVIII) with a suitable aldehyde (1 equivalent or more) in the.presence of a hydride reducing agent such as sodium cyanoborohydride or sodium triacetoxyborohydride (1 equivalent or more) in an alcoholic solvent such as ethanol.
Reaction Step 7 Aminopyridine deprotection Compounds of formula (XXXIX) may be converted to compounds of formula I by using a reaction to deprotect the nitrogen of the aminopyridine group (PGN) to liberate the NH2 in compounds (I). The nature of this reaction will depend upon the protecting group selected for use. For example, when the 2,5-dimethylpyrrole system is used to protect the aminopyridine group, it may be deprotected by treatment with hydroxylamine. Tvpical conditions comprise 1.0 equivalents of compound (XXXIX) and 5 equivalents of hydroxylamine hydrochloride in ethanol at reflux.
Alternatively, nitrile compounds of formula (XXXVII) may be converted into compounds of formula (I) as 5 shown in Scheme 20.
H H
(37) N NyR (38) N ': N.Rs PGN R R
PGN R ~ -~ HZ
N R
(~) R (XXXVII) R (XL) Scheme 20 Reaction Step 37. Reductive acylation 10 The intermediates of formula (XXXVII) may be reduced e.g. with sodium borohydride and nickel chloride in the presence of an acylating agent, such as a carboxylic acid anhydride to afford amide intermediates of formula (XL). Typical conditions involve: reacting nitrile (XXXVII) (1 equivalent) with nickel chloride (1 equivalent) and a carboxylic acid anhydride (1 equivalents or more) in methanol followed by cautious addition of sodium borohydride (3 equivalents or more) at 0 C.
Reaction Step 38. Amide reduction Amides of general formula (XL) may be reduced to amines using borane or lithium aluminium hydride.
Typical conditions comprise 1.0 equivalents of amide (XL), 1.2-3.0 equivalents of borane in THF at reflux followed by heating in strong aqueous acid, such as 5M HCI. The resulting amine intermediates may then be deprotected to give the aminopyridine compounds of formula (I), as previously described in Reaction Step 7.
An alternative preparation of nitrile compounds of formula (XXXVII) is shown in Scheme 21.
N ~ HaI (39) N ~
PGN R2 PGN I~ R2 R (VI) R (XXXVII) Scheme 21 Compounds of formula (XXXVII) may be prepared by reaction step 39 - reaction of halogenated pyridine (VI) with tributyl(cyanomethyl)stannane and a palladium catalyst according to the procedure described in Chem. Lett 1984, 1511-1512, Typical conditions involve treating 1 equivalent of (VI) with 1.5 equivalents of tributyl(cyanomethyl)stannane, bis(acetonitrile)dichloropalladium(II) (2.5 mol%) and tri-o-tolylphosphine (5 mol%) in xylene at 120 C.
An alternative procedure for the preparation of compounds of formula (XXXVIII) is shown in scheme 22.
N "' Hal PGN I ~ RZ + ~H.PG' R
(VI) (40) (XLI) H
N Y N.PG, PGN -:0 RZ
Ri (XLII) ~ (29) N ~ NHz PGN I ~ Rz R' (XXXVIII) Scheme 22 Reaction Step 40. B-alkyl Suzuki coupling Protected amides of formula (XLII) are available by B-alkyl Suzuki coupling between a vinyl carbamate (XLI) and a halogenated pyridine (VI), in a similar fashion to that described in J. Org. Chem. 1999, 64, 8743-8744. In a typical procedure benzyl vinyl carbamate [commercially available, or prepared as described in J. Org. Chem. 1999, 64, 8743-8744] was treated with I equivalent of 9BBN solution in tetrahydrofuran at -10 C. After completion of the hydroboration stage, the resulting organoboron intermediate is treated with sodium hydroxide, PdC12(dppf).CHZCI2 complex is added together with a halogenated pyridine of formula (VI).
Reaction Step 29 Amine deprotection Compounds of formula (XLII) may be converted to compounds of formula (XXXVIII) by deprotection. The nature of this reaction will depend upon the protecting group selected for use. For example, when benzyloxycarbonyl is used as the protecting group then it may be removed by hydrogenolysis in an inert solvent such as ethanol with a palladium catalyst such as palladium on carbon.
Typical reaction conditions involve: reacting compounds of formula (XLII) in an alcohol solvent (such as ethanol) with hydrogen (at a pressure of 1 atmosphere of greater) in the presence of a transition metal catalyst such as Pd on carbon.
An alternative method for the production of compounds of formula (XXXIX) is shown in Scheme 23.
OH H H
N N,R4 (41) N,Rs PGN ~ RZ PGN RZ
R~ (IX) R~ (XXXIX) Scheme 23 Compounds of formula (XXXIX) may be prepared by reaction step 41 -deoxygenation of a compound of formula (IX) by, for example, hydrogenation (in an inert solvent such as ethanol, in the presence of a transition metal catalyst, such as Pd on carbon in an atmosphere of hydrogen (1 atmosphere or higher)).
Alternatively, a hydride source such as triethylsilane in conjunction with a suitable acid may be used (as described in Heterocycles 2003, 1203-1209) Typical reaction conditions involve: -dissolving (IX) in a mixture dichloromethane and trifluoroacetic acid at room temperature and adding 1(or more) equivalents of triethylsilane.
A further method for the production of compounds of formula (XXXVII) is shown in scheme 24.
o X
N H (42) N (43) N ~f'R
N
PGN I/ RZ PGN I/ RZ PGN IR' (VII) R' (XLIII) R (XXXVII) Scheme 24 Reaction Step 42. Conversion to benzylic electrophile.
An aidehyde of formula (VII) is reduced by treatment with a hydride reducing agent such as sodium borohydride in an alcoholic solvent, such as ethanol at room temperature. The resulting alcohol can be activated towards nucleophilic displacement by conversion to a group X
(generally a halide or sulfonate ester) to give intermediates of formula (XLIII). Typical conditions involve:
reaction of one equivalent of methanesulfonyl chloride and one equivalent of an amine base such as triethylamine in an inert solvent such as dichloromethane at 0 C.
Reaction Step 43. Cyanide displacement Intermediates of formula (XLIII) can be converted to compounds of formula (XXXVII) by the action of a nucleophilic source of cyanide, such as KCN, in an inert solvent, such as dimethylformamide, at or above room temperature, in a procedure analogous to that described in US5914319.
A further method for the production of compounds of formula (XXXIX) is shown in Scheme 25.
N~ Hal (44) N~ (45) (""~O OH R1\ Rs /
PGN I R z PGN I/ Rz PGN + H
R' (VI) RI (XLIV) R
(XLV) (XLVI) 1 (46) Rlo R'o N ~ N.Ro (38) N ~ N.R9 PGN I 7 RZ PGN ~ R(XLVII) R (XXXIX) R
Scheme 25 Reaction Step 44. Methyl ketone formation Halogenated pyridines or formula (VI) can be converted to methyl ketones of formula (XLIV) by treatment first with butyllithium (or other agent capable of facilitating a halogen metal exchange reaction) and treating the resultant organometallic intermediate with a suitable acetyl source, such as acetylmorpholine or the Weinreb amide derived from acetic acid. Reaction Step 45. Wiligerodt-Kindier reaction Methyl ketones of formula (XLIV) may be converted into arylacetic acids of formula (XLV) by treatment with sulfur and morpholine. A typical procedure involves: reacting 1 equivalent of methyl ketone (XLIV) with sulfur (2 equivalents) and in excess morpholine at reflux (either neat or in an alcoholic solvent such as ethanol), followed by hydrolysis either in refluxing 2M hydrochloric acid or 2M NaOH.
Reaction Step 46. Amide formation.
Pyridyl acetic acids of formula (XLV) may be converted to amides of formula (XLVI) by reaction with an amine of formula (XLVII) and a suitable amide coupling reaction, such as by reaction with an acid chloride or anhydride then addition of a suitable amine, or using a peptide coupling reagent such dicylcohexyl carbodiimide. or other carbodiimide reagent. For example, acid chlorides in the presence 'of a suitable base such as triethylamine or 4-methylmorpholine may be used for the amide forming stage. Typical reaction conditions comprise conversion of the acid (XLV) to the acid chloride by treatment with oxalyl chloride with a trace of dimethylformamide as catalyst in an inert solvent such as dichloromethane. After evaporation of solvents and excess oxalyl chloride, 1.0 equivalents of amine (XLVII), 1.2-2.0 equivalents of base (preferably triethylamine) are reacted with 1.0 equivalents of the acid chloride in dichloromethane at 25 C.
Reaction Step 38 Amide reduction Amides of general formula (XLVI) may be converted into compounds of formula (XXXIX) by reduction with a hydride reducing agent, such as borane-tetrahyrdrofuran complex. Typical conditions comprise 1.0 equivalents of amide (XLVI), 1.2-3.0 equivalents of borane in THF at reflux then treatment with a strong acid such as 5M HCI at elevated temperature to hydrolyse the initially formed boron complexes with the product. Other non-acidic methods are available for breaking the boron complex e.g. treatment with diethanolamine.
An alternative method for the production of compounds of formula (XLV) is shown Scheme 26.
N _ ~_ 1N (47) N r OH
PG
N IRa PGN R (XXXVII) R~ (XLV) Scheme 26 Compouns of formula (XLV) may be prepared according to reaction step 47, hydrolysis. A nitrile of general formula (XXXVII) is hydrolysed by heating in a strongly acidic or basic aqueous solution. Typical conditions involve heating a compound of formula (XXXVII) in a 5M HCI solution at reflux.
N N,R (48) N N,R4 R (IX) R (XLVIII) Scheme 27 Compounds of formula (XLVIII), wherein R8 is OMe, can be formed from compounds of formula (IX) by reaction step 48 - methylation of alcohol (IX) with a suitable electrophilic methyl source, such as iodomethane. In general, a strong base, such as sodium hydride is also required. Typical conditions involve treating 1 equivalent of (IX) with 1.1 (or more) of sodium hydride in an inert solvent such as tetrahydrofuran or dimethylformamide then adding 1(or more) equivalents of iodomethane at room temperature.
Compounds of general formula (XLVIII) can subsequently be converted into compounds of formula (I) using the same methods as described for the conversion of compounds of formula (XXXIX), as shown in Scheme 19.
Further examples of compounds of formula (I), wherein R8 is not hydrogen, can be prepared according to scheme 28.
N Hal (44) N (49) R$
11 PGN ~ Rz PGN IR~RB
PGN I Rz R1 (VI) RI (XLIX) RI (XXXVII) Scheme 28 Reaction Step 44. Ketone formation Halogenated pyridine compounds of formula (VI) can be readily converted to ketones of formula (XLIX) using methods similar to the formation of methyl ketone compounds of formula (XLIV) (scheme 25).
Namely, by treatment first with butyllithium (or other agent capable of facilitating a halogen metal exchange reaction) and treating the resultant organometallic intermediate with a suitable acyl source, such as acylmorpholine or Weinreb amide (both which are readily prepared using methods well-known to the skilled person).
Reaction Step 45. Nitrile formation The ketone of formula (XLIX) can then be converted to nitrile (XXXVII) by reaction with tosylmethyl isocyanide (TosMic). Typical conditions involve: treating ketone (XLIX) (1 equivalent) with TosMic (1 equivalent) and potassium fert-butoxide (2 equivalents) in ethylene glycol dimethyl ether at -45 C. After a period of 30 minutes methanol is added and the reaction mixture allowed to reach room temperature.
Nitriles of formula (XXXVII) may subsequently be converted to compounds of formula (I) using -the procedures previously described in scheme 19.
N'R N,Re R N.Re PGN I~ RZ HZN I/ RZ _-Ri (XXXIX) R, (1) (50) (50) Ra Rio Ra Rto ,Re N N,R
PGN '~ RZ HZN I~ RZ
R~ (XXXIX) R
(~) Scheme 29 Compounds of formula (XXXIX) or (I) wherein R10 = H, may be readily converted into further compounds 5 of formula (XXXIX) or (I) wherein R10 is not H, by reaction step 50 - a reductive amination procedure as shown in Scheme 29. A typical procedure involves reacting 1 equivalent of a secondary amine (such as (XXXIX) or (I)), with 1 equivalent of an aldehyde in an inert solvent such as tetrahydrofuran or dichloromethane at room temperature, then addition of I equivalent (or more) of sodium triacetoxyborohydride or sodium cyanoborohydride.
10 Alternatively, the reductive amination may be conducted in two steps via an intermediate amide in similar fashion to that described for Reaction Step 4 in scheme 1.
Compounds of formula (I) wherein R1, R2, Ra and R5 are as defined above, and R3, R5 and A are as described herein, may be prepared according to reaction scheme 30.
H
N O H
N X HS R O(L) N~ gN~O
PGN Rz (51) PGN ~ R2 R O
R1 (XLIII) R1 (LI) (52) H NH
(53) N S---,~N,Ra (4) N~ S'y z PGN R
PGN I Rz R5 z R5 (LII) R (LIII) R
OyO.R~~ 5 5 S~R S~ R
N zS R N.Ra (54) N~ N.Ra (55) N~ N.Ra PGN R ~~ z O z Ri (LIV) PGN R PGN R
R (LV) R _(LVI) (7) S--YRs N N.Ra (I) Scheme 30 Reaction Step 51. Thioether formation Thioethers of the formula (LI) may be formed by reaction of a compound of formula (XLIII), wherein X is generally a halide or a sulfonate ester, with a compound of the formula (L) [commercially available or prepared a described in J.Chem.Soc Perkin l, 1987, 111-120] in the presence of a base in an alcoholic solvent.
5Typical conditions comprise 1.0 equivalents of alkylhalide, 1.0 equivalents of thiol and 1.0-4.0 equivalents of a tertiary amine base such as triethylamine in an alcoholic solvent such as ethanol.
Reaction Step 52. N-Boc deprotection Compounds of formula (LII) may be prepared by reacting compounds of the formula (LI) with a suitable acid, such as HCI or TFA in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane or diethyl ether at room temperature or above, if necessary in the presence of a cation scavenger such as Et3SiH Typical conditions comprise adding 1 equivalent of the protected amine (LI) to CH2CI2 saturated with HCI gas at 0 C then allowing to stand at room temperature overnight.
Reaction Step 4. Reductive amination Compounds of formula (LIII) may be prepared from compounds of formula (LII) by employing standard amide bond forming conditions followed by reduction of the intermediate amide with a hydride reducing agent such as borane or lithium aluminium hydride.
For example, acid chlorides in the presence of a suitable base such as triethylamine or 4-methylmorpholine may be used for the amide forming stage. Typical reaction conditions comprise 1.0 equivalents of amine (LII), 1.2-2.0 equivalents of base (preferably triethylamine), 1.1-1.3 equivalents of acid chloride in dichloromethane at 25 C. Reducing agents such as borane or lithium aluminium hydride can be used for the amide reduction stage. Typical conditions comprise 1.0 equivalents of amide, 1.2-3.0 equivalents of borane in THF at reflux, followed by treatment with a strong acid to hydrolyse the initially formed boron complex of the product. Other non-acidic methods are available for breaking the boron complex e.g. treatment with diethanolamine.
Reaction Step 53. Carbamate formation Compounds of formula (LIV), wherein R" is benzyl or (Cl-C6)alkyl, may be formed by treatment of compounds of formula (LIII) with an alkyl or benzyl chloroformate in an inert solvent such as dichloromethane or diethyl ether in the presence of a base.
Typical conditions comprise 1.0 equivalents of the amine (LIII), 1.0 equivalents of an alkylchloroformate such as methyichloroformate and 1.0-3.0 equivalents of a tertiary amine base such as triethylamine in diethyl ether at 25 C. -Reaction Step 54. Thiomorpholinone Ring formation Compounds of the formula (LV) may be formed by treatment of thioether (LIV) with a strong base such as lithium diisopropylamide in an inert solvent such as diethyl ether or THF.
Typical conditions comprise addition of 3.0 equivalents of a strong base such as lithium diisopropylamide to 1.0 equivalents of the thioether (LIV) at a temperature below -50 C in an inert solvent such as THF and allowing to warm to ambient temperature.
Reaction Step 55. Amide reduction Compounds of formula (LVI) may be prepared by reaction of compounds of formula (LV) with reducing agents such as borane or lithium aluminium hydride. Typical conditions comprise 1.0 equivalents of amide (LV), 1.2-3.0 equivalents of borane in THF at reflux, followed by treatment with a strong acid to hydrolyse the initially formed boron complex. Other non-acidic methods are available for breaking the boron complex e.g. treatment with diethanolamine.
Reaction Step 7. Aminopyridine deprotection Compounds of formula (LVI) may be converted to compounds of formula (I) by deprotection. The nature of this reaction will depend upon the protecting group selected for use.
For example, when the 2,5-dimethylpyrrole system is used to protect the aminopyridine group it may be deprotected by treatment with hydroxylamine. Typical conditions comprise 1.0 equivalents of compound (LVI) and 5 equivalents of hydroxylamine hydrochloride in ethanol at reflux.
Compounds of formula (LIX) wherein R1, R2 and R5 are as defined above, may be prepared according to reaction scheme 31.
PGN N
OH PGN
R~ ~ OH (56) R OH X (57) z ~
R N Rs Rz N1Rs PG' (XXIV) PG' (LVII) PGN PGN N z O
OH S
RJ)CN S\ (58) Ri ~ ~ II
Rz NJI~Rs R N Rs PG' (LIX) PG' (LVIII) Scheme 31 Reaction Step 56. Primary alcohol activation Compounds of the formula (LVII) may be formed from compounds of the formula (XXIV), wherein PG' is a carbamate protecting group such as tert-butyloxycarbonyl or benzyloxycarbonyl, by selective conversion of the primary hydroxyl group to a group X (generally a halide or sulfonate ester). Typical conditions involve:
reaction of one equivalent of toluenenesulfonyl chloride and one equivalent of an amine base such as triethylamine in an inert solvent such as dichloromethane at 0 C.
Reaction Step 57. Thioacetate formation Compounds of the formula (LVIII) may be formed by from compounds of the formula (LVII), wherein PG' is a carbamate protecting group such as tert-butyloxycarbonyl or benzyloxycarbonyl, by reaction with a suitable nucleophile such as thioacetic acid in an inert solvent such as acetonitrile in the presence of a suitable base. Typical conditions involve: reaction of one equivalent of compounds of the formula (LVII) with 1.0-2.0 equivalents of thioacetic acid in the presence of 1.0 - 5.0 equivalents of a suitable base such as potassium carbonate in an inert solvent such as acetonitrile and the mixture heated to reflux.
Reaction Step 58. Ring closure Compounds of the formula (LVIII) may be activated towards nucleophilic displacement at the benzylic centre by conversion to a group X (generally a halide or sulfonate ester). In situ ring closure may then occur to provide compounds of the formula (LIX). Typical conditions involve:
reaction of one equivalent of toluenenesulfonyl chloride and one equivalent of an amine base such as triethylamine in an inert solvent such as dichloromethane at 0 C. Evaporation of the solvent followed by redissolution in a higher boiling solvent such as acetonitrile with 0-5.0 equivalents of a suitable base such as potassium carbonate and heating of the mixture to reflux may be necessary to effect the ring closure.
Compounds of the formula (LIX), wherein PG' is a carbamate protecting group such as tert-butyloxycarbonyl or benzyloxycarbonyl, may be converted to compounds of the formula (I) using procedure analogous to those described in Scheme 18 for the conversion of compounds of formula (XXXIV) into compounds of formula (I).
Compounds of formula (I) wherein R1, R2 and R4 are as defined above, and R3 is as described herein, may be prepared according to reaction scheme 32.
(g p) NH
N (59) N N
N PGN RZ PGN IRa ~ 1a R (XXIII) R (LX) Ri (LXI) (27) ~ (7) '?~
2 Ri (I) R (LXII) Scheme 32 Reaction Step 59. Cycloaddition Compounds of the formula (LX) may be formed from an alkene of the formula (XXIII) by reacting with N-benzyl-N-(methoxymethyl)-trimethylsilylmethylamine and a catalytic amount of an acid such as trifluoroacetic acid in an inert solvent such as dichloromethane, acetonitrile, tetrahydrofuran or toluene at -C to the reflux temperature of the reaction mixture. Alternative catalysts include anhydrous potassium or cesium fluoride, tetra-n-butylammonium fluoride, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, trimethylsilyltrifluoromethanesulfonate and iodotrimethylsilane. Typical conditions involve: reaction of 1 5 equivalent of alkene (XXIII) with 1.5 equivalents of N-benzyl-N-(methoxymethyl)-trimethylsilylmethylamine and 0.1 equivalents of trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane.
Reaction Step 60. Pyrrolidine debenzylation 10 Compounds of the formula (LX) may be deprotected to secondary amines of the formula (LXI) by hydrogenolysis in an inert solvent such as ethanol with a palladium catalyst such as palladium on carbon, under hydrogen pressure of 1 atmosphere or greater. Alternatively it can be deprotected by transfer hydrogenation. Typical conditions involve treating one equivalent of compound of formula (LX) with ammonium formate (10 equivalents) in ethanol and the presence of 10% palladium on carbon as catalyst (10% by weight), at reflux for 3 hours.
Reaction Step 27. Reductive amination Compounds of formula (LXII) may be prepared by reacting compounds of formula (LXI) with 1-5 equivalents of the required aldehyde in a suitable solvent at room temperature in the presence of 1-5 equivalents of a suitable reducing agent such as sodium triacetoxyborohydride or sodium cyanoborohydride in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane or tetrahydrofuran with the optional addition of acetic acid. Typical conditions comprise reacting 1 equivalent of the pyrrolidine (LX) with 3.1 equivalents of the aldehyde and 3.1 equivalents of sodium triacetoxyborohydride in dichloromethane at room temperature for 18 hours.
Reaction Step 7. Aminopyridine deprotection Compounds of formula (LXI) may be converted to compounds of formula (I) by deprotection. The nature of this reaction will depend upon the protecting group selected for use.
For example, when the 2,5-dimethylpyrrole system is used to protect the aminopyridine group it may be deprotected by treatment with hydroxylamine. Typical conditions comprise 1.0 equivalents of compound (LXI) and 5 equivalents of hydroxylamine hydrochloride in ethanol at reflux.
Compounds of formula (I) wherein R', R2, R4, R5 and R6 are as defined above and R3 and A are as described herein, may be prepared according to reaction scheme 33.
R2 R5 Ra R5 2 Hal R' (61) N\ Ri (62) 4/N \ R
N NPG R
(VI) (Lxlli) N NPG N NPG
(LXIV) (63) R
R4,-N R (7) R4'N R
(~) N NHZ (LXV) N NPG
Scheme 33 Reaction Step 61. Reaction with 3-pyridyl borane Compounds of formula (LXIII) may be prepared from compounds of formula (VI) by reaction with 3-pyridyl boranes (or similar boronic acid) in the presence of a suitable base and suitable palladium catalyst.
Typical conditions comprise addition of the 3-pyridyl borane to a compound of formula (VI) in toluene/ethanol as solvent, in the presence of tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) and sodium 10 carbonate, followed by heating to reflux. Examples of 3-pyridyl boranes (or similar boronic acids) are commercially available.
Reaction Step 62. Alkylation 15 Compounds of formula (LXIV) may be prepared from compounds of formula (LXIII) by addition of an alkyl iodide. Typical conditions comprise addition of the alkyl iodide to a compound of formula (LXIII), in a suitable solvent such as acetonitrile and then heating to reflux.
Reaction Step 63. Hydro eq nation Compounds of formula (LXV) may be prepared from compounds of formula (LXIV) by hydrogenation.
Typical conditions comprise hydrogenation of a compound of formula (LXIV), at elevated pressure, in a suitable solvent such as ethanol, in the presence of a suitable catalyst such as Pt02.
Reaction Step 7. Aminopyridine deprotection Compounds of formula (LXV) may be converted to compounds of formula (I) by deprotection. The nature of this reaction will depend upon the protecting group selected for use.
For example, when the 2,5-dimethylpyrrole system is used to protect the aminopyridine group it may be deprotected by treatment with hydroxylamine. Typical conditions comprise 1.0 equivalents of compound (LXV) and 5 equivalents of hydroxylamine hydrochloride in ethanol at reflux.
Methods for resolution of racemic compound In cases where the above methods lead to racemic products, many methods are available for the separation of the racemate into its constituent enantiomers. These include:
(1) formation and selective crystallisation of diastereomeric salts produced by salt formation between a racemic base and an enantiomerically pure chiral acid component (or vice versa) (2) HPLC using a chiral stationary phase - many of which are commercially available (3) Formation of diastereomeric adducts by reaction of a racemic compound with an enantiomerically pure chiral compound or reagent, subsequent separation of the constituent diastereoisomers by physical methods, including crystallisation or chromatography, and splitting of the separated adducts to release the desired compound in enantiomerically enriched form. This is often termed a classical resolution. For example, a racemic alcohol may be reacted with an enantiomerically pure chiral acid to form diastereomeric esters using standard ester forming reactions. These esters can then be separated e.g. by selective crystallisation. The separated diastereomeric esters may then separately be hydrolysed under standard ester hydrolysis conditions to release chiral alcohols in enantiomerically enriched form.
(4) Selective reaction of a chiral reagent (including enzymes) with one enantiomer from a racemic mixture - termed a kinetic resolution.
The compounds of the present invention have utility as selective D3 agonists in the treatment of disease states. There are a number of compounds with activity as both D2 and D3 agonists; however the use of such compounds is associated with a large number of side effects including nausea, emesis, syncope, hypotension and bradycardia, some of which are a cause for serious concern.
It was previously held that the efficacy of the prior art compounds stemmed from their ability to agonise D2; however D2 agonism is implicated as a cause of the side effects detailed above.
The present invention provides a class of selective D3 agonists.
Serendipitously, these have been found to be efficacious; whilst reducing the side effects associated with unselective prior art compounds.
Accordingly a further aspect of the invention provides a compound of formula (I) for use as a medicament.
Compounds of present invention are particularly useful in treating sexual dysfunction, female sexual dysfunction, including hypoactive sexual desire disorder, female sexual arousal disorder, female orgasmic disorder and sexual pain disorder; male erectile dysfunction, hypertension, neurodegeneration, depression, and psychiatric disorders.
Accordingly, the present invention provides for, the use of a compound of formula (I) in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment or prevention of sexual dysfunction.
The compounds of the present invention are useful in male sexual dysfunction, particularly male erectile dysfunction. Male erectile dysfunction (MED), otherwise known as male erectile disorder, is defined as:
"the inability to achieve and/or maintain a penile erection for satisfactory sexual performance"
(NIH Consensus Development Panel on Impotence, 1993)"
It has been estimated that the prevalence of erectile dysfunction (ED) of all degrees (minimal, moderate and complete impotence) is 52% in men 40 to 70 years old, with higher rates in those older than 70 (Melman et a11999, J. Urology, 161, p5-11). The condition has a significant negative impact on the quality of life of the individual and their partner, often resulting in increased anxiety and tension which leads to depression and low self-esteem. Whereas two decades ago, MED was primarily considered to be a psychological disorder (Benet et al 1994 Comp. Ther., 20: 669-673), it is now known that for the majority of individuals there is an underlying organic cause. As a result, much progress has been made in identifying the mechanism of normal penile erection and the pathophysiologies of MED.
Penile erection is a haemodynamic event which is dependent upon the balance of contraction and relaxation of the corpus cavernosal smooth muscle and vasculature of the penis (Lerner et al 1993, J.
Urology, 149, 1256-1255). Corpus cavernosal smooth muscle is also referred to herein as corporal smooth muscle or in the plural sense corpus cavernosa. Relaxation of the corpus cavernosal smooth muscle leads to an increased blood flow into the trabecular spaces of the corpus cavernosa, causing them to expand against the surrounding tunica and compress the draining veins. This produces a vast elevation in blood pressure which results in an erection (Naylor, 1998, Br. J.
Urology, 81, 424-431).
The changes that occur during the erectile process are complex and require a high degree of co-ordinated control involving the peripheral and central nervous systems, and the endocrine system (Naylor, 1998, Br.
J. Urology, 81, 424-431). Corporal smooth muscle contraction is modulated by sympathetic noradrenergic innervation via activation of postsynaptic a, adrenoceptors. MED may be associated with an increase in the endogenous smooth muscle tone of the corpus cavernosum. However, the process of corporal smooth muscle relaxation is mediated partly by non-adrenergic, non-cholinergic (NANC) neurotransmission. There are a number of other NANC neurotransmitters found in the penis, other than NO, such as calcitonin gene related peptide (CGRP) and vasoactive intestinal peptide (VIP). The main relaxing factor responsible for mediating this relaxation is nitric oxide (NO), which is synthesised from L-arginine by nitric oxide synthase (NOS) (Taub et a11993 Urology, 42, 698-704).
It is thought that reducing corporal smooth muscle torie may aid NO to induce relaxation of the corpus cavernosum. During sexual arousal in the male, NO is released from neurones and the endothelium and binds to and activates soluble guanylate cyclase (sGC) located in the smooth muscle cells and endothelium, leading to an elevation in intracellular cyclic guanosine 3',5'-monophosphate (cGMP) levels.
This rise in cGMP leads to a relaxation of the corpus cavernosum due to a reduction in the intracellular calcium concentration ([CaZ+];), via unknown mechanisms thought to involve protein kinase G
activation (possibly due to activation of Ca2+ pumps and Ca2+-activated K+ channels).
Multiple potential sites have been identified within the central nervous system for the modulation of sexual behaviour. The key neurotransmitters are thought to be serotonin, norepinephrine, oxytocin, nitric oxide and dopamine. By mimicking the actions of one of these key neurotransmitters sexual function may be adjusted. Dopamine D3 receptors are expressed almost exclusively in the limbic area of the brain, regions involved in the reward, emotional and cognitive processes.
Without being bound by any theory, it appears that "due to its role in the control of locomotor activity, the integrity of the nigrostriatal dopaminergic pathway is also essential for the display of copulatory behaviour.
Somehow, more specific to sexual function, it is likely that dopamine can trigger penile erection by acting on oxytocinergic neurons located in the paraventricular nucleus of the hypothalamus, and perhaps on the pro-erectile sacral parasympathetic nucleus within the spinal cord". It now appears that the significant site is D3 and not as previously thought, D2.
In essence, D3 is an initiator of sexual behaviour.
Accordingly, the present invention provides for, the use of a compound of formula (1) in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment or prevention of erectile dysfunction.
Patients with mild to moderate MED should benefit from treatment with the compounds according to the present invention, and patients with severe MED may also respond. However, early investigations suggest that the responder rate of patients with mild, moderate and severe MED may be greater with a selective D3 agonist/PDE5 inhibitor combination. Mild, moderate and severe MED will be terms known to the man skilled in the art, but guidance can be found in The Journal of Urology, vol.
151, 54-61 (Jan 1994).
Early investigations suggest the below mentioned MED patient groups should benefit from treatment with a selective D3 agonist and a PDE5i (or other combination set out hereinafter).
These patient groups, which are described in more detail in Clinical Andrology vol. 23, no.4, p773-782 and chapter 3 of the book by I. Eardley and K. Sethia "Erectile Dysfunction-Current Investigation and Management, published by Mosby-Wolfe, are as. follows: psychogenic, organic, vascular, endocrinologic, neurogenic, arteriogenic, drug-induced sexual dysfunction (lactogenic) and sexual dysfunction related to cavernosal factors, particularly venogenic causes.
Accordingly the present invention provides for the use of a compound of formula (I) in the preparation of a medicament in combination with a PDE5 inhibitor for the treatment of erectile dysfunction.
Suitable PDE5 inhibitors are described herein.
The compounds of the present invention are useful in the treatment or prevention of female sexual dysfunction (FSD), particularly female sexual arousal disorder (FSAD), hypoactive sexual desire disorder (HSDD; lack of interest in sex), FSAD with concomitant HSDD, and female orgasmic disorder (FOD;
inability to achieve orgasm).
In accordance with the invention, FSD can be defined as the difficulty or inability of a woman to find satisfaction in sexual expression. FSD is a collective term for several diverse female sexual disorders (Leiblum, S.R. (1998) - Definition and classification of female sexual disorders. Int. J. Impotence Res., 10, S104-S106; Berman, J.R., Berman, L. & Goldstein, I. (1999) - Female sexual dysfunction: Incidence, pathophysiology, evaluations and treatment options. Urology, 54, 385-391.).
The woman may have lack of desire, difficulty with arousal or orgasm, pain with intercourse or a combination of these problems.
Several types of disease, medications, injuries or psychological problems can cause FSD. Treatments in development are targeted to treat specific subtypes of FSD, predominantly desire and arousal disorders.
The categories of FSD are best defined by contrasting them to the phases of normal female sexual response: desire, arousal and orgasm (Leiblum, S.R. (1998) - Definition and classification of female sexual disorders. Int. J. Impotence Res., 10, S104-S106). Desire or libido is the drive for sexual expression. Its manifestations often include sexual thoughts either when in the company of an interested partner or when exposed to other erotic stimuli. Arousal is the vascular response to sexual stimulation, an important component of which is genital engorgement and includes increased vaginal lubrication, elongation of the vagina and increased genital sensation/sensitivity. Orgasm is the release of sexual tension that has culminated during arousal.
Hence, FSD occurs when a woman has an inadequate or unsatisfactory response in any of these phases, usually desire, arousal or orgasm. FSD categories include hypoactive sexual desire disorder, sexual arousal disorder, orgasmic disorders and sexual pain disorders. Although the compounds of the invention will improve the genital response to sexual stimulation (as in female sexual arousal disorder), in doing so it may also improve the associated pain, distress and discomfort associated with intercourse and so treat other female sexual disorders.
Hypoactive sexual desire disorder is present if a woman has no or little desire to. be sexual, and has no or few sexual thoughts or fantasies. This type of FSD can be caused by low testosterone levels, due either to natural menopause or to surgical menopause. Other causes include illness, medications, fatigue, depression and anxiety.
Female sexual arousal disorder (FSAD) is characterised by inadequate genital response to sexual stimulation. The genitalia do not undergo the engorgement that characterises normal sexual arousal.
The vaginal walls are poorly lubricated, so that intercourse is painful.
Orgasms may be impeded. Arousal disorder can be caused by reduced oestrogen at menopause or after childbirth and during lactation, as well as by illnesses, with vascular components such as diabetes and atherosclerosis. Other causes result from treatment with diuretics, antihistamines, antidepressants e.g. selective serotonin re-uptake inhibitors (SSRIs) or antihypertensive agents.
Sexual pain disorders (includes dyspareunia and vaginismus) is characterised by pain resulting from 5 penetration and. may be caused by medications which reduce lubrication, endometriosis, pelvic inflammatory disease, inflammatory bowel disease or urinary tract problems.
As previously discussed, D3 is thought to be an initiator of sexual behaviour.
The clitoris is considered to be a homologue of the penis (Levin, R.J. (1991), Exp. Clin. Endocrinol., 98, 61-69); the same mechanism 10 that provides provides an erectile response in the male produces an increase in genital blood flow in the female with an associated effect upon FSD. In addition there are changes in proceptivity and receptivity.
Thus, in accordance with a preferred aspect of the invention, there is provided use of a compound of formula (I) in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment or prophylaxis of female sexual 15 dysfunction, more particularly hypoactive sexual desire disorder, female sexual arousal disorder, female orgasmic disorder and sexual pain disorder.
Preferably the compounds of formula (I) are useful in the treatment or prophylaxis of female sexual arousal disorder (FSAD), FSAD with concomitant hypoactive sexual desire disorder, orgasmic disorder, ?0 and hypoactive sexual desire disorder, and most preferably in the treatment or prophylaxis of female sexual arousal disorder.
In a preferred embodiment the compounds of formula (I) are useful in the treatment of a subject with female sexual arousal disorder and concomitant hypoactive sexual desire disorder.
The Diagnostic and Statistical Manual (DSM) IV of the American Psychiatric Association defines Female Sexual Arousal Disorder (FSAD) as being:
"... a persistent or recurrent inability to attain or to maintain until completion of the sexual activity adequate lubrication-swelling response of sexual excitement. The disturbance must cause marked distress or interpersonal difficulty. ... ". _ The arousal response consists of vasocongestion in the pelvis, vaginal lubrication and expansion and swelling of the external genitalia. The disturbance causes marked distress and/or interpersonal difficulty.
FSAD is a highly prevalent sexual disorder affecting pre-, peri- and post-menopausal ( hormone replacement therapy (HRT)) women. It is associated with concomitant disorders such as depression, cardiovascular diseases, diabetes and urogenital (UG) disorders.
The primary consequences of FSAD are lack of engorgement/swelling, lack of lubrication and lack of pleasurable genital sensation. The secondary consequences of FSAD are reduced sexual desire, pain during intercourse and difficulty in achieving an orgasm.
It has recently been hypothesised that there is a vascular basis for at least a proportion of patients with symptoms of FSAD (Goldstein et al., Int. J. Impot. Res., 10, S84-S90,1998) with animal data supporting this view (Park et al., Int. J. Impot. Res., 9, 27-37, 1997).
R.J. Levin teaches us that because "... male and female genitalia develop embryologically from the common tissue anlagen, [that] male and female genital structures are argued to be homologues of one another. Thus the clitoris is the penile homologue and the labia homologues of the scrotal sac. ..." (Levin, R.J. (1991), Exp. Clin. Endocrinol., 98, 61-69).
Drug candidates for treating FSAD, which are under investigation for efficacy, are primarily erectile dysfunction therapies that promote circulation to male genitalia.
The compounds of the present invention are advantageous by providing a means for restoring a normal sexual arousal response - namely increased genital blood flow leading to vaginal, clitoral and labial engorgement. This will result in increased vaginal lubrication via plasma transudation, increased vaginal compliance and increased genital sensitivity. Hence, the present invention provides a means to restore, or potentiate, the normal sexual arousal response.
Thus, in accordance with a preferred aspect of the invention, there is provided use of a compound of formula (I) in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment or prophylaxis of female sexual arousal disorder and female sexual arousal disorder with concomitant hypoactive sexual desire disorder.
By female genitalia herein we mean: "The genital organs consist of an internal and external group. The internal organs are situated within the pelvis and consist of ovaries, the uterine tubes, uterus and the vagina. The external organs are superficial to the urogenital diaphragm and below the pelvic arch. They comprise the mons pubis, the labia majora and minora pudendi, the clitoris, the vestibule, the bulb of the vestibule, and the greater vestibular glands" (Gray's Anatomy, C.D. Clemente, 13'h American Edition).
The compounds of the invention find application in the following sub-populations of patients with FSD: the young, the elderly, pre-menopausal, peri-menopausal, post-menopausal women with or without hormone replacement therapy.
The compounds of the invention find application in patients with FSD arising from:-i) Vasculogenic etiologies e.g. cardiovascular or atherosclerotic diseases, hypercholesterolemia, cigarette smoking, diabetes, hypertension, radiation and perineal trauma, traumatic injury to the iliohypogastric pudendal vascular system.
ii) Neurogenic etiologies such as spinal cord injuries or diseases of the central nervous system including multiple sclerosis, diabetes, Parkinsonism, cerebrovascular accidents, peripheral neuropathies, trauma or radical pelvic surgery.
iii) Hormonal/endocrine etiologies such as dysfunction of the hypothalamic/pituitary/gonadal axis, or dysfunction of the ovaries, dysfunction of the pancreas, surgical or medical castration, androgen deficiency, high circulating levels of prolactin e.g. hyperprolactinemia, natural menopause, premature ovarian failure, hyper and hypothyroidism.
iv) Psychogenic etiologies such as depression, obsessive compulsive disorder, anxiety disorder, postnatal depressionP'Baby Blues", emotional and relational issues, performance anxiety, marital discord, dysfunctional attitudes, sexual phobias, religious inhibition or traumatic past experiences.
v) Drug-induced sexual dysfunction resulting from therapy with selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRis) and other antidepressant therapies (tricyclics and major tranquillizers), anti-hypertensive therapies, sympatholytic drugs, chronic oral contraceptive pill therapy.
The Compounds of the present invention are also useful in the treatment of depression.
Dopamine D3 receptors are expressed almost exclusively in the limbic area of the brain, regions involved in reward, emotional and cognitive processes. Chronic treatment with several classes of antidepressants are known to increase the expression of D3 in the limbic area, and antidepressant effects of desipramine can be blocked by sulpride (D2/D3 antagonist) when injected to nucleus accumbens (area rich in D3) but not caudate-putamen (area rich in dopamine D2 receptors). In addition, antidepressant effects were observed preclinical models of depression and in patients treated with pramipexole, a D3-preferring D2/D3 agonist. The available information suggests that D3 receptors mediate the anti-depressant activity and that selective D3 receptor agonists represent a new class of antidepressant drugs. Since antidepressants are known to be effective in other psychiatric disorders, D3 agonists would have the potential to treat psychiatric diseases.
Suitable conditions include depression (e.g. depression in cancer patients, depression in Parkinson's patients, postmyocardial infarction depression, subsyndromal symptomatic depression, depression in infertile women, major depression, child abuse induced depression, post partum depression and grumpy old man syndrome), single episodic or recurrent major depressive disorders, dysthymic disorders, depressive neurosis and neurotic depression, melancholic depression including anorexia, weight loss, insomnia, early morning waking or psychomotor retardation; atypical depression (or reactive depression) including increased appetite, hypersomnia, psychomotor agitation or irritability, seasonal affective disorder and pediatric depression; bipolar disorders or manic depression, for example, bipolar I disorder, bipolar II
disorder and cyclothymic disorder; conduct disorder; disruptive behavior disorder; trichotillomania, kleptomania, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD); behavioral disturbances associated with mental retardation, autistic disorder; borderline personality disorder;
avoidant personality disorder; anxiety disorders such as panic disorder with or without agoraphobia, agoraphobia without history of panic disorder, specific phobias, for example, specific animal phobias, social anxiety, social phobia, obsessive-compulsive disorder, stress disorders including post-traumatic stress disorder and acute stress disorder, and generalized anxiety disorders; emotional lability, pathological crying;
schizophrenia and other psychotic disorders, for example, schizophreniform disorders, schizoaffective disorders, delusional disorders, brief psychotic disorders, shared psychotic disorders, psychotic disorders with delusions or hallucinations, psychotic episodes of anxiety, anxiety associated with psychosis, psychotic mood disorders such as severe major depressive disorder; mood disorders associated with psychotic disorders such as acute mania and depression associated with bipolar disorder; mood disorders associated with schizophrenia; eating disorders (e.g. anorexia nervosa and bulimia nervosa), obesity; movement disorders such as akinesias, dyskinesias, including familial paroxysmal dyskinesias, spasticities, Tourette's syndrome, Scott syndrome, PALSYS and akinetic-rigid syndrome; extra-pyramidal movement disorders such as medication-induced movement disorders, for example, neuroleptic-induced Parkinsonism, neuroleptic malignant syndrome, neuroleptic-induced acute dystonia, neuroleptic-induced acute akathisia, neuroleptic-induced tardive dyskinesia and medication-induced postural tremour; chemical dependencies and addictions (e.g., dependencies on, or addictions to, alcohol, heroin, cocaine, benzodiazepines, nicotine, or phenobarbitol) and behavioral addictions such as an addiction to gambling; ocular disorders such as glaucoma and ischemic retinopathy; sleeping disorder (cataplexy) and shock.
In a further preferred embodiment, the present invention provides for the use of a compound of formula (I) in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment of depression or psychiatric disorders.
Suitable depressive conditions and psychiatric disorders are described above.
In an additional further embodiment, the invention provides for the use of compounds of formula I in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment of obesity.
The compounds of the present invention also have utility in the treatment of neurodegeneration; sources of neurodegeneration include neurotoxin poisoning; vision loss caused by neurodegeneration of the visual pathway, such as by a stroke in the visual pathway eg in retina, optic nerve and/or occipital lobe; epileptic seizures; and from impairment of glucose and/or oxygen supply to the brain.
Conditions related to neurodegeneration include Restless Leg Syndrome, Huntington's disease, Multiple Sclerosis, mild cognitive impairment, Down's syndrome, stroke, Hereditary Cerebral Hemorrhage with Amyloidosis of the Dutch-Type, cerebral amyloid angiopathy, delirium, dementia, age-related cognitive decline (ARCD), and amnestic and other cognitive or neurodegenerative disorders, such as Parkinson's disease (PD), Huntington's disease (HD), Alzheimer's disease, senile dementia, dementia of the Alzheimer's type, memory disorders, loss of executive function, vascular dementia, dementias of mixed vascular and degenerative origin, dementia associated with Parkinson's disease, dementia associated with progressive supranuclear palsy, dementia associated with cortical basal degeneration, multi-infarct dementia, alcoholic dementia or other drug-related dementia, dementia associated with intracranial tumors or cerebral trauma, dementia associated with Huntington's disease, Pick's disease, Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease, HIV or AIDS-related dementia, diffuse Lewy body type of Alzheimer's disease, frontotemporal dementias with parkinsonism (FTDP), head trauma, spinal cord injury, demyelinating diseases of the nervous system, peripheral neuropathy, pain, cerebral amyloid angiopathy, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, multiple sclerosis, dyskinesia associated with dopamine agonist therapy, mental retardation, learning disorders, including reading disorder, mathematics disorder; or a disorder of written expression; age-related cognitive decline, amnesic disorders, neuroleptic-induced parkinsonism, tardive dyskinesias, and acute and chronic neurodegenerative disorders.
Accordingly the present invention provides for the use of a compound of formula (I) in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment of neurodegeneration.
Suitable neurodegenerative conditions are described above.
In addition to their role in treating Sexual dysfunction, depression, neurodegeneration and psychiatric disorders, the compounds of the present invention are likely to be efficacious in a number of additional indications.
Accordingly, the present invention provides for the use of compounds of formula (I), in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment of hypertension, premature ejaculation, obesity, cluster headache, migraine, pain, endocrine disorders (e.g. hyperprolactinaemia), vasospasm (particularly in the cerebral vasculature), cerebellar ataxia, gastrointestinal tract disorders (involving changes in motility and secretion), premenstrual syndrome, fibromyalgia syndrome, stress incontinence, trichotillomania and chronic paroxysmal hemicrania, headache (associated with vascular disorders).
It is to be appreciated that all references herein to treatment include curative, palliative and prophylactic treatment.
Activity at the dopamine D3 receptor may be determined using the methods described in WO
2004/052372. Using this assay, the compounds of the present invention all exhibit a functional potency at D3 receptor expressed as an EC50, lower than 1000nM and a 10 fold selectivity for D3 over D2.
Selectivity is calculated as the D2 EC50 value divided by the D3 EC50 value.
Where the vaiue of the D2 EC50 was >10000, a.figure of 10000 was used in the calculation.
The compound of example 14 has a functional potency at the D3 receptor, expressed as an EC50, of 20 nM, with an Emax (maximal response value) of 98% (relative to the maximal effect of standard agent pramipexole). Against the D2 receptor this compound gave only a 22% response (relative to the maximal effect of pramipexole) at 10000nM.
Suitable auxiliary active agents for use in the combinations of the present invention include:
1) Naturally occurring or synthetic prostagiandins or esters thereof. Suitable prostaglandins for use herein include compounds such as alprostadil, prostaglandin E,,prostaglandin Fe, 13, 14 -dihydroprosta 'glandin E,, prostagiandin E2, eprostinot, natural synthetic and senii-synthetic prostaglandins and derivafives thereof including those described in WO-00033825 and/or US
5 6,037,346 issued on 14th March 2000, PGEo, PGEI, PGAI, PGB,, PGF, a, 19-hydroxy PGA,, 19-hydroxy - PGBI, PGE2, PGt3Z, 19-hydroxy-PGA2, 19-hydroxy-PGB-,, PGE;a, carboprost trornethamine dinoprost, tromethamine, dinoprostone, lipo prost, gemeprost, metenoprost, sulprostune, tiaprost and moxisylate;
2) (x - adrenergic receptor antagonist compounds also known as a-adrenoceptors or or-receptors or 10 a-blockers. Suitable compounds for use herein include: the a-adrenergic receptor blockers as described in PCT applicat-on W099130697 published on 14th June 1998, the disclosures of which retating to a-adrenergic receptors include, selective ai-adrenoceptor or a27adrenoceptor blockers and non-selective adrenooeptor blockers, suitable ar-adrenoceptor blockers include: phentolamine, phentolamine mesylate, trazodone, alfuzosin, 15 indoramin, naftopidil, tamsulosin, dapiprazole, phenoxybenzamine,.
idazoxan, efaraxan, yohimbine, rauwolfa alkaloids, Recordati 15/2739, SNAP 1069, SNAP 5089, RS17053, SL-89.0591, doxazosin, terazosin, abanoquit and prazosin; aZ-blocker blockers from US.6,037,346 [14th March 2000] dibenarnine, _tolazoline, trimazosin and dibenarnine; a-adrenergic receptors as described in US patents: 4,188,390; 4,026,894; 3,511,836; 4,315,007;
3,527,761; 3,997,666;
N H
PGN RZ
R' (VII) (23) N
PGN I ~ RZ
R~
(xm) Scheme 9 Compounds of formula (XIII) may be prepared by reaction step 23 - reaction of an aidehyde of formula (VII) with a sulfur ylid reagent such as that generated from trimethylsulfonium iodide and a suitable base.
Typical reaction conditions involve: reaction of trimethylsulfonium iodide (1 equivalent) with sodium hydride (1 equivalent) in DMSO at 0 C followed by addition of the aldehyde (VII) and allowing the reaction to stand at room temperature.
A further alternative method for the synthesis of epoxide compounds of formula (XIII), wherein R' and R2 are as defined above, is shown in Scheme 10.
N ~ I
I , PGN (XXIII) 1(24) N
PGN RZ
R~ (XIII) Scheme 10 Compounds of formula (XIII) may be prepared by reaction step 24 - treatment of an alkene of formula (XXIII) with an oxidising agent such as m-chloroperbenzoic acid, or dimethyidioxirane. Typical reaction conditions comprise: reaction of I equivalent of alkene (XXIII) with 1-2 equivalents of m-chloroperbenzoic acid in dichloromethane at room temperature.
Alkenes of formula (XXIII), wherein R' and R2 are as defined above, may be prepared _according to scheme 11.
H (25) N
PGN ~ RZ PGN I/ RZ
R~ (VII) R (XXIII) Scheme 11 Alkene compounds of formula (XXIII) may be prepared from aldehydes of formula (VII). by reaction step 25, a Wittig or similar olefination reaction. Typical reaction conditions involved treating 1 equivalent of aidehyde (VII) with 1-2 equivalents of the ylid generated from the reaction of equal molar quantities of methyl triphenylphosphonium iodide and butyllithium, in tetrahydrofuran and room temperature or below.
Alternatively, alkenes of formula (XXIII), wherein R' and R2 are as defined above, may be prepared according to scheme 12.
Hal (26) PGN' RZ PGNN
~ RZ
R~ (VI) R, (XXIII) Scheme 12 Alkene compounds of formula (XXIII) may be prepared by reaction step 26 - a palladium catalysed vinylation reaction using halide compounds of formula (VI). Typical vinyl sources which may be used for this process include vinyltributylstannane, ethene gas (at high pressure), or a vinyl boronic acid. Many Pd(0) or Pd(II) catalysts are suitable for this transformation, such as Pd(PPh3)4. Typical conditions comprise: reaction of a halogenated pyridine of formula (VI) (1 equivalent) with ethylene gas (at high pressure e.g. 120 psi) in an acetonitrile solution, in the presence of a Pd-catalysts such as Pd(OAc)Z (1.5 mol%), a phosphine Iigand such as tri-o-tolylphosphine (5 mol%) and amine base, such as triethylamine (large excess) at elevated temperatures (e.g.80 C).
In the preparation of a compound of formula (I), it will be clear to those skilled in the art that the R4 group (as defined above) may be introduced into any of several intermediates in the synthetic sequence. This is most conveniently achieved by reaction step 27, a reductive amination procedure. Examples of suitable intermediates for use in such a transformation are shown in Scheme 13, wherein R', R2, R5 and R6 are as defined above. Other intermediates useful in the preparation of compounds of formula I may be equally as practicable.
PGN ,N OH PGN ~N
H J\R (27) i OH s .
~OYR
R Z J~
H Rs R
Ra .
(XIX) (XIX) s Rs __1Y
~R6 (27) O R R
-- N N.Ra NH ~
PGN / RZ
(xi) (xq -ly R5 -1-Y R5 N~ NH (27) N\ N Re H2N I/ RZ H2N ~ RZ
R~ R
Scheme 13 A typical procedure comgrises reacting 1 equivalent of secondary amine (such as (XIX), (XI), or (I), with 1 equivalent of an aldehyde in an inert solvent such as tetrahydrofuran or dichloromethane at room temperature, then addition of 1 equivalent (or more) of sodium triacetoxyborohydride or sodium cyanoborohydride. , In some instances, for example in the preparation of compounds of formula (I) wherein R4 is H, R3 and A
are as defined herein and wherein R1, R2, R5 and R6 are as defined above, it may be advantageous to use a protecting group PG' prior to formation of the morpholine ring. This is illustrated in Scheme 14.
Any suitable nitrogen protecting group may be used (as described in "Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis" 3rd Edition T. W. Greene and P.G. Wuts, Wiley-Interscience, 1999).
A common nitrogen protecting group (PG') suitable for use herein is tert-butoxy carbonyl, which is readily removed by treatment with an acid such as trifluoroacetic acid or hydrogen chloride in an organic solvent such as dichloromethane.
PGN N OH PGN N OH HzN N
~ e R s R' : I HO,/R6 R O R
N R (28) Rz NJI~Rs (16) Rz NI Rs (XIX) H (XXIV) PG' PG' (XXV) (29) H2N R ~ I O Rs z R N Rs H (1) Scheme 14 Reaction Step 28. N-protection A compound of formula (XXIV) may be prepared by reaction step 28 - N-protection. A compound of formula (XIX) (in which R4 =-H) is reacted with a nitrogen protecting agent, such as benzyl chloroformate to produce the protected compound. Typical reaction conditions involve:
reaction of 1 equivalent of secondary amine (XIX) with (1 equivalent, or more) of benzyl chloroformate in an inert solvent such as dichloromethane, together with triethylamine (I equivalent, or more) at room temperature.
Reaction Step 16. Ring closure Ring closure of diol (XXIV) to morpholine (XXV) may be accomplished using many of the methods previously described herein, see Reaction Step 16, scheme 3. Particularly suitable in this instance is a Mitsunobu-type ring closure reaction through the action of a dialkyl azodicarboxylate reagent (1.1 equivalent) plus triphenylphosphine (1.1 equivalent) in an inert solvent such as tetrahydrofuran at room temperature.
Reaction Step 29 protecting group removal Compounds of formula (I) may be prepared by reaction step 29 - deprotection of morpholine (XXV), under conditions dependent upon the nature of the protecting group used. For example, if benzyloxycarbonyl is used as the protecting group then it may be removed by hydrogenolysis in an inert solvent such as ethanol with a palladium catalyst such as palladium on carbon, under hydrogen pressure of I atmosphere or greater. If the morpholine nitrogen is protected with a benzyl group it can be deprotected by transfer hydrogenation. Typical conditions involve treating one equivalent of compound of formula (XXV) with ammonium formate (10 equivalents) in ethanol and the presence of 10% palladium on carbon as catalyst (10% by weight), at reflux for 3 hours.
Compounds of formula (XVII), wherein R4, R5 and R6 are as defined above, may be prepared according to scheme 15.
RS
HZN'~/OH
(XVI) (30) HN),yOH
R4 RB (XVII) HCI
Scheme 15 Compounds of formula (XVII) (where R4 is not H) may be prepared by reaction step 30, a reductive amination procedure. Typical conditions involve: reaction of I equivalent of amino alcohol of formula (XVI) with 1.1 equivalents of an aldehyde in dichloromethane and the presence of dried 4A molecular sieves at room temperature. After filtration and evaporation of the reaction mixture, the residue is redissolved in methanol and reacted with sodium borohydride (2 equivalents or more) at room temperature.
Alternatively the reductive amination can be accomplished in two steps via formation and then reduction of an intermediate amide, in a similar fashion to that described for Reaction Step 4 (Scheme 1) and in Reaction Steps 11 and 12 (scheme 3).
One skilled in the art will be aware that many amino alcohol compounds of formulas (XVI) and (XVII) are commercially available. Alternatively they may be prepared according to numerous methods known to those skilled in the art, such as those described in Tetrahedron 2000, 56, 2561-2576 and references cited therein.
Compounds of formula (I), wherein R1, R2, R4, R5 and R6 are as defined above, and R3, R5 and A are as 5 described herein, may be prepared from chloropyridines of formula (XXVI) according to scheme 16.
Ph CI N _N N
R~ O Rs (31) Ph R~ I O R
R s N s R
I R N~R
z z R (XXVI) R (XXVII) 1 (32) HZN N
R R 1 z (~) Scheme 16 It will be clear to those skilled in the art that chloropyridine intermediates of formula (XXVI) are accessible through application of analogous synthetic methods to those previously described herein for the 10 production of protected aminopyridine compounds of formula (XI).
Reaction Step 31. Metal catalysed amination reaction Compounds of formula (XXVII) may be prepared by reaction step 31, reaction of a compound of formula 15 (XXVI) with benzophenone imine, in the presence of a suitable base and a metal catalyst, e.g. a Pd complex. Typical reaction conditions involve: reacting chloropyridine (XXVI) (1 equivalent) with benzophenone imine (1.2 equivalents), sodium tert-butoxide (1.4 equivalents), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (1 mol%) and 2,2'-bis(diphenylphosphino)-1.1'-binaphthyl (BINAP) (3 mol%) in toluene at 80 to 120 C.
Reaction Step 32 Benzophenone deprotection Compounds of formula (XXVII) may be converted to compounds of formula (I) by hydrogenolysis (using an inert solvent and heterogeneous catalysis such as Pd on carbon at or above I atmosphere pressure of hydrogen), or alternatively by treatment with an aqueous acid e.g. 2M HCI in the presence of water and miscible organic solvent such as tetrahydrofuran or dioxan. Transfer hydrogenation may also be used to effect this transformation. Typical conditions involve treating one equivalent of compound of formula (XXVII) with ammonium formate (10 equivalents) in ethanol and the presence of 10% palladium on carbon as catalyst (10% by weight), at reflux for 3 hours.
Compounds of formula (I) wherein R1, R2 and R4 are as defined above and R3 is as defined herein, may be prepared according to scheme 17.
boc H
2 boc N N
R N
.{- - -N R~ (33) RZ (34) R~
CI I N/ R~ N '- Ra (XXVIII) (XXIX) cl (XXX) ci (XXXI) 1 (27) N
R2 (32) R2 (31) ~- E--- R
N R~ N R~
Ph N N R6 NHZ (I) Y CI (XXXII) Ph (XXXIII) Scheme 17 Reaction Step 33. Zincate coupling Compounds of formula (XXX) may be prepared by reacting compounds of the formula (XXIX) with Zn/Cu couple (or other activated Zn source) with sonication, followed by addition of a 2-chloro-4-iodopyridine and a suitable palladium catalyst and ligand, and heating to 70 C for 18 hours.
Typical conditions comprise 1 equivalent of the azetidine (XXIX) with 40 wt% Zn/Cu couple in DMF with sonication at room temperature for 4 hours, followed by addition of 1.05 equivalents of the halogenated pyridine (VI), 0.05 equivalents of tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) and 0.1 equivalents of tri-o-furylphosphine and heating to 70 C
for 18 hours. Compounds of the formula (XXIX) may be prepared as described in Synlett, 4, 1998, 379.
Reaction Step 34 Boc deprotection Compounds of formula (XXXI) may be prepared by reacting compounds of the formula (XXX) with a suitable acid, such as HCI or TFA in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane or diethyl ether at room temperature or above, if necessary in the presence of a cation scavenger such as Et3SiH. Typical conditions comprise 1 equivalent of the azetidine (XXX) with CH2CI2 saturated with HCI gas at 0 C then allowing to stand at "room temperature overnight.
Reaction Step 27. Reductive amination Compounds of formula (XXXII) may be prepared by reacting compounds of formula {XXXI) with 1-5 equivalents of the required aldehyde in a suitable solvent at room temperature in the presence of 1-5 equivalents of a suitable reducing agent such as sodium triacetoxyborohydride or sodium cyanoborohydride in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane or tetrahydrofuran with the optional addition of acetic acid. Typical conditions comprise reacting 1 equivalent of the azetidine (XXXI) with 3.1 equivalents of the aldehyde and 3.1 equivalents of sodium triacetoxyborohydride in dichloromethane at room temperature for 18 hours.
Reaction Step 31. Metal catalysed amination reaction Compounds of formula (XXXII) may be converted to compounds of formula (I) via intermediates (XXXIII).
Conversion of (XXXII) to (XXXIII) may accomplished using benzophenone imine together with a suitable base and a metal catalyst, e.g. a Pd(0) complex. Typical reaction conditions involve: reacting chloropyridine (XXXII) (1 equivalent) with benzophenone imine (1.2 equivalents), sodium tert-butoxide (1.4 equivalents), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (1 mol%) and 2,2'-bis(diphenylphosphino)-1.1'-binaphthyl (BINAP) (3 mol%) in toluene at 80 to 120 C.
Reaction Step 32. Benzophenone deprotection Compounds of formula (XXXIII) may be converted to compounds of formula (I) either by hydrogenolysis (using an inert solvent and heterogeneous catalysis such as Pd on carbon at or above 1 atmosphere pressure of hydrogen), or by treatment with an aqueous acid in the presence of a water miscible organic solvent such as tetrahydrofuran or dioxan. Transfer hydrogenation may also be used for effect this transformation. Typical conditions involve treating one equivalent of compound of formula (XXVII) with ammonium. formate (10 equivalents) in ethanol and the presence of 10%
palladium on carbon as catalyst (10% by weight), at reflux for 3 hours.
Alternatively, compounds of formula (I), wherein R1, R2 and R4 are as defined above and R3 is as defined herein, may be prepared according to scheme 18.
boc Hal I H
boc N N
RZ N (33) (34) N -C Ri R2 R 2 Y(XXIX) NPG (VI) I N Ri N Ri NPG (XxXIV) NPG (XXXV) (27) Rd Ra N N
R2 Rz (7) N / R
N / R~
(I) NHZ NPG (XXXVI) Scheme 18 Reaction Step 33. Zincate coupling Compounds of formula (XXXIV) may be prepared by reacting compounds of the formula (XXIX) with Zn/Cu couple (or other activated Zn source) with sonication, followed by addition of compounds of the formula (VI) and a suitable palladium catalyst and ligand, and heating to 70 C
for 18_ hours. Typical conditions comprise 1 equivalent of the azetidine (XXIX) with 40 wt% Zn/Cu couple in DMF with sonication at room temperature for 4 hours, followed by addition of 1.05 equivalents of the halogenated pyridine (VI), 0.05 equivalents of tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) and 0.1 equivalents of tri-o-furylphosphine and heating to 70 C for 18 hours. Compounds of the formula (XXIX) may be prepared as described in Synlett, 4, 1998, 379.
Reaction Step 34. N-Boc deprotection Compounds of formula (XXXV) may be prepared by reacting compounds of the formula (XXXIV) with a suitable acid, such as HCI or TFA in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane or diethyl ether at room temperature or above, if necessary in the presence of a cation scavenger such as Et3SiH Typical conditions comprise I equivalent of the azetidine (XXXIV) with CH2CI2 saturated with HCI gas at 0 C then allowing to stand at room temperature overnight.
Reaction Step 27. Reductive amination Compounds of formula (XXXVI) may be prepared by reacting compounds of formula (XXXV) with 1-5 equivalents of the required aldehyde in a suitable solvent at room temperature in the presence of 1-5 equivalents of a suitable reducing agent such as sodium triacetoxyborohydride or sodium cyanoborohydride in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane or tetrahydrofuran with the optional addition of acetic acid. Typical conditions comprise 1 equivalent of the azetidine (XXXV) with 3.1 equivalents of the aldehyde and 3.1 equivalents of sodium triacetoxyborohydride in dichloromethane at room temperature for 18 hours.
Reaction Step 7. AminopVridine deprotection Compounds of formula (XXXVI) may be converted to compounds of formula (I) by deprotection. The nature of this reaction will depend upon the protecting group selected for use. For example, when the 2,5-dimethylpyrrole system is used to protect the aminopyridine group it may be deprotected by treatment with hydroxylamine. Tipical conditions comprise 1.0 equivalents of compound (XXXVI) and 5 equivalents of hydroxylamine hydrochloride in ethanol at reflux.
Compounds of formula I wherein R3 is moiety IV and unless otherwise indicated R', R2, RB, R9 and R10 are as defined above, may be prepared using methods described in Schemes 19-29.
H (35) N~ ~ (36) N~ NHZ
PGN I ~ RZ ~ \
PGN RZ N PGN I~ F22 R (VII) R1 (XXXVII) R (XXXVIfI) 1 (27) N N.R9 (7) N N.Rs --HZN I RZ R R' (I) R (XXXIX) Scheme 19 Reaction Step 35. Nitrile formation Compounds of formula (VII) may be converted to nitrile compounds of formula (XXXVII) by reaction with tosylmethyl isocyanide (TosMic). Typical conditions involve: treating aldehyde (VII) (1 equivalent) with TosMic (1 equivalent) and potassium tert-butoxide (2 equivalents) in ethylene glycol dimethyl ether at -45 C after a period of 30 minutes methanol is added and the reaction mixture allowed to reach room tem perature.
Reaction Step 36. Nitrile reduction Nitriles of formula (XXXVII) may be converted to amines of formula (XXXVIII) by reduction of the nitrile group. This reduction may be achieved through the action of a hydride reducing agent, such as lithium aluminium hydride, or sodium borohydride in the presence of a transition metal salt, such as NiCI2 or CoC12. Alternatively the nitrile group may be reduced by hydrogenation with a transition metal catalyst such as Raney Nickel or Pd on carbon.
Typical conditions involve: reacting nitrile (XXXVII) (1 equivalent) with nickel chloride (1 equivalent) in methanol followed by cautious addition of sodium borohydride (3 equivalents or more) at 0 C.
Reaction Step 27. Reductive amination.
The primary amines (XXXVIII) may be converted to compounds of formula (XXXIX) by a reductive amination procedure, by reaction with an aldehyde and hydride reducing agent such as sodium triacetoxyborohydride or sodium borohydride Typical conditions involve: reacting compounds of formula (XXXVIII) with a suitable aldehyde (1 equivalent or more) in the.presence of a hydride reducing agent such as sodium cyanoborohydride or sodium triacetoxyborohydride (1 equivalent or more) in an alcoholic solvent such as ethanol.
Reaction Step 7 Aminopyridine deprotection Compounds of formula (XXXIX) may be converted to compounds of formula I by using a reaction to deprotect the nitrogen of the aminopyridine group (PGN) to liberate the NH2 in compounds (I). The nature of this reaction will depend upon the protecting group selected for use. For example, when the 2,5-dimethylpyrrole system is used to protect the aminopyridine group, it may be deprotected by treatment with hydroxylamine. Tvpical conditions comprise 1.0 equivalents of compound (XXXIX) and 5 equivalents of hydroxylamine hydrochloride in ethanol at reflux.
Alternatively, nitrile compounds of formula (XXXVII) may be converted into compounds of formula (I) as 5 shown in Scheme 20.
H H
(37) N NyR (38) N ': N.Rs PGN R R
PGN R ~ -~ HZ
N R
(~) R (XXXVII) R (XL) Scheme 20 Reaction Step 37. Reductive acylation 10 The intermediates of formula (XXXVII) may be reduced e.g. with sodium borohydride and nickel chloride in the presence of an acylating agent, such as a carboxylic acid anhydride to afford amide intermediates of formula (XL). Typical conditions involve: reacting nitrile (XXXVII) (1 equivalent) with nickel chloride (1 equivalent) and a carboxylic acid anhydride (1 equivalents or more) in methanol followed by cautious addition of sodium borohydride (3 equivalents or more) at 0 C.
Reaction Step 38. Amide reduction Amides of general formula (XL) may be reduced to amines using borane or lithium aluminium hydride.
Typical conditions comprise 1.0 equivalents of amide (XL), 1.2-3.0 equivalents of borane in THF at reflux followed by heating in strong aqueous acid, such as 5M HCI. The resulting amine intermediates may then be deprotected to give the aminopyridine compounds of formula (I), as previously described in Reaction Step 7.
An alternative preparation of nitrile compounds of formula (XXXVII) is shown in Scheme 21.
N ~ HaI (39) N ~
PGN R2 PGN I~ R2 R (VI) R (XXXVII) Scheme 21 Compounds of formula (XXXVII) may be prepared by reaction step 39 - reaction of halogenated pyridine (VI) with tributyl(cyanomethyl)stannane and a palladium catalyst according to the procedure described in Chem. Lett 1984, 1511-1512, Typical conditions involve treating 1 equivalent of (VI) with 1.5 equivalents of tributyl(cyanomethyl)stannane, bis(acetonitrile)dichloropalladium(II) (2.5 mol%) and tri-o-tolylphosphine (5 mol%) in xylene at 120 C.
An alternative procedure for the preparation of compounds of formula (XXXVIII) is shown in scheme 22.
N "' Hal PGN I ~ RZ + ~H.PG' R
(VI) (40) (XLI) H
N Y N.PG, PGN -:0 RZ
Ri (XLII) ~ (29) N ~ NHz PGN I ~ Rz R' (XXXVIII) Scheme 22 Reaction Step 40. B-alkyl Suzuki coupling Protected amides of formula (XLII) are available by B-alkyl Suzuki coupling between a vinyl carbamate (XLI) and a halogenated pyridine (VI), in a similar fashion to that described in J. Org. Chem. 1999, 64, 8743-8744. In a typical procedure benzyl vinyl carbamate [commercially available, or prepared as described in J. Org. Chem. 1999, 64, 8743-8744] was treated with I equivalent of 9BBN solution in tetrahydrofuran at -10 C. After completion of the hydroboration stage, the resulting organoboron intermediate is treated with sodium hydroxide, PdC12(dppf).CHZCI2 complex is added together with a halogenated pyridine of formula (VI).
Reaction Step 29 Amine deprotection Compounds of formula (XLII) may be converted to compounds of formula (XXXVIII) by deprotection. The nature of this reaction will depend upon the protecting group selected for use. For example, when benzyloxycarbonyl is used as the protecting group then it may be removed by hydrogenolysis in an inert solvent such as ethanol with a palladium catalyst such as palladium on carbon.
Typical reaction conditions involve: reacting compounds of formula (XLII) in an alcohol solvent (such as ethanol) with hydrogen (at a pressure of 1 atmosphere of greater) in the presence of a transition metal catalyst such as Pd on carbon.
An alternative method for the production of compounds of formula (XXXIX) is shown in Scheme 23.
OH H H
N N,R4 (41) N,Rs PGN ~ RZ PGN RZ
R~ (IX) R~ (XXXIX) Scheme 23 Compounds of formula (XXXIX) may be prepared by reaction step 41 -deoxygenation of a compound of formula (IX) by, for example, hydrogenation (in an inert solvent such as ethanol, in the presence of a transition metal catalyst, such as Pd on carbon in an atmosphere of hydrogen (1 atmosphere or higher)).
Alternatively, a hydride source such as triethylsilane in conjunction with a suitable acid may be used (as described in Heterocycles 2003, 1203-1209) Typical reaction conditions involve: -dissolving (IX) in a mixture dichloromethane and trifluoroacetic acid at room temperature and adding 1(or more) equivalents of triethylsilane.
A further method for the production of compounds of formula (XXXVII) is shown in scheme 24.
o X
N H (42) N (43) N ~f'R
N
PGN I/ RZ PGN I/ RZ PGN IR' (VII) R' (XLIII) R (XXXVII) Scheme 24 Reaction Step 42. Conversion to benzylic electrophile.
An aidehyde of formula (VII) is reduced by treatment with a hydride reducing agent such as sodium borohydride in an alcoholic solvent, such as ethanol at room temperature. The resulting alcohol can be activated towards nucleophilic displacement by conversion to a group X
(generally a halide or sulfonate ester) to give intermediates of formula (XLIII). Typical conditions involve:
reaction of one equivalent of methanesulfonyl chloride and one equivalent of an amine base such as triethylamine in an inert solvent such as dichloromethane at 0 C.
Reaction Step 43. Cyanide displacement Intermediates of formula (XLIII) can be converted to compounds of formula (XXXVII) by the action of a nucleophilic source of cyanide, such as KCN, in an inert solvent, such as dimethylformamide, at or above room temperature, in a procedure analogous to that described in US5914319.
A further method for the production of compounds of formula (XXXIX) is shown in Scheme 25.
N~ Hal (44) N~ (45) (""~O OH R1\ Rs /
PGN I R z PGN I/ Rz PGN + H
R' (VI) RI (XLIV) R
(XLV) (XLVI) 1 (46) Rlo R'o N ~ N.Ro (38) N ~ N.R9 PGN I 7 RZ PGN ~ R(XLVII) R (XXXIX) R
Scheme 25 Reaction Step 44. Methyl ketone formation Halogenated pyridines or formula (VI) can be converted to methyl ketones of formula (XLIV) by treatment first with butyllithium (or other agent capable of facilitating a halogen metal exchange reaction) and treating the resultant organometallic intermediate with a suitable acetyl source, such as acetylmorpholine or the Weinreb amide derived from acetic acid. Reaction Step 45. Wiligerodt-Kindier reaction Methyl ketones of formula (XLIV) may be converted into arylacetic acids of formula (XLV) by treatment with sulfur and morpholine. A typical procedure involves: reacting 1 equivalent of methyl ketone (XLIV) with sulfur (2 equivalents) and in excess morpholine at reflux (either neat or in an alcoholic solvent such as ethanol), followed by hydrolysis either in refluxing 2M hydrochloric acid or 2M NaOH.
Reaction Step 46. Amide formation.
Pyridyl acetic acids of formula (XLV) may be converted to amides of formula (XLVI) by reaction with an amine of formula (XLVII) and a suitable amide coupling reaction, such as by reaction with an acid chloride or anhydride then addition of a suitable amine, or using a peptide coupling reagent such dicylcohexyl carbodiimide. or other carbodiimide reagent. For example, acid chlorides in the presence 'of a suitable base such as triethylamine or 4-methylmorpholine may be used for the amide forming stage. Typical reaction conditions comprise conversion of the acid (XLV) to the acid chloride by treatment with oxalyl chloride with a trace of dimethylformamide as catalyst in an inert solvent such as dichloromethane. After evaporation of solvents and excess oxalyl chloride, 1.0 equivalents of amine (XLVII), 1.2-2.0 equivalents of base (preferably triethylamine) are reacted with 1.0 equivalents of the acid chloride in dichloromethane at 25 C.
Reaction Step 38 Amide reduction Amides of general formula (XLVI) may be converted into compounds of formula (XXXIX) by reduction with a hydride reducing agent, such as borane-tetrahyrdrofuran complex. Typical conditions comprise 1.0 equivalents of amide (XLVI), 1.2-3.0 equivalents of borane in THF at reflux then treatment with a strong acid such as 5M HCI at elevated temperature to hydrolyse the initially formed boron complexes with the product. Other non-acidic methods are available for breaking the boron complex e.g. treatment with diethanolamine.
An alternative method for the production of compounds of formula (XLV) is shown Scheme 26.
N _ ~_ 1N (47) N r OH
PG
N IRa PGN R (XXXVII) R~ (XLV) Scheme 26 Compouns of formula (XLV) may be prepared according to reaction step 47, hydrolysis. A nitrile of general formula (XXXVII) is hydrolysed by heating in a strongly acidic or basic aqueous solution. Typical conditions involve heating a compound of formula (XXXVII) in a 5M HCI solution at reflux.
N N,R (48) N N,R4 R (IX) R (XLVIII) Scheme 27 Compounds of formula (XLVIII), wherein R8 is OMe, can be formed from compounds of formula (IX) by reaction step 48 - methylation of alcohol (IX) with a suitable electrophilic methyl source, such as iodomethane. In general, a strong base, such as sodium hydride is also required. Typical conditions involve treating 1 equivalent of (IX) with 1.1 (or more) of sodium hydride in an inert solvent such as tetrahydrofuran or dimethylformamide then adding 1(or more) equivalents of iodomethane at room temperature.
Compounds of general formula (XLVIII) can subsequently be converted into compounds of formula (I) using the same methods as described for the conversion of compounds of formula (XXXIX), as shown in Scheme 19.
Further examples of compounds of formula (I), wherein R8 is not hydrogen, can be prepared according to scheme 28.
N Hal (44) N (49) R$
11 PGN ~ Rz PGN IR~RB
PGN I Rz R1 (VI) RI (XLIX) RI (XXXVII) Scheme 28 Reaction Step 44. Ketone formation Halogenated pyridine compounds of formula (VI) can be readily converted to ketones of formula (XLIX) using methods similar to the formation of methyl ketone compounds of formula (XLIV) (scheme 25).
Namely, by treatment first with butyllithium (or other agent capable of facilitating a halogen metal exchange reaction) and treating the resultant organometallic intermediate with a suitable acyl source, such as acylmorpholine or Weinreb amide (both which are readily prepared using methods well-known to the skilled person).
Reaction Step 45. Nitrile formation The ketone of formula (XLIX) can then be converted to nitrile (XXXVII) by reaction with tosylmethyl isocyanide (TosMic). Typical conditions involve: treating ketone (XLIX) (1 equivalent) with TosMic (1 equivalent) and potassium fert-butoxide (2 equivalents) in ethylene glycol dimethyl ether at -45 C. After a period of 30 minutes methanol is added and the reaction mixture allowed to reach room temperature.
Nitriles of formula (XXXVII) may subsequently be converted to compounds of formula (I) using -the procedures previously described in scheme 19.
N'R N,Re R N.Re PGN I~ RZ HZN I/ RZ _-Ri (XXXIX) R, (1) (50) (50) Ra Rio Ra Rto ,Re N N,R
PGN '~ RZ HZN I~ RZ
R~ (XXXIX) R
(~) Scheme 29 Compounds of formula (XXXIX) or (I) wherein R10 = H, may be readily converted into further compounds 5 of formula (XXXIX) or (I) wherein R10 is not H, by reaction step 50 - a reductive amination procedure as shown in Scheme 29. A typical procedure involves reacting 1 equivalent of a secondary amine (such as (XXXIX) or (I)), with 1 equivalent of an aldehyde in an inert solvent such as tetrahydrofuran or dichloromethane at room temperature, then addition of I equivalent (or more) of sodium triacetoxyborohydride or sodium cyanoborohydride.
10 Alternatively, the reductive amination may be conducted in two steps via an intermediate amide in similar fashion to that described for Reaction Step 4 in scheme 1.
Compounds of formula (I) wherein R1, R2, Ra and R5 are as defined above, and R3, R5 and A are as described herein, may be prepared according to reaction scheme 30.
H
N O H
N X HS R O(L) N~ gN~O
PGN Rz (51) PGN ~ R2 R O
R1 (XLIII) R1 (LI) (52) H NH
(53) N S---,~N,Ra (4) N~ S'y z PGN R
PGN I Rz R5 z R5 (LII) R (LIII) R
OyO.R~~ 5 5 S~R S~ R
N zS R N.Ra (54) N~ N.Ra (55) N~ N.Ra PGN R ~~ z O z Ri (LIV) PGN R PGN R
R (LV) R _(LVI) (7) S--YRs N N.Ra (I) Scheme 30 Reaction Step 51. Thioether formation Thioethers of the formula (LI) may be formed by reaction of a compound of formula (XLIII), wherein X is generally a halide or a sulfonate ester, with a compound of the formula (L) [commercially available or prepared a described in J.Chem.Soc Perkin l, 1987, 111-120] in the presence of a base in an alcoholic solvent.
5Typical conditions comprise 1.0 equivalents of alkylhalide, 1.0 equivalents of thiol and 1.0-4.0 equivalents of a tertiary amine base such as triethylamine in an alcoholic solvent such as ethanol.
Reaction Step 52. N-Boc deprotection Compounds of formula (LII) may be prepared by reacting compounds of the formula (LI) with a suitable acid, such as HCI or TFA in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane or diethyl ether at room temperature or above, if necessary in the presence of a cation scavenger such as Et3SiH Typical conditions comprise adding 1 equivalent of the protected amine (LI) to CH2CI2 saturated with HCI gas at 0 C then allowing to stand at room temperature overnight.
Reaction Step 4. Reductive amination Compounds of formula (LIII) may be prepared from compounds of formula (LII) by employing standard amide bond forming conditions followed by reduction of the intermediate amide with a hydride reducing agent such as borane or lithium aluminium hydride.
For example, acid chlorides in the presence of a suitable base such as triethylamine or 4-methylmorpholine may be used for the amide forming stage. Typical reaction conditions comprise 1.0 equivalents of amine (LII), 1.2-2.0 equivalents of base (preferably triethylamine), 1.1-1.3 equivalents of acid chloride in dichloromethane at 25 C. Reducing agents such as borane or lithium aluminium hydride can be used for the amide reduction stage. Typical conditions comprise 1.0 equivalents of amide, 1.2-3.0 equivalents of borane in THF at reflux, followed by treatment with a strong acid to hydrolyse the initially formed boron complex of the product. Other non-acidic methods are available for breaking the boron complex e.g. treatment with diethanolamine.
Reaction Step 53. Carbamate formation Compounds of formula (LIV), wherein R" is benzyl or (Cl-C6)alkyl, may be formed by treatment of compounds of formula (LIII) with an alkyl or benzyl chloroformate in an inert solvent such as dichloromethane or diethyl ether in the presence of a base.
Typical conditions comprise 1.0 equivalents of the amine (LIII), 1.0 equivalents of an alkylchloroformate such as methyichloroformate and 1.0-3.0 equivalents of a tertiary amine base such as triethylamine in diethyl ether at 25 C. -Reaction Step 54. Thiomorpholinone Ring formation Compounds of the formula (LV) may be formed by treatment of thioether (LIV) with a strong base such as lithium diisopropylamide in an inert solvent such as diethyl ether or THF.
Typical conditions comprise addition of 3.0 equivalents of a strong base such as lithium diisopropylamide to 1.0 equivalents of the thioether (LIV) at a temperature below -50 C in an inert solvent such as THF and allowing to warm to ambient temperature.
Reaction Step 55. Amide reduction Compounds of formula (LVI) may be prepared by reaction of compounds of formula (LV) with reducing agents such as borane or lithium aluminium hydride. Typical conditions comprise 1.0 equivalents of amide (LV), 1.2-3.0 equivalents of borane in THF at reflux, followed by treatment with a strong acid to hydrolyse the initially formed boron complex. Other non-acidic methods are available for breaking the boron complex e.g. treatment with diethanolamine.
Reaction Step 7. Aminopyridine deprotection Compounds of formula (LVI) may be converted to compounds of formula (I) by deprotection. The nature of this reaction will depend upon the protecting group selected for use.
For example, when the 2,5-dimethylpyrrole system is used to protect the aminopyridine group it may be deprotected by treatment with hydroxylamine. Typical conditions comprise 1.0 equivalents of compound (LVI) and 5 equivalents of hydroxylamine hydrochloride in ethanol at reflux.
Compounds of formula (LIX) wherein R1, R2 and R5 are as defined above, may be prepared according to reaction scheme 31.
PGN N
OH PGN
R~ ~ OH (56) R OH X (57) z ~
R N Rs Rz N1Rs PG' (XXIV) PG' (LVII) PGN PGN N z O
OH S
RJ)CN S\ (58) Ri ~ ~ II
Rz NJI~Rs R N Rs PG' (LIX) PG' (LVIII) Scheme 31 Reaction Step 56. Primary alcohol activation Compounds of the formula (LVII) may be formed from compounds of the formula (XXIV), wherein PG' is a carbamate protecting group such as tert-butyloxycarbonyl or benzyloxycarbonyl, by selective conversion of the primary hydroxyl group to a group X (generally a halide or sulfonate ester). Typical conditions involve:
reaction of one equivalent of toluenenesulfonyl chloride and one equivalent of an amine base such as triethylamine in an inert solvent such as dichloromethane at 0 C.
Reaction Step 57. Thioacetate formation Compounds of the formula (LVIII) may be formed by from compounds of the formula (LVII), wherein PG' is a carbamate protecting group such as tert-butyloxycarbonyl or benzyloxycarbonyl, by reaction with a suitable nucleophile such as thioacetic acid in an inert solvent such as acetonitrile in the presence of a suitable base. Typical conditions involve: reaction of one equivalent of compounds of the formula (LVII) with 1.0-2.0 equivalents of thioacetic acid in the presence of 1.0 - 5.0 equivalents of a suitable base such as potassium carbonate in an inert solvent such as acetonitrile and the mixture heated to reflux.
Reaction Step 58. Ring closure Compounds of the formula (LVIII) may be activated towards nucleophilic displacement at the benzylic centre by conversion to a group X (generally a halide or sulfonate ester). In situ ring closure may then occur to provide compounds of the formula (LIX). Typical conditions involve:
reaction of one equivalent of toluenenesulfonyl chloride and one equivalent of an amine base such as triethylamine in an inert solvent such as dichloromethane at 0 C. Evaporation of the solvent followed by redissolution in a higher boiling solvent such as acetonitrile with 0-5.0 equivalents of a suitable base such as potassium carbonate and heating of the mixture to reflux may be necessary to effect the ring closure.
Compounds of the formula (LIX), wherein PG' is a carbamate protecting group such as tert-butyloxycarbonyl or benzyloxycarbonyl, may be converted to compounds of the formula (I) using procedure analogous to those described in Scheme 18 for the conversion of compounds of formula (XXXIV) into compounds of formula (I).
Compounds of formula (I) wherein R1, R2 and R4 are as defined above, and R3 is as described herein, may be prepared according to reaction scheme 32.
(g p) NH
N (59) N N
N PGN RZ PGN IRa ~ 1a R (XXIII) R (LX) Ri (LXI) (27) ~ (7) '?~
2 Ri (I) R (LXII) Scheme 32 Reaction Step 59. Cycloaddition Compounds of the formula (LX) may be formed from an alkene of the formula (XXIII) by reacting with N-benzyl-N-(methoxymethyl)-trimethylsilylmethylamine and a catalytic amount of an acid such as trifluoroacetic acid in an inert solvent such as dichloromethane, acetonitrile, tetrahydrofuran or toluene at -C to the reflux temperature of the reaction mixture. Alternative catalysts include anhydrous potassium or cesium fluoride, tetra-n-butylammonium fluoride, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, trimethylsilyltrifluoromethanesulfonate and iodotrimethylsilane. Typical conditions involve: reaction of 1 5 equivalent of alkene (XXIII) with 1.5 equivalents of N-benzyl-N-(methoxymethyl)-trimethylsilylmethylamine and 0.1 equivalents of trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane.
Reaction Step 60. Pyrrolidine debenzylation 10 Compounds of the formula (LX) may be deprotected to secondary amines of the formula (LXI) by hydrogenolysis in an inert solvent such as ethanol with a palladium catalyst such as palladium on carbon, under hydrogen pressure of 1 atmosphere or greater. Alternatively it can be deprotected by transfer hydrogenation. Typical conditions involve treating one equivalent of compound of formula (LX) with ammonium formate (10 equivalents) in ethanol and the presence of 10% palladium on carbon as catalyst (10% by weight), at reflux for 3 hours.
Reaction Step 27. Reductive amination Compounds of formula (LXII) may be prepared by reacting compounds of formula (LXI) with 1-5 equivalents of the required aldehyde in a suitable solvent at room temperature in the presence of 1-5 equivalents of a suitable reducing agent such as sodium triacetoxyborohydride or sodium cyanoborohydride in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane or tetrahydrofuran with the optional addition of acetic acid. Typical conditions comprise reacting 1 equivalent of the pyrrolidine (LX) with 3.1 equivalents of the aldehyde and 3.1 equivalents of sodium triacetoxyborohydride in dichloromethane at room temperature for 18 hours.
Reaction Step 7. Aminopyridine deprotection Compounds of formula (LXI) may be converted to compounds of formula (I) by deprotection. The nature of this reaction will depend upon the protecting group selected for use.
For example, when the 2,5-dimethylpyrrole system is used to protect the aminopyridine group it may be deprotected by treatment with hydroxylamine. Typical conditions comprise 1.0 equivalents of compound (LXI) and 5 equivalents of hydroxylamine hydrochloride in ethanol at reflux.
Compounds of formula (I) wherein R', R2, R4, R5 and R6 are as defined above and R3 and A are as described herein, may be prepared according to reaction scheme 33.
R2 R5 Ra R5 2 Hal R' (61) N\ Ri (62) 4/N \ R
N NPG R
(VI) (Lxlli) N NPG N NPG
(LXIV) (63) R
R4,-N R (7) R4'N R
(~) N NHZ (LXV) N NPG
Scheme 33 Reaction Step 61. Reaction with 3-pyridyl borane Compounds of formula (LXIII) may be prepared from compounds of formula (VI) by reaction with 3-pyridyl boranes (or similar boronic acid) in the presence of a suitable base and suitable palladium catalyst.
Typical conditions comprise addition of the 3-pyridyl borane to a compound of formula (VI) in toluene/ethanol as solvent, in the presence of tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) and sodium 10 carbonate, followed by heating to reflux. Examples of 3-pyridyl boranes (or similar boronic acids) are commercially available.
Reaction Step 62. Alkylation 15 Compounds of formula (LXIV) may be prepared from compounds of formula (LXIII) by addition of an alkyl iodide. Typical conditions comprise addition of the alkyl iodide to a compound of formula (LXIII), in a suitable solvent such as acetonitrile and then heating to reflux.
Reaction Step 63. Hydro eq nation Compounds of formula (LXV) may be prepared from compounds of formula (LXIV) by hydrogenation.
Typical conditions comprise hydrogenation of a compound of formula (LXIV), at elevated pressure, in a suitable solvent such as ethanol, in the presence of a suitable catalyst such as Pt02.
Reaction Step 7. Aminopyridine deprotection Compounds of formula (LXV) may be converted to compounds of formula (I) by deprotection. The nature of this reaction will depend upon the protecting group selected for use.
For example, when the 2,5-dimethylpyrrole system is used to protect the aminopyridine group it may be deprotected by treatment with hydroxylamine. Typical conditions comprise 1.0 equivalents of compound (LXV) and 5 equivalents of hydroxylamine hydrochloride in ethanol at reflux.
Methods for resolution of racemic compound In cases where the above methods lead to racemic products, many methods are available for the separation of the racemate into its constituent enantiomers. These include:
(1) formation and selective crystallisation of diastereomeric salts produced by salt formation between a racemic base and an enantiomerically pure chiral acid component (or vice versa) (2) HPLC using a chiral stationary phase - many of which are commercially available (3) Formation of diastereomeric adducts by reaction of a racemic compound with an enantiomerically pure chiral compound or reagent, subsequent separation of the constituent diastereoisomers by physical methods, including crystallisation or chromatography, and splitting of the separated adducts to release the desired compound in enantiomerically enriched form. This is often termed a classical resolution. For example, a racemic alcohol may be reacted with an enantiomerically pure chiral acid to form diastereomeric esters using standard ester forming reactions. These esters can then be separated e.g. by selective crystallisation. The separated diastereomeric esters may then separately be hydrolysed under standard ester hydrolysis conditions to release chiral alcohols in enantiomerically enriched form.
(4) Selective reaction of a chiral reagent (including enzymes) with one enantiomer from a racemic mixture - termed a kinetic resolution.
The compounds of the present invention have utility as selective D3 agonists in the treatment of disease states. There are a number of compounds with activity as both D2 and D3 agonists; however the use of such compounds is associated with a large number of side effects including nausea, emesis, syncope, hypotension and bradycardia, some of which are a cause for serious concern.
It was previously held that the efficacy of the prior art compounds stemmed from their ability to agonise D2; however D2 agonism is implicated as a cause of the side effects detailed above.
The present invention provides a class of selective D3 agonists.
Serendipitously, these have been found to be efficacious; whilst reducing the side effects associated with unselective prior art compounds.
Accordingly a further aspect of the invention provides a compound of formula (I) for use as a medicament.
Compounds of present invention are particularly useful in treating sexual dysfunction, female sexual dysfunction, including hypoactive sexual desire disorder, female sexual arousal disorder, female orgasmic disorder and sexual pain disorder; male erectile dysfunction, hypertension, neurodegeneration, depression, and psychiatric disorders.
Accordingly, the present invention provides for, the use of a compound of formula (I) in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment or prevention of sexual dysfunction.
The compounds of the present invention are useful in male sexual dysfunction, particularly male erectile dysfunction. Male erectile dysfunction (MED), otherwise known as male erectile disorder, is defined as:
"the inability to achieve and/or maintain a penile erection for satisfactory sexual performance"
(NIH Consensus Development Panel on Impotence, 1993)"
It has been estimated that the prevalence of erectile dysfunction (ED) of all degrees (minimal, moderate and complete impotence) is 52% in men 40 to 70 years old, with higher rates in those older than 70 (Melman et a11999, J. Urology, 161, p5-11). The condition has a significant negative impact on the quality of life of the individual and their partner, often resulting in increased anxiety and tension which leads to depression and low self-esteem. Whereas two decades ago, MED was primarily considered to be a psychological disorder (Benet et al 1994 Comp. Ther., 20: 669-673), it is now known that for the majority of individuals there is an underlying organic cause. As a result, much progress has been made in identifying the mechanism of normal penile erection and the pathophysiologies of MED.
Penile erection is a haemodynamic event which is dependent upon the balance of contraction and relaxation of the corpus cavernosal smooth muscle and vasculature of the penis (Lerner et al 1993, J.
Urology, 149, 1256-1255). Corpus cavernosal smooth muscle is also referred to herein as corporal smooth muscle or in the plural sense corpus cavernosa. Relaxation of the corpus cavernosal smooth muscle leads to an increased blood flow into the trabecular spaces of the corpus cavernosa, causing them to expand against the surrounding tunica and compress the draining veins. This produces a vast elevation in blood pressure which results in an erection (Naylor, 1998, Br. J.
Urology, 81, 424-431).
The changes that occur during the erectile process are complex and require a high degree of co-ordinated control involving the peripheral and central nervous systems, and the endocrine system (Naylor, 1998, Br.
J. Urology, 81, 424-431). Corporal smooth muscle contraction is modulated by sympathetic noradrenergic innervation via activation of postsynaptic a, adrenoceptors. MED may be associated with an increase in the endogenous smooth muscle tone of the corpus cavernosum. However, the process of corporal smooth muscle relaxation is mediated partly by non-adrenergic, non-cholinergic (NANC) neurotransmission. There are a number of other NANC neurotransmitters found in the penis, other than NO, such as calcitonin gene related peptide (CGRP) and vasoactive intestinal peptide (VIP). The main relaxing factor responsible for mediating this relaxation is nitric oxide (NO), which is synthesised from L-arginine by nitric oxide synthase (NOS) (Taub et a11993 Urology, 42, 698-704).
It is thought that reducing corporal smooth muscle torie may aid NO to induce relaxation of the corpus cavernosum. During sexual arousal in the male, NO is released from neurones and the endothelium and binds to and activates soluble guanylate cyclase (sGC) located in the smooth muscle cells and endothelium, leading to an elevation in intracellular cyclic guanosine 3',5'-monophosphate (cGMP) levels.
This rise in cGMP leads to a relaxation of the corpus cavernosum due to a reduction in the intracellular calcium concentration ([CaZ+];), via unknown mechanisms thought to involve protein kinase G
activation (possibly due to activation of Ca2+ pumps and Ca2+-activated K+ channels).
Multiple potential sites have been identified within the central nervous system for the modulation of sexual behaviour. The key neurotransmitters are thought to be serotonin, norepinephrine, oxytocin, nitric oxide and dopamine. By mimicking the actions of one of these key neurotransmitters sexual function may be adjusted. Dopamine D3 receptors are expressed almost exclusively in the limbic area of the brain, regions involved in the reward, emotional and cognitive processes.
Without being bound by any theory, it appears that "due to its role in the control of locomotor activity, the integrity of the nigrostriatal dopaminergic pathway is also essential for the display of copulatory behaviour.
Somehow, more specific to sexual function, it is likely that dopamine can trigger penile erection by acting on oxytocinergic neurons located in the paraventricular nucleus of the hypothalamus, and perhaps on the pro-erectile sacral parasympathetic nucleus within the spinal cord". It now appears that the significant site is D3 and not as previously thought, D2.
In essence, D3 is an initiator of sexual behaviour.
Accordingly, the present invention provides for, the use of a compound of formula (1) in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment or prevention of erectile dysfunction.
Patients with mild to moderate MED should benefit from treatment with the compounds according to the present invention, and patients with severe MED may also respond. However, early investigations suggest that the responder rate of patients with mild, moderate and severe MED may be greater with a selective D3 agonist/PDE5 inhibitor combination. Mild, moderate and severe MED will be terms known to the man skilled in the art, but guidance can be found in The Journal of Urology, vol.
151, 54-61 (Jan 1994).
Early investigations suggest the below mentioned MED patient groups should benefit from treatment with a selective D3 agonist and a PDE5i (or other combination set out hereinafter).
These patient groups, which are described in more detail in Clinical Andrology vol. 23, no.4, p773-782 and chapter 3 of the book by I. Eardley and K. Sethia "Erectile Dysfunction-Current Investigation and Management, published by Mosby-Wolfe, are as. follows: psychogenic, organic, vascular, endocrinologic, neurogenic, arteriogenic, drug-induced sexual dysfunction (lactogenic) and sexual dysfunction related to cavernosal factors, particularly venogenic causes.
Accordingly the present invention provides for the use of a compound of formula (I) in the preparation of a medicament in combination with a PDE5 inhibitor for the treatment of erectile dysfunction.
Suitable PDE5 inhibitors are described herein.
The compounds of the present invention are useful in the treatment or prevention of female sexual dysfunction (FSD), particularly female sexual arousal disorder (FSAD), hypoactive sexual desire disorder (HSDD; lack of interest in sex), FSAD with concomitant HSDD, and female orgasmic disorder (FOD;
inability to achieve orgasm).
In accordance with the invention, FSD can be defined as the difficulty or inability of a woman to find satisfaction in sexual expression. FSD is a collective term for several diverse female sexual disorders (Leiblum, S.R. (1998) - Definition and classification of female sexual disorders. Int. J. Impotence Res., 10, S104-S106; Berman, J.R., Berman, L. & Goldstein, I. (1999) - Female sexual dysfunction: Incidence, pathophysiology, evaluations and treatment options. Urology, 54, 385-391.).
The woman may have lack of desire, difficulty with arousal or orgasm, pain with intercourse or a combination of these problems.
Several types of disease, medications, injuries or psychological problems can cause FSD. Treatments in development are targeted to treat specific subtypes of FSD, predominantly desire and arousal disorders.
The categories of FSD are best defined by contrasting them to the phases of normal female sexual response: desire, arousal and orgasm (Leiblum, S.R. (1998) - Definition and classification of female sexual disorders. Int. J. Impotence Res., 10, S104-S106). Desire or libido is the drive for sexual expression. Its manifestations often include sexual thoughts either when in the company of an interested partner or when exposed to other erotic stimuli. Arousal is the vascular response to sexual stimulation, an important component of which is genital engorgement and includes increased vaginal lubrication, elongation of the vagina and increased genital sensation/sensitivity. Orgasm is the release of sexual tension that has culminated during arousal.
Hence, FSD occurs when a woman has an inadequate or unsatisfactory response in any of these phases, usually desire, arousal or orgasm. FSD categories include hypoactive sexual desire disorder, sexual arousal disorder, orgasmic disorders and sexual pain disorders. Although the compounds of the invention will improve the genital response to sexual stimulation (as in female sexual arousal disorder), in doing so it may also improve the associated pain, distress and discomfort associated with intercourse and so treat other female sexual disorders.
Hypoactive sexual desire disorder is present if a woman has no or little desire to. be sexual, and has no or few sexual thoughts or fantasies. This type of FSD can be caused by low testosterone levels, due either to natural menopause or to surgical menopause. Other causes include illness, medications, fatigue, depression and anxiety.
Female sexual arousal disorder (FSAD) is characterised by inadequate genital response to sexual stimulation. The genitalia do not undergo the engorgement that characterises normal sexual arousal.
The vaginal walls are poorly lubricated, so that intercourse is painful.
Orgasms may be impeded. Arousal disorder can be caused by reduced oestrogen at menopause or after childbirth and during lactation, as well as by illnesses, with vascular components such as diabetes and atherosclerosis. Other causes result from treatment with diuretics, antihistamines, antidepressants e.g. selective serotonin re-uptake inhibitors (SSRIs) or antihypertensive agents.
Sexual pain disorders (includes dyspareunia and vaginismus) is characterised by pain resulting from 5 penetration and. may be caused by medications which reduce lubrication, endometriosis, pelvic inflammatory disease, inflammatory bowel disease or urinary tract problems.
As previously discussed, D3 is thought to be an initiator of sexual behaviour.
The clitoris is considered to be a homologue of the penis (Levin, R.J. (1991), Exp. Clin. Endocrinol., 98, 61-69); the same mechanism 10 that provides provides an erectile response in the male produces an increase in genital blood flow in the female with an associated effect upon FSD. In addition there are changes in proceptivity and receptivity.
Thus, in accordance with a preferred aspect of the invention, there is provided use of a compound of formula (I) in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment or prophylaxis of female sexual 15 dysfunction, more particularly hypoactive sexual desire disorder, female sexual arousal disorder, female orgasmic disorder and sexual pain disorder.
Preferably the compounds of formula (I) are useful in the treatment or prophylaxis of female sexual arousal disorder (FSAD), FSAD with concomitant hypoactive sexual desire disorder, orgasmic disorder, ?0 and hypoactive sexual desire disorder, and most preferably in the treatment or prophylaxis of female sexual arousal disorder.
In a preferred embodiment the compounds of formula (I) are useful in the treatment of a subject with female sexual arousal disorder and concomitant hypoactive sexual desire disorder.
The Diagnostic and Statistical Manual (DSM) IV of the American Psychiatric Association defines Female Sexual Arousal Disorder (FSAD) as being:
"... a persistent or recurrent inability to attain or to maintain until completion of the sexual activity adequate lubrication-swelling response of sexual excitement. The disturbance must cause marked distress or interpersonal difficulty. ... ". _ The arousal response consists of vasocongestion in the pelvis, vaginal lubrication and expansion and swelling of the external genitalia. The disturbance causes marked distress and/or interpersonal difficulty.
FSAD is a highly prevalent sexual disorder affecting pre-, peri- and post-menopausal ( hormone replacement therapy (HRT)) women. It is associated with concomitant disorders such as depression, cardiovascular diseases, diabetes and urogenital (UG) disorders.
The primary consequences of FSAD are lack of engorgement/swelling, lack of lubrication and lack of pleasurable genital sensation. The secondary consequences of FSAD are reduced sexual desire, pain during intercourse and difficulty in achieving an orgasm.
It has recently been hypothesised that there is a vascular basis for at least a proportion of patients with symptoms of FSAD (Goldstein et al., Int. J. Impot. Res., 10, S84-S90,1998) with animal data supporting this view (Park et al., Int. J. Impot. Res., 9, 27-37, 1997).
R.J. Levin teaches us that because "... male and female genitalia develop embryologically from the common tissue anlagen, [that] male and female genital structures are argued to be homologues of one another. Thus the clitoris is the penile homologue and the labia homologues of the scrotal sac. ..." (Levin, R.J. (1991), Exp. Clin. Endocrinol., 98, 61-69).
Drug candidates for treating FSAD, which are under investigation for efficacy, are primarily erectile dysfunction therapies that promote circulation to male genitalia.
The compounds of the present invention are advantageous by providing a means for restoring a normal sexual arousal response - namely increased genital blood flow leading to vaginal, clitoral and labial engorgement. This will result in increased vaginal lubrication via plasma transudation, increased vaginal compliance and increased genital sensitivity. Hence, the present invention provides a means to restore, or potentiate, the normal sexual arousal response.
Thus, in accordance with a preferred aspect of the invention, there is provided use of a compound of formula (I) in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment or prophylaxis of female sexual arousal disorder and female sexual arousal disorder with concomitant hypoactive sexual desire disorder.
By female genitalia herein we mean: "The genital organs consist of an internal and external group. The internal organs are situated within the pelvis and consist of ovaries, the uterine tubes, uterus and the vagina. The external organs are superficial to the urogenital diaphragm and below the pelvic arch. They comprise the mons pubis, the labia majora and minora pudendi, the clitoris, the vestibule, the bulb of the vestibule, and the greater vestibular glands" (Gray's Anatomy, C.D. Clemente, 13'h American Edition).
The compounds of the invention find application in the following sub-populations of patients with FSD: the young, the elderly, pre-menopausal, peri-menopausal, post-menopausal women with or without hormone replacement therapy.
The compounds of the invention find application in patients with FSD arising from:-i) Vasculogenic etiologies e.g. cardiovascular or atherosclerotic diseases, hypercholesterolemia, cigarette smoking, diabetes, hypertension, radiation and perineal trauma, traumatic injury to the iliohypogastric pudendal vascular system.
ii) Neurogenic etiologies such as spinal cord injuries or diseases of the central nervous system including multiple sclerosis, diabetes, Parkinsonism, cerebrovascular accidents, peripheral neuropathies, trauma or radical pelvic surgery.
iii) Hormonal/endocrine etiologies such as dysfunction of the hypothalamic/pituitary/gonadal axis, or dysfunction of the ovaries, dysfunction of the pancreas, surgical or medical castration, androgen deficiency, high circulating levels of prolactin e.g. hyperprolactinemia, natural menopause, premature ovarian failure, hyper and hypothyroidism.
iv) Psychogenic etiologies such as depression, obsessive compulsive disorder, anxiety disorder, postnatal depressionP'Baby Blues", emotional and relational issues, performance anxiety, marital discord, dysfunctional attitudes, sexual phobias, religious inhibition or traumatic past experiences.
v) Drug-induced sexual dysfunction resulting from therapy with selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRis) and other antidepressant therapies (tricyclics and major tranquillizers), anti-hypertensive therapies, sympatholytic drugs, chronic oral contraceptive pill therapy.
The Compounds of the present invention are also useful in the treatment of depression.
Dopamine D3 receptors are expressed almost exclusively in the limbic area of the brain, regions involved in reward, emotional and cognitive processes. Chronic treatment with several classes of antidepressants are known to increase the expression of D3 in the limbic area, and antidepressant effects of desipramine can be blocked by sulpride (D2/D3 antagonist) when injected to nucleus accumbens (area rich in D3) but not caudate-putamen (area rich in dopamine D2 receptors). In addition, antidepressant effects were observed preclinical models of depression and in patients treated with pramipexole, a D3-preferring D2/D3 agonist. The available information suggests that D3 receptors mediate the anti-depressant activity and that selective D3 receptor agonists represent a new class of antidepressant drugs. Since antidepressants are known to be effective in other psychiatric disorders, D3 agonists would have the potential to treat psychiatric diseases.
Suitable conditions include depression (e.g. depression in cancer patients, depression in Parkinson's patients, postmyocardial infarction depression, subsyndromal symptomatic depression, depression in infertile women, major depression, child abuse induced depression, post partum depression and grumpy old man syndrome), single episodic or recurrent major depressive disorders, dysthymic disorders, depressive neurosis and neurotic depression, melancholic depression including anorexia, weight loss, insomnia, early morning waking or psychomotor retardation; atypical depression (or reactive depression) including increased appetite, hypersomnia, psychomotor agitation or irritability, seasonal affective disorder and pediatric depression; bipolar disorders or manic depression, for example, bipolar I disorder, bipolar II
disorder and cyclothymic disorder; conduct disorder; disruptive behavior disorder; trichotillomania, kleptomania, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD); behavioral disturbances associated with mental retardation, autistic disorder; borderline personality disorder;
avoidant personality disorder; anxiety disorders such as panic disorder with or without agoraphobia, agoraphobia without history of panic disorder, specific phobias, for example, specific animal phobias, social anxiety, social phobia, obsessive-compulsive disorder, stress disorders including post-traumatic stress disorder and acute stress disorder, and generalized anxiety disorders; emotional lability, pathological crying;
schizophrenia and other psychotic disorders, for example, schizophreniform disorders, schizoaffective disorders, delusional disorders, brief psychotic disorders, shared psychotic disorders, psychotic disorders with delusions or hallucinations, psychotic episodes of anxiety, anxiety associated with psychosis, psychotic mood disorders such as severe major depressive disorder; mood disorders associated with psychotic disorders such as acute mania and depression associated with bipolar disorder; mood disorders associated with schizophrenia; eating disorders (e.g. anorexia nervosa and bulimia nervosa), obesity; movement disorders such as akinesias, dyskinesias, including familial paroxysmal dyskinesias, spasticities, Tourette's syndrome, Scott syndrome, PALSYS and akinetic-rigid syndrome; extra-pyramidal movement disorders such as medication-induced movement disorders, for example, neuroleptic-induced Parkinsonism, neuroleptic malignant syndrome, neuroleptic-induced acute dystonia, neuroleptic-induced acute akathisia, neuroleptic-induced tardive dyskinesia and medication-induced postural tremour; chemical dependencies and addictions (e.g., dependencies on, or addictions to, alcohol, heroin, cocaine, benzodiazepines, nicotine, or phenobarbitol) and behavioral addictions such as an addiction to gambling; ocular disorders such as glaucoma and ischemic retinopathy; sleeping disorder (cataplexy) and shock.
In a further preferred embodiment, the present invention provides for the use of a compound of formula (I) in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment of depression or psychiatric disorders.
Suitable depressive conditions and psychiatric disorders are described above.
In an additional further embodiment, the invention provides for the use of compounds of formula I in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment of obesity.
The compounds of the present invention also have utility in the treatment of neurodegeneration; sources of neurodegeneration include neurotoxin poisoning; vision loss caused by neurodegeneration of the visual pathway, such as by a stroke in the visual pathway eg in retina, optic nerve and/or occipital lobe; epileptic seizures; and from impairment of glucose and/or oxygen supply to the brain.
Conditions related to neurodegeneration include Restless Leg Syndrome, Huntington's disease, Multiple Sclerosis, mild cognitive impairment, Down's syndrome, stroke, Hereditary Cerebral Hemorrhage with Amyloidosis of the Dutch-Type, cerebral amyloid angiopathy, delirium, dementia, age-related cognitive decline (ARCD), and amnestic and other cognitive or neurodegenerative disorders, such as Parkinson's disease (PD), Huntington's disease (HD), Alzheimer's disease, senile dementia, dementia of the Alzheimer's type, memory disorders, loss of executive function, vascular dementia, dementias of mixed vascular and degenerative origin, dementia associated with Parkinson's disease, dementia associated with progressive supranuclear palsy, dementia associated with cortical basal degeneration, multi-infarct dementia, alcoholic dementia or other drug-related dementia, dementia associated with intracranial tumors or cerebral trauma, dementia associated with Huntington's disease, Pick's disease, Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease, HIV or AIDS-related dementia, diffuse Lewy body type of Alzheimer's disease, frontotemporal dementias with parkinsonism (FTDP), head trauma, spinal cord injury, demyelinating diseases of the nervous system, peripheral neuropathy, pain, cerebral amyloid angiopathy, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, multiple sclerosis, dyskinesia associated with dopamine agonist therapy, mental retardation, learning disorders, including reading disorder, mathematics disorder; or a disorder of written expression; age-related cognitive decline, amnesic disorders, neuroleptic-induced parkinsonism, tardive dyskinesias, and acute and chronic neurodegenerative disorders.
Accordingly the present invention provides for the use of a compound of formula (I) in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment of neurodegeneration.
Suitable neurodegenerative conditions are described above.
In addition to their role in treating Sexual dysfunction, depression, neurodegeneration and psychiatric disorders, the compounds of the present invention are likely to be efficacious in a number of additional indications.
Accordingly, the present invention provides for the use of compounds of formula (I), in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment of hypertension, premature ejaculation, obesity, cluster headache, migraine, pain, endocrine disorders (e.g. hyperprolactinaemia), vasospasm (particularly in the cerebral vasculature), cerebellar ataxia, gastrointestinal tract disorders (involving changes in motility and secretion), premenstrual syndrome, fibromyalgia syndrome, stress incontinence, trichotillomania and chronic paroxysmal hemicrania, headache (associated with vascular disorders).
It is to be appreciated that all references herein to treatment include curative, palliative and prophylactic treatment.
Activity at the dopamine D3 receptor may be determined using the methods described in WO
2004/052372. Using this assay, the compounds of the present invention all exhibit a functional potency at D3 receptor expressed as an EC50, lower than 1000nM and a 10 fold selectivity for D3 over D2.
Selectivity is calculated as the D2 EC50 value divided by the D3 EC50 value.
Where the vaiue of the D2 EC50 was >10000, a.figure of 10000 was used in the calculation.
The compound of example 14 has a functional potency at the D3 receptor, expressed as an EC50, of 20 nM, with an Emax (maximal response value) of 98% (relative to the maximal effect of standard agent pramipexole). Against the D2 receptor this compound gave only a 22% response (relative to the maximal effect of pramipexole) at 10000nM.
Suitable auxiliary active agents for use in the combinations of the present invention include:
1) Naturally occurring or synthetic prostagiandins or esters thereof. Suitable prostaglandins for use herein include compounds such as alprostadil, prostaglandin E,,prostaglandin Fe, 13, 14 -dihydroprosta 'glandin E,, prostagiandin E2, eprostinot, natural synthetic and senii-synthetic prostaglandins and derivafives thereof including those described in WO-00033825 and/or US
5 6,037,346 issued on 14th March 2000, PGEo, PGEI, PGAI, PGB,, PGF, a, 19-hydroxy PGA,, 19-hydroxy - PGBI, PGE2, PGt3Z, 19-hydroxy-PGA2, 19-hydroxy-PGB-,, PGE;a, carboprost trornethamine dinoprost, tromethamine, dinoprostone, lipo prost, gemeprost, metenoprost, sulprostune, tiaprost and moxisylate;
2) (x - adrenergic receptor antagonist compounds also known as a-adrenoceptors or or-receptors or 10 a-blockers. Suitable compounds for use herein include: the a-adrenergic receptor blockers as described in PCT applicat-on W099130697 published on 14th June 1998, the disclosures of which retating to a-adrenergic receptors include, selective ai-adrenoceptor or a27adrenoceptor blockers and non-selective adrenooeptor blockers, suitable ar-adrenoceptor blockers include: phentolamine, phentolamine mesylate, trazodone, alfuzosin, 15 indoramin, naftopidil, tamsulosin, dapiprazole, phenoxybenzamine,.
idazoxan, efaraxan, yohimbine, rauwolfa alkaloids, Recordati 15/2739, SNAP 1069, SNAP 5089, RS17053, SL-89.0591, doxazosin, terazosin, abanoquit and prazosin; aZ-blocker blockers from US.6,037,346 [14th March 2000] dibenarnine, _tolazoline, trimazosin and dibenarnine; a-adrenergic receptors as described in US patents: 4,188,390; 4,026,894; 3,511,836; 4,315,007;
3,527,761; 3,997,666;
20 2,503,059; 4,703,063; 3,381,009; 4,252,721 and 2,599,000 each of which is incorporated herein by reference; a:-Adrenoceptor blockers include: clonidine, papaverine, papaverine hydrochloride, optionally in the.presence of a cariotonic agent such as pirxamine; .
3) NO-donor (NO-agonist) compounds. Suitable NO-donor compounds for use herein include 25 organic nitrates, such as mono- di or tri-nitrates or organic nitrate esters including glyceryl trinitrate (also known as nitroglycerin), isosorbide 5-mononitrate, isosorbide dinitrate, pentaerythritol tetranitrate, erythrityl tetranitrate, sodium nitroprusside (SNP), 3-morpholinosydnonlmine molsidomine, S-nitroso- N-acetyl penicilliamine (SNAP) S-nitroso-N-glutathione (SNO-GI-U), N-hydroxy - L-arginine, amylnitrate, linsidomine, linsidomine chlorohydrate, (SIN-1) S-nitroso - N-30 cysteine, diazenium diolates,(NONOates), 1,5-pentanedinitrate, L-arginene, ginseng, zizphi fructus, motsidomine, Re - 2047, nitrosylated maxisylyte derivatives such as NMI-678-11 and NMI-937 as described in published PCT application WO 0012075;
4) Potassium channel openers or modutators. Suitable potassium channel openers/modulators for 35 use herein include rucorandil, cromokalim, levcromakalim, lemakalim, pinacidit, cliazoxide, minoxidil, charybdotoxin, glyburide, 4-amini pyridine, BaCl2;
5) Vasodilator agenfs. Suitable vasodilator agents for use herein include nimodepine, pinacidil, cyclandelate, isoxsuprine, chloroprumazine, , Rec 15/2739, trazodone;
6) Thromboxane A2 agonists;
7) CNS active agents;
8) Ergot alkoloids; Suitable ergot alkaloids are described in US patent 6,037,346 issued on 14th March 2000 and include acetergamine, brazergoline, bromerguride, cianergoline, delorgotrile, disulergine, ergonovine maleate, ergotamine tartrate, etisulergine, lergotrile, lysergide, mesulergine, metergoline, metergotamine, nicergoline, pergolide, propisergide, proterguride and terguride;
9) Compounds which modulate the action of natruretic factors in particular atrial naturetic factor (also known as atrial naturetic peptide), B type and C type naturetic factors such as inhibitors or neutral endopeptidase;
10) Compounds which inhibit angiotensin-converting enzyme such as enapril, and combined inhibitors of angiotensin-converting enzyme and neutral endopeptidase such as omapatrilat.
11) Angiotensin receptor antagonists such as losartan;
12) Substrates for NO-synthase, such as L-arginine;
13) Calcium channel blockers such as amlodipine;
14) Antagonists of endothelin receptors and inhibitors or endothelin-converting enzyme;
15) Cholesterol lowering agents such as statins (e.g. atorvastatin/ Lipitor-trade mark) and fibrates;
16) Antiplatelet and antithrombotic agents, e.g. tPA, uPA, warfarin, hirudin and other thrombin inhibitors, heparin, thromboplastin activating factor inhibitors;
17) Insulin sensitising agents such as rezuiin and hypoglycaemic agents such as glipizide; ' 18) Acetylcholinesterase inhibitors such as donezipil;
19) Steroidal or non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agents;
20) Estrogen receptor modulators and/or estrogen agonists and/or estrogen antagonists, preferably raloxifene or lasofoxifene, (-)-cis-6-phenyl-5-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yi-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalene-2-ol and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof the preparation of which is detailed in WO 96/21656;
3) NO-donor (NO-agonist) compounds. Suitable NO-donor compounds for use herein include 25 organic nitrates, such as mono- di or tri-nitrates or organic nitrate esters including glyceryl trinitrate (also known as nitroglycerin), isosorbide 5-mononitrate, isosorbide dinitrate, pentaerythritol tetranitrate, erythrityl tetranitrate, sodium nitroprusside (SNP), 3-morpholinosydnonlmine molsidomine, S-nitroso- N-acetyl penicilliamine (SNAP) S-nitroso-N-glutathione (SNO-GI-U), N-hydroxy - L-arginine, amylnitrate, linsidomine, linsidomine chlorohydrate, (SIN-1) S-nitroso - N-30 cysteine, diazenium diolates,(NONOates), 1,5-pentanedinitrate, L-arginene, ginseng, zizphi fructus, motsidomine, Re - 2047, nitrosylated maxisylyte derivatives such as NMI-678-11 and NMI-937 as described in published PCT application WO 0012075;
4) Potassium channel openers or modutators. Suitable potassium channel openers/modulators for 35 use herein include rucorandil, cromokalim, levcromakalim, lemakalim, pinacidit, cliazoxide, minoxidil, charybdotoxin, glyburide, 4-amini pyridine, BaCl2;
5) Vasodilator agenfs. Suitable vasodilator agents for use herein include nimodepine, pinacidil, cyclandelate, isoxsuprine, chloroprumazine, , Rec 15/2739, trazodone;
6) Thromboxane A2 agonists;
7) CNS active agents;
8) Ergot alkoloids; Suitable ergot alkaloids are described in US patent 6,037,346 issued on 14th March 2000 and include acetergamine, brazergoline, bromerguride, cianergoline, delorgotrile, disulergine, ergonovine maleate, ergotamine tartrate, etisulergine, lergotrile, lysergide, mesulergine, metergoline, metergotamine, nicergoline, pergolide, propisergide, proterguride and terguride;
9) Compounds which modulate the action of natruretic factors in particular atrial naturetic factor (also known as atrial naturetic peptide), B type and C type naturetic factors such as inhibitors or neutral endopeptidase;
10) Compounds which inhibit angiotensin-converting enzyme such as enapril, and combined inhibitors of angiotensin-converting enzyme and neutral endopeptidase such as omapatrilat.
11) Angiotensin receptor antagonists such as losartan;
12) Substrates for NO-synthase, such as L-arginine;
13) Calcium channel blockers such as amlodipine;
14) Antagonists of endothelin receptors and inhibitors or endothelin-converting enzyme;
15) Cholesterol lowering agents such as statins (e.g. atorvastatin/ Lipitor-trade mark) and fibrates;
16) Antiplatelet and antithrombotic agents, e.g. tPA, uPA, warfarin, hirudin and other thrombin inhibitors, heparin, thromboplastin activating factor inhibitors;
17) Insulin sensitising agents such as rezuiin and hypoglycaemic agents such as glipizide; ' 18) Acetylcholinesterase inhibitors such as donezipil;
19) Steroidal or non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agents;
20) Estrogen receptor modulators and/or estrogen agonists and/or estrogen antagonists, preferably raloxifene or lasofoxifene, (-)-cis-6-phenyl-5-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yi-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalene-2-ol and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof the preparation of which is detailed in WO 96/21656;
21) A PDE inhibitor, more particularly a PDE 2, 3, 4, 5, 7 or 8 inhibitor, preferably PDE2 or PDE5 inhibitor and most preferably a PDE5 inhibitor (see hereinafter), said inhibitors preferably having an IC50 against the respective enzyme of less than lOOnM (with the proviso that PDE 3 and 4 inhibitors are only administered topically or by injection to the penis);
22) Vasoactive intestinal protein (VIP), VIP mimetic, VIP analogue, more particularly mediated by one or more of the VIP receptor subtypes VPAC1,VPAC or PACAP (pituitory adenylate cyclase activating peptide), one or more of a VIP receptor agonist or a VIP analogue (e.g. Ro-125-1553) or a VIP fragment, one or more of a a-adrenoceptor antagonist with VIP
combination (e.g.
Invicorp, Aviptadil);
combination (e.g.
Invicorp, Aviptadil);
23) A melanocortin receptor (particularly of the MC3 or MC4 subtype) agonist or modulator or melanocortin enhance, such as melanotan II, PT-14, PT-141 or compounds claimed in WO-09964002, WO-00074679, WO-09955679, WO-001 05401, WO-00058361, WO-00114879, WO-00113112, WO-09954358;
24) A serotonin receptor agonist, antagonist or modulator, more particularly agonists, antagonists or modulators for 5HTIA (including VML 670), 5HT2A, 5HT2C, 5HT3 and/or 5HT6 receptors, including those described in WO-09902159, WO-00002550 and/or WO-00028993;
25) A testosterone replacement agent (including dehydroandrostendione), testosternone (Tostrelle), dihydrotestosterone or a testosterone implant;
26) Estrogen, estrogen and medroxyprogesterone or medroxyprogesterone acetate (MPA) (i.e. as a combination), or estrogen and methyl testosterone hormone replacement therapy agent (e.g. HRT
especially Premarin, Cenestin, Oestrofeminal, Equin, Estrace, Estrofem, Elleste Solo, Estring, Eastraderm TTS, Eastraderm Matrix, Dermestril, Premphase, Preempro, Prempak, Premique, Estratest, Estratest HS, Tibolone);
especially Premarin, Cenestin, Oestrofeminal, Equin, Estrace, Estrofem, Elleste Solo, Estring, Eastraderm TTS, Eastraderm Matrix, Dermestril, Premphase, Preempro, Prempak, Premique, Estratest, Estratest HS, Tibolone);
27) A modulator of transporters for noradrenaline, dopamine and/or serotonin, such as bupropion, GW-320659; -28) A purinergic receptor agonist and/or modulator;
29) A neurokinin (NK) receptor antagonist, including those described in WO-09964008;
30) An opioid receptor agonist, antagonist or modulator, preferably agonists for the ORL-1 receptor;
31) An agonist, antagonist or modulator for oxytocin receptors, preferably a selective oxytocin agonist or modulator;
32) Modulators of cannabinoid receptors;
33) A SEP inhibitor (SEPi), for instance a SEPi having an ICSa at less than 100 nanomolar, more preferably, at less than 50 nanomotar.
Preferably, the SEP inhibitors according to the present invention have greater than 30-fold, more preferably greater than 50-fold selectivity for SEP over neutrai endopeptidase NEP EC 3.4.24.11 and angiotensin converting enzyme (ACE). Preferably the SEPi also has a greater than 100-fold selectivity over endothelin converting enzyme (ECE).
Preferably, the SEP inhibitors according to the present invention have greater than 30-fold, more preferably greater than 50-fold selectivity for SEP over neutrai endopeptidase NEP EC 3.4.24.11 and angiotensin converting enzyme (ACE). Preferably the SEPi also has a greater than 100-fold selectivity over endothelin converting enzyme (ECE).
34) An antagonist or modulator for the NPY (particularly Y1 and Y5 subtype) receptor.
35) A Sex Hormone Binding Globulin antagonist or modulator that inhibits estrogens andlor androgens from being bound.
36) An arginase II -inhibitor, 37) An agonist, antagonist or modulator for vassopressin receptors, preferably selective for the V1a receptor 38) A PDE5 Inhibitor. Suitable PDE5 inhibitors include:
5-[2-ethoxy-5-(4methyl-1-piperazinylsulphonyl)phenyl]-1-methyl-3-n-propyl-l,6-dihydro-7Ft-pyrazolo(4,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (sildenafil), particularly sildenafil citrate;
(6R,12aR)-2,3,6,7,12, t 2a-hexahydro-2-methyl-6-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyt) pyrazino[2',1':6,1]pyrido[3,4b]indole-1,4-dione (IC-351 or tadalafil);
2-[2-ethoxy-5-(4-ethyl-piperazin-1-yi-9 -sulphonyl)-phenyll-5-methyl-7-propyl-3H-imidazo[5,1-f][1,2,41triaztn-4-one (vardenafil); 5-(5-Acetyt-2-butoxy-3-pyridinyl)-3-ethyl-2-(1-ethyl-3=a2etidinyl)-2,6-dihydro-7H-pyrazolo[4,3-djpyrimidin-7-one; 5-(5-Acetyi-2-propoxy-3-pyridinyt)-3-ethyl-2-(1-isopropyl-3-azetidinyl)-2,6-dihydro-7H-pyrazolo[4,3-dJpyrimidin-7-one ; and 5-[2-ethoxy-5-(4-ethytpiperazin-1-ylsulphonyl)pyridin-3-yl]-3-ethyl-2-[2-methoxyethyl]-2,6-dihydro-7H-pyrazoki[4,3-d]pyrimidin 7-one; 4-[(3-chloro-4-methoxybenzyl)amino}2-[(2S)-2-(hydroxymethyl)pyrrolidin-1ryg-N-(pyrimidin-2.ylmethyl)pyrimidine-5-carboxamide (TA-1790); 3-(1-methyl-7-oxo 3-propy!-6,7-dihydro-1 H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl)-N-[2-(1-methylpyrrolidin-2-yl)ethyi]-4 propoxybenzenesulfonarnide (DA 8159) and pharmaceuticatly acceptable salts thereof.
5-[2-ethoxy-5-(4methyl-1-piperazinylsulphonyl)phenyl]-1-methyl-3-n-propyl-l,6-dihydro-7Ft-pyrazolo(4,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (sildenafil), particularly sildenafil citrate;
(6R,12aR)-2,3,6,7,12, t 2a-hexahydro-2-methyl-6-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyt) pyrazino[2',1':6,1]pyrido[3,4b]indole-1,4-dione (IC-351 or tadalafil);
2-[2-ethoxy-5-(4-ethyl-piperazin-1-yi-9 -sulphonyl)-phenyll-5-methyl-7-propyl-3H-imidazo[5,1-f][1,2,41triaztn-4-one (vardenafil); 5-(5-Acetyt-2-butoxy-3-pyridinyl)-3-ethyl-2-(1-ethyl-3=a2etidinyl)-2,6-dihydro-7H-pyrazolo[4,3-djpyrimidin-7-one; 5-(5-Acetyi-2-propoxy-3-pyridinyt)-3-ethyl-2-(1-isopropyl-3-azetidinyl)-2,6-dihydro-7H-pyrazolo[4,3-dJpyrimidin-7-one ; and 5-[2-ethoxy-5-(4-ethytpiperazin-1-ylsulphonyl)pyridin-3-yl]-3-ethyl-2-[2-methoxyethyl]-2,6-dihydro-7H-pyrazoki[4,3-d]pyrimidin 7-one; 4-[(3-chloro-4-methoxybenzyl)amino}2-[(2S)-2-(hydroxymethyl)pyrrolidin-1ryg-N-(pyrimidin-2.ylmethyl)pyrimidine-5-carboxamide (TA-1790); 3-(1-methyl-7-oxo 3-propy!-6,7-dihydro-1 H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl)-N-[2-(1-methylpyrrolidin-2-yl)ethyi]-4 propoxybenzenesulfonarnide (DA 8159) and pharmaceuticatly acceptable salts thereof.
39) A selective dopamine D4 receptor agonist'such as 2-[(4-pyridin-2ylpiperazin-1-yljmethyij-lH-benzimidazole (ABT724).
By cross reference herein to compounds contained in patents and patent applications which can be used in accordance with invention, we mean the therapeuticaily acbve compounds as defined in the claims Cn particular of claim 1) and the specific examples.
If a combination of active agents is administered, then they may be administered simultaneously, separately or sequentially.
The compounds of formula I should be assessed for their biopharmaceutical properties, such as solubility and solution stability (across pH), permeability, etc., in order to select the most appropriate dosage form and route of administration for treatment of the proposed indication.
Compounds of the invention intended for pharmaceutical use may be administered as crystalline or amorphous products. They may be obtained, for example, as solid plugs, powders, or films by methods such as precipitation, crystallization, freeze drying, spray drying, or evaporative drying. Microwave or radio frequency drying may be used for this purpose.
They may be administered alone or in combination with one or more other compounds of the invention or 5 in combination with one or more other drugs (or as any combination thereof).
Generally, they will be administered as a formulation in association with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients.
The term 'excipient' is used herein to describe any ingredient other than the compound(s) of the invention.
The choice of excipient will to a large extent depend on factors such as the particular mode of administration, the effect of the excipient on solubility and stability, and the nature of the dosage form.
!0 Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for the delivery of compounds of the present invention and methods for their preparation will be readily apparent to those skilled in the art.
Such compositions and methods for their preparation may be found, for example, in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 19th Edition (Mack Publishing Company, 1995).
Accordingly the present invention provides for a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula (I), and a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or carrier.
The compounds of the invention may be administered orally. Oral administration may involve swallowing, 30 so that the compound enters the gastrointestinal tract, and/or buccal, lingual, or sublingual administration by which the compound enters the blood stream directly from the mouth.
Formulations suitable for oral administration include solid, semi-solid and liquid systems such as tablets;
soft or hard capsules containing multi- or nano-particulates, liquids, or powders; lozenges (including liquid-35 filled); chews; gels; fast dispersing dosage forms; films; ovules; sprays;
and buccal/mucoadhesive patches.
Liquid formulations include suspensions, solutions, syrups and elixirs. Such formulations may be employed as fillers in soft or hard capsules (made, for example, from gelatin or 40 hydroxypropylmethylcellulose) and typically comprise a carrier, for example, water, ethanol, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, methylcellulose, or a suitable oil, and one or more emulsifying agents and/or suspending agents. Liquid formulations may also be prepared by the reconstitution of a solid, for example, from a sachet.
The compounds of the invention may also be used in fast-dissolving, fast-disintegrating dosage forms 5 such as those described in Expert Opinion in Therapeutic Patents, 11 (6), 981-986, by Liang and Chen (2001).
For tablet dosage forms, depending on dose, the drug may make up from 1 weight % to 80 weight % of the dosage form, more typically from 5 weight % to 60 weight % of the dosage form. In.addition to the 10 drug, tablets generally contain a disintegrant. Examples of disintegrants include sodium starch glycolate, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, calcium carboxymethyl cellulose, croscarmellose sodium, crospovidone, polyvinylpyrrolidone, methyl cellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, lower alkyl-substituted hydroxypropyl cellulose, starch, pregelatinised starch and sodium alginate. Generally, the disintegrant will comprise from 1 weight % to 25 weight %, preferably from 5 weight % to 20 weight % of the dosage form.
Binders are generally used to impart cohesive qualities to a tablet formulation. Suitable binders include microcrystalline cellulose, gelatin, sugars, polyethylene glycol, natural and synthetic gums, polyvinylpyrrolidone, pregelatinised starch, hydroxypropyl cellulose and hydroxypropyl methylcellulose.
Tablets may also contain diluents, such as lactose (monohydrate, spray-dried monohydrate, anhydrous and the like), mannitol, xylitol, dextrose, sucrose, sorbitol, microcrystalline cellulose, starch and dibasic calcium phosphate dihydrate.
Tablets may also optionally comprise surface active agents, such as sodium lauryl sulfate and polysorbate 80, and glidants such as silicon dioxide and talc. When present, surface active agents may comprise from 0.2 weight % to 5 weight % of the tablet, and glidants may comprise from 0.2 weight % to I weight % of the tablet.
Tablets also generally contain lubricants such as magnesium stearate, calcium stearate, zinc stearate, sodium stearyl fumarate, and mixtures of magnesium stearate with sodium lauryl sulphate. Lubricants generally comprise from 0.25 weight % to 10 weight %, preferably from 0.5 weight % to 3 weight % of the tablet.
Other possible ingredients include anti-oxidants, colourants, flavouring agents, preservatives and taste-masking agents.
Exemplary tablets contain up to about 80% drug, from about 10 weight % to about 90 weight % binder, from about 0 weight % to about 85 weight % diluent, from about 2 weight % to about 10 weight %
disintegrant, and from about 0.25 weight % to about 10 weight % lubricant.
Tablet blends may be compressed directly or by roller to form tablets. Tablet blends or portions of blends may alternatively be wet-, dry-, or melt-granulated, melt congealed, or extruded before tabletting. The final formulation may comprise one or more layers and may be coated or uncoated; it may even be encapsulated.
The formulation of tablets is discussed in Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms:
Tablets, Vol. 1, by H. Lieberman and L. Lachman (Marcel Dekker, New York, 1980).
Consumable oral films for human or veterinary use are typically pliable water-soluble or water-swellable thin film dosage forms which may be rapidly dissolving or mucoadhesive and typically comprise a compound of formula I, a film-forming polymer, a binder, a solvent, a humectant, a plasticiser, a stabiliser or emulsifier, a viscosity-modifying agent and a solvent. Some components of the formulation may perform more than one function.
The compound of formula I may be water-soluble or insoluble. A water-soluble compound typically comprises from I weight % to 80 weight %, more typically from 20 weight % to 50 weight %, of the 5 solutes. Less soluble compounds may comprise a greater proportion of the composition, typically up to 88 weight % of the solutes. Alternatively, the compound of formula I may be in the form of multiparticulate beads.
The film-forming polymer may be selected from natural polysaccharides, proteins, or synthetic ?0 hydrocolloids and is typically present in the range 0.01 to 99 weight %, more typically in the range 30 to 80 weight %.
Other possible ingredients include anti-oxidants, colorants, flavourings and flavour enhancers, preservatives, salivary stimulating agents, cooling agents, co-solvents (including oils), emollients, bulking 25 agents, anti-foaming agents, surfactants and taste-masking agents.
Films in accordance with the invention are typically prepared by evaporative drying of thin aqueous films coated onto a peelable backing support or paper. This may be done in a drying oven or tunnel, typically a combined coater dryer, or by freeze-drying or vacuuming.
Solid formulations for oral administration may be formulated to be immediate and/or modified release.
Modified-release formulations include delayed-, sustained-, pulsed-, controlled-, targeted and programmed release.
Suitable modified release formulations for the purposes of the invention are described in US Patent No.
6,106,864. Details of other suitable release technologies such as high energy dispersions and osmotic and coated particles are to be found in Pharmaceutical Technology On-line, 25(2), 1-14, by Verma et al (2001). The use of chewing gum to achieve controlled release is described in WO 00/35298.
The compounds of the invention may also be administered directly into the blood stream, into muscle, or into an internal organ. Suitable means for parenteral administration include intravenous, intraarterial, intraperitoneal, intrathecal, intraventricular, intraurethral, intrasternal, intracranial, intramuscular, intrasynovial and subcutaneous. Suitable devices for parenteral administration include needle (including microneedle) injectors, needle-free injectors and infusion techniques.
Parenteral formulations are typically aqueous solutions which may contain excipients such as salts, carbohydrates and buffering agents (preferably to a pH of from 3 to 9), but, for some applications, they may be more suitably formulated as a sterile non-aqueous solution or as a dried form to be used in conjunction with a suitable vehicle such as sterile, pyrogen-free water.
The preparation of parenteral formulations under sterile conditions, for example, by lyophilisation, may readily be accomplished using standard pharmaceutical techniques well known to those skilled in the art.
The solubility of compounds of formula I used in the preparation of parenteral solutions may be increased by the use of appropriate formulation techniques, such as the incorporation of solubility-enhancing agents.
Formulations for parenteral administration may be formulated to be immediate and/or modified release.
Modified release formulations include delayed-, sustained-, pulsed-, controlled-, targeted and programmed release. Thus compounds of the invention may be formulated as a suspension or as a solid, semi-solid, or thixotropic liquid for administration as an implanted depot providing modified release of the active !0 compound. Examples of such formulations include drug-coated stents and semi-solids and suspensions comprising drug-loaded poly(d/-Iactic-cogiycolic)acid (PGLA) microspheres.
The compounds of the invention may also be administered topically, (intra)dermatly, or transdermally to the skin or mucosa. Typical formulations for this purpose include gels, hydrogels, lotions, solutions, ?5 creams, ointments, dusting powders, dressings, foams, films, skin patches, wafers, implants, sponges, fibres, bandages and microemulsions. Liposomes may also be used. Typical carriers include alcohol, water, mineral oil, liquid petrolatum, white petrolatum, glycerin, polyethylene glycol and propylene glycol.
Penetration enhancers may be incorporated - see, for example, J Pharm Sci, 88 (10), 955-958, by Finnin and Morgan (October 1999).
Other means of topical administration include delivery by electroporation, iontophoresis, phonophoresis, sonophoresis and microneedle or needle-free (e.g. PowderjectT"", BiojectT ", etc.) injection.
Formulations for, topical administration may be formulated to be immediate and/or modified release.
Modified release formulations include delayed-, sustained-, pulsed-, controlled-, targeted and programmed release.
The compounds of the invention can also be administered intranasally or by inhalation, typically in the form of a dry powder (either alone, as a mixture, for example, in a dry blend with lactose, or as a. mixed component particle, for example, mixed with phospholipids, such as phosphatidylcholine) from a dry powder inhaler, as an aerosol spray from a pressurised container, pump, spray, atomiser (preferably an atomiser using electrohydrodynamics to produce a fine mist), or nebuliser, with or without the use of a suitable propellant, such as 1,1,1,2-tetrafluoroethane or 1,1,1,2,3,3,3-heptafluoropropane, or as nasal drops. For intranasal use, the powder may comprise a bioadhesive agent, for exampie, chitosan or cyclodextrin.
The pressurised container, pump, spray, atomizer, or nebuliser contains a solution or suspension of the compound(s) of the invention comprising, for example, ethanol, aqueous ethanol, or a suitable alternative agent for dispersing, solubilising, or extending release of the active, a propellant(s) as solvent and an optional surfactant, such as sorbitan trioleate, oleic acid, or an oligolactic acid.
Prior to use in a dry powder or suspension formulation, the drug product is micronised to a size suitable for delivery by inhalation (typically less than 5 microns). This may be achieved by any appropriate comminuting method, such as spiral jet milling, fluid bed jet milling, supercritical fluid processing to form nanoparticles, high pressure homogenisation, or spray drying.
Capsules (made, for example, from gelatin or hydroxypropylmethylcellulose), blisters and cartridges for use in an inhaler or insufflator may be formulated to contain a powder mix of the compound of the invention, a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch and a performance modifier such as I-leucine, mannitol, or magnesium stearate. The lactose may be anhydrous or in the form of the monohydrate, preferably the latter. Other suitable excipients include dextran, glucose, maltose, sorbitol, xylitol, fructose, sucrose and trehalose.
A suitable solution formulation for use in an atomiser using electrohydrodynamics to produce a fine mist may contain from lpg to 20mg of the compound of the invention per actuation and the actuation volume may vary from 1 pl to 100N1. A typical formulation may comprise a compound of formula I, propylene glycol, sterile water, ethanol and sodium chloride. Alternative solvents which may be used instead of propylene glycol include glycerol and polyethylene glycol.
Suitable flavours, such as menthol and levomenthol, or sweeteners, such as saccharin or saccharin sodium, may be added to those formulations of the invention intended for inhaled/intranasal administration.
Formulations for inhaled/intranasal administration may be formulated to be immediate and/or modified release using, for example, PGLA. Modified release formulations include delayed-, sustained-, pulsed-, controlled-, targeted and programmed release.
In the case of dry powder inhalers and aerosols, the dosage unit is determined by means of a valve which delivers a metered amount. Units in accordance with the invention are typically arranged to administer a metered dose or "puff' containing from ... to ... pg of the compound of formula I. The overall daily dose will typically be in the range ... pg to ... mg which may be administered in a single dose or, more usually, as divided doses throughout the day.
The compounds of the invention may be administered rectally or vaginally, for example, in the form of a suppository, pessary, or enema. Cocoa butter is a traditional suppository base, 'but various alternatives may be used as appropriate.
Formulations for rectal/vaginal administration may be formulated to be immediate and/or modified release.
Modified release formulations include delayed-, sustained-, pulsed-, controlled-, targeted and programmed release.
The compounds of the invention may also be administered directly to the eye or ear, typically in the form of drops of a micronised suspension or solution in isotonic, pH-adjusted, sterile saline. Other formulations suitable for ocular and aural administration include ointments, gels, biodegradable (e.g. absorbable gel sponges, collagen) and non-biodegradable (e.g. silicone) implants, wafers, lenses and particulate or vesicular systems, such as niosomes or liposomes. A polymer such as crossed-linked polyacrylic acid, polyvinylalcohol, hyaluronic acid, a cellulosic polymer, for example, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose, or methyl cellulose, or a heteropolysaccharide polymer, for example, gelan gum, may be incorporated together with a preservative, such as benzalkonium chloride.
Such formulations may also be delivered by iontophoresis.
Formulations for ocular/aural administration may be formulated to be immediate and/or modified release.
Modified release formulations include delayed-, sustained-, pulsed-, controlled-, targeted, or programmed release.
The compounds of the invention may be combined with soluble macromolecular entities, such as cyclodextrin and suitable derivatives thereof or polyethylene glycol-containing polymers, in order to improve their solubility, dissolution rate, taste-masking, bioavailability and/or stability for use in any of the aforementioned modes of administration.
Drug-cyclodextrin complexes, for example, are found to be generally useful for most dosage forms and administration routes. Both inclusion and non-inclusion complexes may be used.
As an alternative to direct complexation with the drug, the cyclodextrin may be used as an auxiliary additive, i.e. as a carrier, diluent, or solubiliser. Most commonly used for these purposes are alpha-, beta- and gamma-cyclodextrins, examples of which may be found in International Patent Applications Nos. WO 91/11172, WO 94/02518 and WO 98/55148.
Inasmuch as it may desirable to administer a combination of active compounds, for example, for the purpose of treating a particular disease or condition, it is within the scope of the present invention that two or more pharmaceutical compositions, at least one of which contains a compound in accordance with the invention, may conveniently be combined in the form of a kit suitable for coadministration of the compositions.
Thus the kit of the invention comprises two or more separate pharmaceutical compositions, at least one of which contains a compound of formula I in accordance with the invention, and means for separately retaining said compositions, such as a container, divided bottle, or divided foil packet. An example of such a kit is the familiar blister pack used for the packaging of tablets, capsules and the like.
The kit of the invention is particularly suitable for administering different dosage forms, for example, oral and parenteral, for administering the separate compositions at different dosage intervals, or for titrating the separate compositions against one another. To assist compliance, the kit typically comprises directions for administration and may be provided with a so-called memory aid.
The invention is illustrated by the following non-limiting examples in which the following abbreviations and definitions are used:
ao optical rotation at 587nm.
Ac20 acetic anhydride APCI atmospheric pressure chemical ionisation Arbacel filter agent br broad Boc tert-butoxycarbonyl Bu butyl CDCI3 chloroform-dl CD30D methanol-d4 s chemical shift d doublet dd double doublet DCM dichloromethane DMF N,N-dimethylformamide DMSO dimethylsulfoxide eq (molar) equivalents ESI electrospray ionisation Et ethyl.
EtOAc ethyl acetate h hours HCI hydrogen chloride HPLC high performance liquid chromatography .-HR M/S high resolution mass spectrum IPA isopropylalcohol KOAc potassium acetate m multiplet Me methyl MeCN acetonitrile M/S mass spectrum min minutes NMR nuclear magnetic resonance q quartet r.t. room temperature s singlet sat saturated t triplet td triplet of doublets Tf trifluoromethanesulfonyl TFA trifluoroacetic acid THF tetrahydrofuran TIPS triisopropylsilyl TLC/t.I.c thin layer chromatography 'H Nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectra were in all cases consistent with the proposed structures.
Characteristic chemical shifts (S) are given in parts-per-million SH downfield from tetramethylsilane using conventional abbreviations for designation of major peaks: e.g. s, singlet; d, doublet; t, triplet; q, quartet;
m, multiplet; br, broad. The following abbreviations have been used for common solvents: CDCI3, deuterochloroform; DMSO, dimethylsulfoxide. The abbreviation psi means pounds per square inch and LRMS means low resolution mass spectrometry. Where thin layer chromatography (TLC) has been used it refers to silica gel TLC using silica gel 60 F254 plates, Rf is the distance travelled by a compound divided by the distance travelled by the solvent front on a TLC plate.
Example 1 5-[(2R)-4-Benzylmorpholin-2-yl]pyridin-2-amine N
~ ~ -The morpholine from. preparation 7 (2.05 g, 6 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (75 mL), hydroxylamine hydrochloride (2,05 g, 30 mmol) was added and the mixture heated at 80 C
overnight (-16 h). After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness to a yellow oily residue which was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane/methanol/ 0.880 NH3 98:2:0 increasing polarity to 95:5:0 then 95:5:0.5, then 90:10:1 to afford the title corripound (645 mg, 40%) 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) SH 8.01 (1H, s), 7.43 (1H, d), 7.33 (5H, m), 6.46 (1H, d), 4.45 (3H brm), 3.96 (1 H, d), 3.8 (1 H, t), 3.54 (2H, s), 2.84 (1 H, d), 2.74 (1 H, d), 2.26 (1 H, m), 2.12 (1 H, t) MS (APCI+) 270 (MH+) WO 2005/115985 _ PCT/IB2005/001554 Example 2 5-[(2R)-Morpholin-2-yl]pyridin-2-amine YDNH
The benzyi morpholine from example 1 (990 mg, 3.7 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (20 mL) ammonium formate (1.16 g, 18.5 mmol) followed by 10% Pd on carbon (495 mg) were 'added and the mixture heated at reflux for 2 h. The cooled reaction mixture was filtered through a plug of arbocel and evaporated to provide an orange solid (1.49 g). This material was purified by flash chromatography on 0 silica gel (compound pre-absorbed onto silica) eluting with dichloromethane/methanol/ 0.880 NH3 90:10:1, to afford the title compound as a white solid (467 mg, 70%).
1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) 8H 7.82 (1 H, s), 7.45(1 H, d), 6.58 (1 H, d), 4.34 (1 H, d), 3.95 (1 H, d), 3.72 (1 H, t), 2.95-2.80 (3H, m) 2.7 (1H, t) MS (APCI+) 180 (MH+) [a]o -39.4 (c = 0.12, MeOH) Example 3 5-[(2R)-4-(3-Phenylpropyl)morpholin-2-yl]pyridin-2-am ine ?0 The morpholine from example 2 (80 mg, 0.45 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (15 mL) and 3-phenylpropionaldehyde (59 L, 0.45 mmol) was added as a solution in tetrahydrofuran (15 mL) over 15 minutes. After the addition was compiete, sodium triacetoxyborohydride (227 mg, 1 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture stirred at room temperature for 6 h. The reaction mixture was then diluted with saturated sodium hydrogencarbonate solution (50 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic fractions were dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated to provide a-yellow oil.
Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane/methanol/ 0.880 NH3 98:2:0.2 increasing polarity to 95:5:0.5 afforded the title compound (51 mg, 38%) ' H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) 5,., 7.86 (1 H, d), 7.45 (1 H, dd), 7.27-7.10 (5H, m), 6.55 (1 H, d), 4.39 (1 H, d), 3.95 (1 H, d), 3.75 (1 H, t), 2.83 (2H, m), 2.64 (2H, t), 2.41 (2H, t), 2.20 (1 H, m), 2.05 (1 H, t), 1.84 (2H, m) MS (APCI+) 298 (MH+) _ [a]21 +6.9 (c = 0.13, MeOH) Example 4 5-[(2R)-4-butylmorpholin-2-yl]pyridin-2-amine N
The morpholine from example 2 (80 mg, 0.45 mmol) was mixed with tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) (only partly soluble) and butyraldehyde (40 L, 0.45 mmol) was added, resulting in a homogeneous solution. The reaction mixture was stirred for further 30 minutes before the addition of sodium triacetoxyborohydride (227 mg, 1 mmol). The reaction mixture was then stirred at room temperature overnight (-16 h) before diluted with saturated sodium hydrogencarbonate solution (100 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL). The combined organic layer was separated, dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated to provide a yellow oil. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane/methanol/ 0.880 NH3 98:2:0.2 increasing polarity to 95:5:0.5 afforded the title compound (17 mg, 16%) 0 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) SH 7.86 (1 H, s), 7.47 (1 H, d), 6.55 (IH, d), 4.39 (1 H, d), 3.98 (1H, d), 3.76 (1 H, t), 2.86 (2H, t), 2.41 (2H, t), 2.21 (1 H, t), 2.07 (1 H, t), 1.50 (2H, m), 1.35 (2H, m), 0.95 (3H, t) MS (APCI+) 236 (MH+) Example 5 5-[(2R)-4-pentylmorpholin-2-yl]pyridin-2-amine N
The morpholine from example 2 (80 mg, 0.45 mmol) was mixed with tetrahydrofuran (15 mL) and pentanal (47 L, 0.45 mmol) was added dropwise as a solution in tetrahydrofuran (15 mL) over 15 minutes. After the addition was complete, sodium triacetoxyborohydride (227 mg, 1 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture stirred at room temperature overnight (-16 h). The reaction mixture was then diluted with saturated sodium hydrogencarbonate solution (75 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL). The combined organic layer was separated, dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated to provide a yellow oil.
Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane/methanol/ 0.880 NH3 98:2:0.2 increasing polarity to 95:5:0.5 afforded the title compound (67 mg, 61%) 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) 8H 7.86 (1H, s), 7.46 (1H, d), 6.55 (1H, d), 4.41 (1H, d), 3.94 (IH, d), 3.77 (1 H, t), 2.86 (2H, t), 2.39 (2H, t), 2.21 (1 H, t), 2.06 (1 H, t), 1.54 (2H, m), 1.34 (4H, m), 0.92 (3H, t) MS (APCI+) 250 (MH) [a]~ +4.42 (c = 0.13, MeOH) Example 6 _ 5-[(2R)-4-(2-phenylethyl)morpholin-2-yl]pyrid in-2-am ine -~~I
N
The morpholine from example 2 (80 mg, 0.45 mmol) was mixed with tetrahydrofuran (15 mL) and phenylacetaldehyde (52 L, 0.45 mmol) was added dropwise as a solution in tettahydrofuran (15 mL) over 15 minutes. After the addition was complete, the reaction mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature for 1 h before the addition of sodium triacetoxyborohydride (227 mg, I mmol).
The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight (-16 h) and then diluted with saturated sodium hydrogencarbonate solution (100 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL). The combined organic layer was separated, dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated to provide a yellow oil. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane/methanol/ 0.880 NH3 98:2:0.2 afforded the title compound (31 mg, 24%) 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) SH 7.87 (IH, s), 7.47 (1H, d), 7.20 (5H, m) 6.55 (1H, d), 4.42 (IH, d), 3.97 (1 H, d), 3.78 (1 H, t), 2.93 (2H, t) 2.82 (2H, m), 2.66 (2H, t) 2.30 (2H, t), 2.21 (1 H, t), 2.15 (1 H, t) MS (APCI+) 284 (MH+) Example 7a 5-[(2R,5S)-S-Methylmorpholin-2-yl]pyridin-2-amine ~ NH
~
The material from preparation 10 (410 mg, 1.25 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (10 mL), 5% Pd on carbon (40 mg) was added and the mixture hydrogenated at room temperature overnight at 1 atmosphere. The mixture was then filtered through a plug of arbocel , washing the plug with ethanol and the combined filtrates and washings were evaporated to a pale yellow solid.
Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane/methanol/ 0.880 NH3 93:7:0.5 afforded the title compound as a white solid (110mg, 45%) 'H NMR: SH (400 MHz, CD3OD) 7.85 (1H, d), 7.45 (1H, dd), 6.55 (1H, d), 4.29 (1H, m), 3.90 (1H, m), 3.30 (1H, m), 2.95-2.85 (2H, m), 2.75 (1H, m), 1.01 (3H, d) MS (ES+) 194 (MH') Alternatively a the morpholine ring may be formed by the following conditions to provide a mixture of diastereoisomers`
Example 7b 5-[(5S)-5-Methylmorpholin-2-yl]pyridin-2-amine (diastereomer mixture) 0~..,, NH
Diol from preparation 11 (1.26 g, 5.96 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (20 mL) and treated with concentrated sulfuric acid (8 mL) at room temperature. The mixture was stirred for 2 h before being quenched by cautious addition of water, basification with 880 NH3 to pH -9 and extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 150mL). The combined organics were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated to provide the title compounds as a 3:1 mixture of (R, S) and (S, S) diastereomers respectively.
'H NMR: SH (400 MHz, CD3OD) 7.85 (1H, m), 7.52-7.45 (1H, 2xdd), 6.60-6.52 (1H, 2xd), 4.38-4.22 (1H, 5 2xdd), 3.95-3.80 (1 H, 2xdd), 3.30 (1 H, m), 3.10-2.83 (2H, m), 2.75 (1 H, m), 1.39-0.99 (3H, 2xd) Examples 8 and 9 A mixture of the morpholine compounds from Example 7b (240 mg, 1.2 mmol) was dissolved in 10 tetrahydrofuran (45 mL) and to the stirred solution was added 3-phenylpropionaldehyde (165 L, 1.2 mmol) dropwise as a solution in tetrahydrofuran (45 mL). Once the addition was complete, sodium triacetoxyborohydride (270mg, 1.2 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture left to stir at room temperature overnight. The solvent was evaporated and the diluted with water (30 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 100 mL). The combined organic fractions were dried (MgSO4), filtered and 15 evaporated to provide a clear oil of a ca. 2:1 mixture of trans:cis diastereoisomers.
The diastereoisomers were separated by HPLC on a Chiralcel AD-H column with a mobile phase of methanol:ethanol 50:50 and a flow rate of 15m1/min Example 8 (diastereomer 1) 20 5-[(2R,5S)-5-Methyl-4-(3-phenylpropyl)morpholin-2-yl]pyridin-2-amine O I
\ N \
HZN N
Retention time 4.80min 'H NMR: 8H (400 MHz, CD3OD) 7.83 (1 H, s), 7.44 (1 H, d), 7.29-7.08 (m, 5H) 6.52 (1 H, d), 4.40 (1 H, d), 3.79 (1 H, d), 3.30 (1 H, m), 2.91-2.78 (2H, m), 2.60-2.50 (2H, m), 2.40 (1 H, m), 2.29(1 H, m), 2.19 (1 H, m), 25 1.88-1.68 (2H, m), 0.95 (3H, d) MS (APCI+) 312 (MH+) Example 9 (diastereomer 2) 5-[(2S,5S)-S-Methyl-4-(3-phenylpropyl)morpholin-2-yi]pyridin-2-amine _ . _ ' p ~= '' /
N
Retention time 7.60 min 'H NMR: SH (400 MHz, CD3OD) 7.89 (1H, s), 7.49 (1H, d), 7.29-7.09 (5H, m), 6.55 (1H, d), 4.42 (1H, m), 3.87 (1H, m), 3.72 (1H, d), 2.90(IH, m), 2.70-2.62 (2H, m), 2.60-2.42 (4H, m), 1.90-1.75 (2H, m), 1.09 (3H, d) 35 MS (APCI+) 312 (MH+) Examples 10 and 11 The diol from preparation 31 (350 mg, 1.3 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (5 mL) and to the stirred solution was added concentrated H2SO4 (2.5 mL). The reaction mixture left to stir at room temperature for 2 h then quenched by the cautious addition of water (10 mL) then basified by the addition of 0.880 NH3 to pH 8-9. The mixture was then extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 50 mL) and the combined extracts were dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated to provide a brown oil of a mixture of cis and trans morpholine diastereomers (275 mg, 85%) MS (ES+) 250 (MH+) The sample of mixed diastereoisomers was subjected HPLC using a Chiralcel OD-H
column, mobile phase was 30:70 IPA/ Hexane with diethylamine 0.1%, at a flow rate of 20mL/min.
Example 10 (diastereomer 1) 5-[(2S,5S)-4-Butyl-5-methylmorpholin-2-yl]pyridin-2-amine 0^ ,,.
Retention time 4.90 min 'H NMR: SH (400 MHz, CD3OD) 7.86 (IH, d), 7.49 (1H, dd), 6.56 (1H, d), 4.44 (1H, m), 3.86 (IH, m), 3.39 (1 H, m), 2.99 (1 H, m), 2.88 (1 H, m), 2.52 (1 H, brm), 2.41-2.28 (2H, m), 1.60-1.27 (4H, m), 1.07 (3H, d), 0.96 (3H, t) ?0 MS (APCI+) 250 (MH+) Example 11 (diastereomer 2) 5-[(2R,5S)-4-butyl-5-methylmorpholin-2-yl]pyridin-2-amine ~ ~
HZN N
Retention time 7.20 min ~H NMR: 5H (400 MHz, CD3OD) 7.88 (1 H, d), 7.48 (1 H, dd), 6.55 (1 H, d), 4.41 (1 H, m), 3.83 (1 H,m), 3.72 (1H, d), 2.90 (1H, m), 2.60-2.52 (2H, m), 2.48-2.40 (2H, m), 1.54-1.44 (2H, m), 1.40-1.32 (2H, m), 1.13 (3H, d), 0.94 (3H, t) MS (APCI+) 250 (MH+) Example 12 5-{(2R,5S)-5-[(Benzyloxy)methyl]morpholin-2-yl}pyridin-2-amine H O I /
The morpholine from preparation 14 (4.4 g, 9.21 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (50 mL), hydroxylamine hydrochloride (3.2 g, 46 mmol) was added and the mixture heated at 80 C
overnight (-16 h). After cooling to room temperature the mixture was diluted with 10% aqueous K2C03 solution (100 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 100 mL). The combined organic fractions were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated to provide a brown oil of crude deprotected 2-amino pyridine intermediate (3.6 g) This boc-protected morpholine (3.6 g, 9 mmol) was treated with 4M HCI in dioxane (30 mL) and the mixture stirred at room temperature for 4 h. The solvent was then evaporated and the residue treated with 2M sodium hydroxide (100 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (4 x 100 mL).
The combined organic fractions were dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and evaporated to a light brown solid which was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane/
methanol/ 880 NH3 (93:7:0.5) to provide the title compound as a light brown solid (1.43 g, 51%) ' H NMR: SH (400 MHz, CD3OD) 7.85 (1 H, d), 7.45 (1 H, dd), 7.36-7.25 (5H, m), 6.54 (1 H, d), 4.52 (2H, s), 4.28 (1 H, m), 3.97 (1 H, m), 3.49-3.38 (3H, m), 3.06 (1 H, m), 2.96 (1 H, m), 2.76 (1 H, m) MS (ES+) 300 (MH+) Example 13 5-{(2R,5S)-5-[(Benzyloxy)methyl]-4-propylmorpholin-2-yl}pyridin-2-amine N
H2N N~
The morpholine from Example 11 (1.4 g, 4.8 mmol) was dissolved in THF (200 mL) and propanal (350 L, 4.8 mmol) in THF (150 mL) was added dropwise to the stirred mixture. After the addition was complete NaBH(OAc)3 (1.02 g, 4.8 mmol) was added in one portion and the reaction mixture allowed to stir at room temperature overnight (-16 h). TLC analysis showed starting material still remaining, so, additional NaBH(OAc)3 (1 g) was added and the reaction mixture stirred for a further 24 h. Saturated aqueous NH4CI
(200 mL) was added 'and the organic layer was separated, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane/
methano1/880 NH3 (95:5:0.5) to provide the title compound as a light brown oil (540 mg, 33%) 'H NMR: SH (400 MHz, CD3OD) 7.86 (1H, d), 7.46 (1H, dd), 7.36-7.26 (5H, m), 6.53 (IH, d), 4.52 (2H, m), 4.38 (1 H, m), 4.00 (1H, m), 3.60-3.53 (2H, m), 3.47-3.42 (IH, m), 2.89 (1 H, m), 2.78-2.69 (1 H, m), 2.59 (1 H, m), 2.32-2.21 (2H, m), 1.60-1.37 (2H, m), 0.84 (3H, t) MS (ES+) 342 (MH+) Examptes 14-17 [6-{6-Aminopyrtdin~3-yI)-4-propylmorphotin-3-yl)methanot ~~OH
N
H,N N
Dial fronrn preparation 16 (1.4g, 3.9mmol, leq) was dissolved in dichloromethane (15 mL) and treated with concentrated sulfuric acid (10 mL) at room temperature. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h before the being quenched by the addition of ice, then basified with 880 NH3 to pH -9. The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 150 mL) and the combined organic layem were dried over magnesium sulfate, fiftered and evaporated. The residue was puritied by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane/ methanoU 880 NH3 (95:5:0.5 increasing polarity to 93:7:0.5) to afford 110 mg of a light brown oil of the title compound as a mixture of four diastereoisomers.
The diastereoisomers were separated by HPLC on a ChiralpakTK AD column, mobile phase 20:80 iP,4lHexane with 0.1% DEA affording four stereoisomers Example 14 Stereoisomer 1(retention time: 9.50 min) trans enantiomer 1 'H NMR: SH (400 MHz, CD,OD) 7.86 (1H, d), 7.49 (1H, dd), 6.55 (1H, d), 4.40 (1H,.m), 4.05 (1H, m), 3.71 (1 H, m), 3.55 (2H, rn), 2.93 (1 H, m), 2.82 (1 H, m), 2.47 (1 H, m), 2:34 (1 H, m), 2.26 (2H, m), 2.27-1.42 (2H, m), 0.90 (3H, t) Example 15 5tereoisomer 2(retention time: 11.90 mEn) cis enantiorner Z
'H NMR (400MHz, CD3OD) b(ppm) : 0.9 (t, 3H), 1.5-1.7 (m, 2H), 2.5-2.8 (m, 5H), 3.7-4.0 (m, 3H), 4.05-4.15 (m,1 H), 4.4-4.55 (m, IH), 6.6 (d, 1 H), 7.5 (d, 1 H), 7.85 (s, .1 H) Example 16 Stereoisomer 3 (retention time: 16.60 min) cis enanfiomer 2 'H NMR (400MHz, CD3OD) b(ppm) : 0.9 (t, 3H), 1.5-1.7 (m, 2H), 2.5-2.8 (m, 5H), 3.7-4.0 (m, 3H), 4.05-4.15 (m, 1 H), 4.4-4.55 (m, 1 H), 6.6 (d, 1 H), 7.5 (d, 1 H), 7.85 (s, 1 H) Exampte 17 Stereoisomer 4(retenfion time: 19.70 min) trans enantiomer 2 'H NMR: SH (400 MHz, CD3OD) 7.86 (1H, d), 7.49 (1H, dd), 6.55 (1H, d), 4.40 (1H, rn), 4.05 (1H, m), 3.71 (1H, m), 3.55 (2H, m), 2.93 (1H, m), 2.82 (1H, m), 2.47 (3H, m), 2.34 (1H, rn), 2.26 (2H, m), 2.27-1.42 (211, m), 0.90 (3H, t) Examples 18-19 4-methy1-5-(4-Propylmorpholin-2-yl)pyridin-2-amine ~
N
OJ
The diol from preparation 21 (950 mg, 3.7 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (15 mL) and treated with concentrated sulfuric acid (7 mL) at room temperature and the mixture stirred for a further 2 h. The reaction was then quenched the addition of ice, then basified by the dropwise addition of 880 NH3 until the pH -9. The mixture was then extracted with dichloromethane (4 x 50 mL) and the combined organics dried with magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated to provide the title compound as a pale brown oil (700 mg, 79%) 'H NMR: SH (400 MHz, CD3OD) 7.85 (1 H, d), 6.38 (1 H, d), 4.60 (1 H, m), 3.99 (1 H, m), 3.78 (1 H, m), 2.92-2.82 (2H, m), 2.38 (2H, m), 2.28-2.18 (4H, m), 2.12 (1H, m), 1.62-1.50 (2H, m) 0.93 (3H, t) MS (APCI+) 236 (MH+) The racemic morpholine was subjected to HPLC using a Chiralcel OD-H column eluting with acetonitrile.
This afforded the two enantiomers.
Example 18 (enantiomer 1) Retention time: 5.1 min 'H NMR: SH (400 MHz, CD3OD) 7.85 (1H, d), 6.38 (1H, d), 4.60 (1H, m), 3.99 (1H, m), 3.78 (1H, m), 2.92-2.82 (2H, m), 2.38 (2H, m), 2.28-2.18 (4H, m), 2.12 (1H, m), 1.62-1.50 (2H, m) 0.93 (3H, t) MS (APCI+) 236 (MH+) Example 19 (enantiomer 2) Retention time: 6.5 min 'H NMR: SH (400 MHz, CD3OD) 7.85 (1H, d), 6.38 (1H, d), 4.60 (1H, m), 3.99 (1H, m), 3.78 (1H, m), 2.92-2.82 (2H, m), 2.38 (2H, m), 2.28-2.18 (4H, m), 2.12 (1H, m), 1.62-1.50 (2H, m) 0.93 (3H, t) MS (APCI+) 236 (MH+) Example 20 .
3-Methyl-5-[(5S)-5-rriethyl-4-propylmorpholin-2-yl]pyridin-2-amine O
N~
~
The diol from preparation 29 (200 mg, 0.74 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (4 mL) and treated with concentrated sulfuric acid (2 mL) at room temperature and the mixture stirred for a further 2 h. The reaction was then quenched the cautious addition of water, then basified by the dropwise addition of 880 NH3 until the pH -9. The mixture was then extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 70 mL) and the combined organics dried with magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel to provide the title compound as a clear oil as a mixture of diastereoisomers (35 mg, 19%) 51 H NMR: SH (400 MHz, CD30D) 7.77 (1H, d), 7.38 (1H, d), 4.41 (1H, m), 3.88-3.70, 2.95-2.72 (3H, 2xm), 2.57 (1 H, m), 2.50-2.35 (2H, m), 2.29-2.19 (1 H, m), 2.11 (3H, 2xs), 1.61-1.39 (2H, m), 1.18-1.00 (3H, 2xd), 0.91 (3H, m) MS (ESI+) 250 (MH+) 10 Examples 21 and 22 The diol from preparation 24(990mg, 3.9 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (10 mL) and treated with concentrated sulfuric acid at room temperature. The mixture was left stirring for 2 h before being quenched by the addition of ice and the basified by the addition of 880 NH3 to pH -9. The mixture was then extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 150 mL), the combined organics dried over magnesium sulfate, 15 filtered and the solvents evaporated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane/ methanol/ 880 NH3 (95:5:0.5) to provide the title compound as a mixture of diastereoisomers (470 mg, 51%).
MS (ES+) 236 (MH+) The diastereoisomers were split using chiral HPLC on a Chiralcel OD-H column eluting with 30% IPA in 20 hexanes with 0.1 % diethylamine. To afford:
Example 21 (diastereomer 1) 25 5-[(2S,5S)-4,5-Diethylmorpholin-2-yl]pyridin-2-amine O
N~
retention time: 4.1 min 'H NMR: SH (400 MHz, CD30D) 7.88 (IH, d), 7.48 (1H, dd), 6.57 (1H, d), 4.43 (1H,m), 3.98 (1H, d), 3.77 (1 H, m), 2.67-2.54 (1 H, m), 1.60 (1 H, m), 1.11 (3H, t), 0.96 (3H, t) 30 MS (ES) 236 (MH}) Example 22 (diastereomer 2) 5-[(2R,5S)-4,5-Diethylmorpholin-2-yl]pyridin-2-amine N
35 Retention time: 7.3 min 'H NMR: 5,., (400 MHz, CD3OD) 7.87 (iH, d), 7,47 (1H, dd), 6.56 (1H, d), 4.40 (1H, m), 3.98 (1H, m), 3.43 (IH, m), 3.01-2.90 (21-1, m), 2.44 (IH, m), 2.33 (1H, m), 2.25 (1H, m), 1.78 (1H, m), 1.32 (1H, m), 1.06 (3H, t), 0.83 (3H, t) MS (ES`) 236 (MHi) Example 23 5-(1-Propytazetidin-3-yl)pyridin-2-am ine The aminopyridine imine from preparation 35 (95mg, 0.267mmol, 1.Oeq) was dissolved in EtOH (2m1), 10% Pd/C (10mg) and ammonium formate (168mg, 2.67mmol, 10eq) was added and the mixture heated to a gentle reflux for 3h. Further 10% PdtC (10mg) and ammonium formate (168mg, 2_67mmol, 10eq) added and the mixture heated to reflux for 48h. The catalyst was filtered off through arbocel, and washed with EtOH.'The filtrate was evaporated in vacuo to give a coiourless oil. This material was dissolved in THF (5m1), 2M HCI (aq) added and stirred at r.t. for 3h. The mixture was evaporated in vacuo and basified with t(,C03 (10% w!v aq) and extracted with CH2CI2 (3x20m1), dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated to give a colourless oil. This oil was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel with a gradient elution from 100% CH2C12 to 90:10:1 CH2C12:MeOH:NH4OH ta give the product as a colourless oil which solidified on standirig (21mg,*41%) Tic Rf=0.24 (90:10:1 CH2CI2:MeOH:NH4O14 UV visual'rcation) MS (APCI+) 192 (MH+) 'H NMR: bsa (400 AAHz, CD30D) 7.95 (1H, s), 7.45 (1H, d), 6.5 (iH, d), 4.2-4.6 (21-1, br s), 3.5-3.8 (31-1, m), 3.05 (2H, t), 2.45 (21i, t), 1.3-1.5 (2H, m), 0.9 (31-1, t) laatamples 24 and 25.
5-(2R,5S)-4-Ethyt-5-methylmorphotin-2 yy-pyridin 2 ytamtne & 5-(2S,5S)-4-Ethylv-methylmorpholin-2-yl)-pyridin-2-ylamine o "
HZN fti H2N N
The morpholine from preparation 38 (1g, 4.17mmo1) was dissolved in CH2CIZ
(15mi) and concentrated sulfuric acid (7.5mt) was added. The mixture was stirred at r.f_ for 2h, bas'ified by cautious addition of 0.880 NH3i and extracted with CHZC)Z (2x200rn1), the organics combined, dried over magnesium sulphate, fittered and puriiied by flash chromatography on silica ge1 eluting with CH2Ciz:MeOH:NH4OH 97:3:1 to give the 6tte compound as a light brown oil (560mg 61%).
The d'rasbereoisomers were separated on a Chiralcel 01 OD-H column (500"50mm) with a mobile phase of 20% IPA, 80% hexane, 0.1 % DEA at a floui rate of 80m1/min to give:
Diasteroisomer 1- retention time S.47min (Example 24, (2S,5S) diastereoisomer) 'H NMR: S,., (400 MHz, CD30D) 7.88 (1H, s), 7.46-7.52 (1H, m), 6.58 (1H, d), 4.40-4.46 (1H, m), 3.84-3.92 (1H, m), 3.75-3.79 (1H, rn), 2.91-2.98 (1H, m), 2.47-2.60 (4H, m), 1.08-1.18 (m, 6H) MS (APCI+) 222 (MH+) Diasteroisomer 2 - retention time 7.96min (Example 25, (2R,5S) diastereoisomer) 'H NMR: SH (400 MHz, CD30D) 7.88 (1H, s), 7.44-7.50 (1H, m), 6.56 (1H, d), 4.40-4.46 (m, 1H),-3.80-3.88 (1 H, m), 3.28-3.41(1 H, m), 2.88-3.00 (2H, m), 2.35-2.52 (2H, m), 2.16-2.24 (1 H, m), 1.00-1.08 (rn, 6H) MS (APCI+) 2-22 (MH+) Examptes26&27 (+)-5-(4-propyknorphot10-2-y1)-1,3-thiazol-2-amine & (-)-3-(4-propylmorpholin-2 yi)-1,3 thiazol-2-amine H:N--{~
S N~
To 2-(2-bromo-1,3-thiazol-5-yi)-4-propyimorpholine (2.5g 8.56mmoi) in ethyiene glycoi (60mi) at 78 C
was added Cu:O (61mg, 0.43mmol, 0.05eq) and NH3t1) (20mi) in a bomb. The vessel was sealed, and heated to 80 C for 18h. The vessel was allowed to coo(vented, and partitioned between EtOAc (2x200rnl) and water (100rrmi), organic layers combined, dried over MgSO4 and solvent evaporated to give a brown oil This material was chromatographed on an Isco m Companion Combiflash autochromatography system with a gradient elution from 99/110.1 CH2Ci2/MeOH/NH3 to 95I5/0.5 CH2C1-4MeOH/NH3to give the product as a brown oil (1.1g).
This material was separated by HPLC on a chiraicet OJ column (250*21.5) with a mobile phase of 70:30 Hexane:lPA at a flow rate of 18mVmin to give two enantiomets.
Enantiomer 1 retention time 5.140min 'H NMR (400MHz, C030D) b(ppm) : 6.99 (s, 1 H), 4.63 (d, 1 H), 3.87-3.93 (m, 9 H), 3.70-3.77 (m, 1 H), .
2.95 (d. 1H), 2.78 (d, 1H), 2.31-2.39 (m, 2H), 2.10-2.23 (m, 2H), 1.48-1.60 (m, 2H), 0.92 (t, 3H) AIUS APCI+ 228 (MH+) Optical rotation (a) n+48.45 (c=1.45mg/ml^MeOH) Elemental analysis +0.55 H.b Total MW=23724 Calculated C(50.63), H(7.69), N(17.71) Actual C(50.90, 50.79), H(7.48, 7.51), N(17.35, 17.38) Enantiomer 2 retention time 10.750min 'H NMR (400MHz, CD3OD) b(ppm) : 6.99 (s, 1H), 4.63 (d, 1H), 3.87-3.93 (m, 'iH), 3.70-3.77 (m, 1H), 2.95 (d,1H), 2.78 (d,1H), 2.31-2.39 (m, 2H), 2.10-2.23 (m, 2H), 1.48-1.60 (m, 2H), 0.92 (t. 3H) MJS APC1+ 228 (MH+) Optical rotation (a] 25 -43.56 (c^2.6mg1mi MeOH) Elemental analysis +1 H20 Total MW=245.35 Calculated C(48.96), H(7.81), N(17.13) Actual C(49.05, 49.07), H(7.83, 7.85), N(17.00, 16.99) The following preparations illustrate the synthesis of certain intermediates used in the preparation of the preceding examples:
Preparation I
5-Bromo-2-(2,5-dimethyl-pyrrol-1-yl)-pyridine Br ~~ \J7 N N
2,5-hexanedione (46.2 g, 0.41 mol) was added to a suspension of 2-amino-5-bromopyridine (50.0 g, 0.29 mol) and the reaction heated to reflux for 24 hours under Dean and Stark conditions. para-Toluenesulfonic acid (100 mg) was added and the reaction was refluxed for a further 18 hours.
8 mL of water was removed, so the reaction was cooled to room temperature, washed with water (100 mL) and passed through a plug of silica gel, eluting with toluene. The eluent was concentrated in vacuo and the residue dissolved in pentane:dichloromethane (1:1 by volume) and passed through a plug of silica gel, eluting with pentane:dichloromethane (1:1 by volume). The eluent was concentrated in vacuo to give a red liquid, which solidified on standing. The solid was recrystallised (isopropanol) to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (54.4 g).
'H NMR (400MHz, CDCI3): 5H 8.66 (1H, s), 7.93-7.92 (1H, d), 7.13-7.11 (1H, d), 5.91 (2H, s), 2.13 (6H, s).
LRMS (thermospray) : m/z [M+H]+ 252.
Preparation 2 2-Chloro-1-[6-(2,5-dimethyl-pyrrol-1-yl)-pyridin-3-yl]-ethanone O
I iN CI
N
A solution of 2.5 M n-butyl lithium in hexanes (35 mL, 87.6 mmol) was added to a solution of the bromide from preparation 1(20.0 g, 79.7 mmol) in tert-butylmethylether (300 mL) at -78 C under nitrogen over 10 minutes. The reaction was stirred for a further 10 minutes and 2-chloro-N-methoxy-N-methylacetamide (12.1 g, 87.6 mmol) in tert-butylmethylether (40 mL) was added slowly. The reaction was stirred at -78 C
for 20 minutes and then 1M hydrochloric acid (200 mL) was added. The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature, stirred for 2 hours and the organic phase separated. The aqueous phase was extracted with tert-butyl methylether and the combined organic extracts were washed with water (100 mL), saturated aqueous sodium chloride (100 mL) and 1M sodium hydroxide (100 mL).
The organic phase was dried (sodium sulfate), concentrated in vacuo and the residual oil purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel eluting with pentane:dichloromethane:methanol (75:25:0 changing to 0:99:1, by volume). The residue was recrystallised from pentane:dichloromethane to give the title compound as a yellow solid.
(14.37g, 73%) 'H NMR (400MHz, CDCI3): SH 9.11 (1H, s), 8.34-8.33 (1H, d), 7.32-7.30 (1H, d), 5.91 (2H, s), 4.66 (2H, s), 2.17 (6H, s) LRMS (electrospray) : m/z [M-H]+ 247.
Preparation 3 2-(2,5-Dimethyl-pyrrol-l-yl)-5-[(2R)-oxiranyt]pyridine O
N N
A solution of the chloride from preparation 2 (12.0 g, 48.1 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (20 ml) was slowly added to a solution of (-)-B-chlorodiisopinocampheylborane (20.1 g, 62.5 mmol) in tert-butylmethylether (15 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (30 mL) at -30 C under nitrogen. The reaction was stirred for 6 hours at -30 C and then sodium perborate tetrahydrate (7.4 g, 48.1 mmol) followed by tert-butyimethylether (50 mL) were added. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours, treated with 2M aqueous sodium hydroxide (190 mL) and stirred for a further 6 hours. The organic phase was separated and the aqueous phase extracted with further tert-butylmethylether (50 mL). -The combined organic extracts were washed with IM aqueous sodium hydroxide (50 mL), saturated aqueous sodium chloride (50 mL), dried (sodium sulfate) and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel eluting with pentane:dichloromethane (80:2 changing to 100:0, by volume) to give the crude epoxide (65%
b/w, 11.0 g), which was used without further purification.
'H NMR (400MHz, CDCI3): SH 8.58 (1 H, brs), 7.68-7.66 (1 H, dd), 7.22-7.20 (1 H, d), 3.97-3.96 (1 H, m), 3.26-3.24 (1 H, m), 2.91-2.89 (1 H, m), 2.12 (6H, s) LRMS (electrospray) : m/z [M+H]+ 215, [M+Nal+, 237.
Preparation 4 (1R)-2-(Benzylamino)-1-[6-(2,5-dimethyl-1H-pyrrol-l-yl)pyridin-3-I]ethanol oH ~ I
N
/ N N
r The epoxide from Preparation 3 (2.66 g, 12mmol) was dissolved in DMSO (30 mL), treated with benzylamine (1.62 mL, 15 mmol) and the mixture heated to 90 C overnight (-16 h). After cooling to room temperature the reaction mixture was evaporated under high vacuum at 60 C to remove most of the DMSO. The residue was diluted with ethyl acetate (150 mL) and washed with water (100 mL). The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer re-extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL). The combined organic fractions were dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated to give the title compound as a yellow oil (3.29 g, 84%) ' H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8.55 (1 H, s), 7.85 (1 H, d), 7.35-7.25 (5H, m), 7.2 (1 H, d), 5.9 (2H, s), 4.8 (1 H, m), 3.89 (2H, s), 3.01 (1 H, dd), 2.78 (1 H, t), 2.1 (6H, s) MS (APCI+) 322 (MH+) Preparation 5 N-Benzyl-2-chloro-N-{(2R)-2-[6-(2,5-dimethyl-1 H-pyrrol-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl]-2-hydroxyethyl}acetamide ci OH
\ N \ I
LN N
5 The amino alcohol from Preparation 4 (3.22 g, 10 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (100 mL) sodium hydroxide (2 g, 50 mmol) in an aqueous solution (35 mL) was added and the mixture stirred vigorously. Chloroacetylchloride (0.96 mL, 12 mmol) was added dropwise and stirring was then continued at room temperature overnight (-16 h). The reaction mixture was then diluted with dichloromethane (200 0 mL) and water (100 mL). The organic layer was separated, dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated to give a brown oil (4.35 g). The 'H NMR spectrum indicated that a mixture of chloroamide and morpholinone (product of preparation'5)'was formed, so the mixture taken on forward without further purification.
MS (APCI+) 398 (MH+, chloro amide), 362 (MH+, cyclised morpholinone) 5 Preparation 6 (6R)-4-Benzyl-6-[6-(2,5-dimethyl-1 H-pyrrol-l-yl)pyridin-3-yl]morpholin-3-one p'-f 0 N
/ NI \N
The crude mixture from preparation 5 was dissolved in propan-2-ol (100 mL), water (5 mL) was added followed by potassium hydroxide (673 mg). The mixture was stirred vigorously at room temperature over ?0 night. The reaction mixture was then partitioned between ethyl acetate (200 mL) and water (150 mL). The organic layer was separated and washed with brine (150 mL), dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated to afford a dark orange oil. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane/
methanol 99:1 afforded the title compound as a yellow oil (69%) 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 8.52 (1 H, s), 7.79 (1 H, d), 7.30 (5H, m), 7.20 (1 h, d), 5.89 (2H, s), 4.89 (1 H, 25 dd), 4.76 (1 H, d), 4.634.42 (3H, m), 3.49 (1 H, t), 3.38 (1 H, dd), 2.09 (6H, s) MS (APCI+) 362 (MH+) Preparation 7 (2R)-4-Benzyl-2-[6-(2,5-dimethyl-1 H-pyrrol-l-yl)pyridin-3-yl]morpholine 0'1 .~N
/ N N
The morpholinone from preparation 6 (2.47 g, 6.8 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (100 mL) and cooled (flask in ice/ water bath). Lithium aluminiumhydride (1 M in tetrahydrofuran, 10.2 mL, 10.2 mmol) was added dropwise and after the addition the reaction mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature overnight (-16h). The reaction was quenched by the cautious addition of 1M
sodium hydroxide (10 mL) then diluted with water (150 mL) and stirred for 10 minutes. Ethyl acetate (200 mL) was added, the organic layer separated, dried over MgSO4i and evaporated to provide the title compound as a yellow oil (2.09 g, 89%) ' H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 8.59 (1 H, s), 7.81 (1 H, d), 7.3 (5H, m), 7.2 (1 H, d), 5.9 (2H, s), 4.69 (1 H, d), 4.05 (1 H, d), 3.9 (1 H, t), 3.6 (2H, s), 3.0 (1 H, d), 2.8 (1 H, d), 2.35 (1 H, t), 2.19 (1 H, t), 2.1 (6H, s) MS (APCI+) 348 (MH+) Preparation 8 (2S)-2-({(2R)-2-[6-(2,5-Dimethyl-lH-pyrrol-1-yl)pyridin-3-yi]-2-hydroxyethyl}
amino) propan-l-ol NH
/ N N
The epoxide from preparation 3 (5.4 g, 20 mmol) was dissolved in DMSO (50 mL) together with (S)-2-aminopropan-l-ol (2.0 g, 20 mmol) and the mixture heated at 90 C overnight (ca. 16 h). After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was evaporated under high vacuum and the residue purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with dich lorom ethane/ methanol (95:5 increasing polarity to 90:10) to 10 provide the title compound as a pale yellow oil (5.0 g, 75%) Preparation 9 Benzyl (2R,5S)-2-[6-(2,5-dimethyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl]-5-methylmorpholine-4-carboxylate ~ O N, O ~ I
.~ ~
/ N N O
The diol from preparation 8 (5 g, 17.2 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (60 mL) and treated with benzyl chloroformate (2.72 mL, 19 mmol) and triethylamine (2.65mL, 19 mmol).
The mixture was stirred overnight (-16 h) before being quenched by the addition of 2M sodium hydroxide (100 mL). The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 100 mL) and the combined organic fractions dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with a gradient from 25% to 60% ethyl acetate in pentane to afford the CBz-protected intermediate as a light brown oil (2.56 g, 35%) MS (ES+) 446 (MNa}) MS (ES") 422 (M-H+) A sample of the above CBz-proected diol (2 g, 4.7 mmol), was dissolved in toluene (30 mL) together with triphenylphosphine (1.5 g, 5.6 mmol). Diisopropyl azodicarboxylate (1.12 mL, 5.6 mmol) was added dropwise and the reaction mixture was left stirring overnight (-16 h). The reaction'mixture was diluted with water (100 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 100 mL). The combined organic fractions were dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with 20% ethyl acetate in pentane to afford the title compound as a clear oil (1.68).1H NMR shows the sample to contain -3 equivalents of diisopropyl hydrazine-1,2-dicarboxylate together with the title compound. Thus -40% by weight of material is the title compound, corresponding to an approximate yield of 36%.
' H NMR: 5H (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8.62 (IH, d), 7.80 (111, dd), 7.37-7.27 (5H, m), 7.11 (1 H, d), 5.88 (2H, s), 5.18 (1 H, d), 5.10 (1 H, d), 4.26 (1 H, m), 4.08 (1 H, m), 3.72 (2H, m), 3.46-3.40 (2H, m), 2.09 (6H, s), 1.37 (2H, d) MS (ES+) 406 (MH+) Preparation 10 2-(6-Amino-pyridin-3-yl)-5-methyl-morpholine-4-carboxylic acid benzyl ester N, y Morpholine from preparation 9 (680 mg, 1. mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (12 mL) and treated with hydroxylamine hydrochloride (600 mg, 8.4 mmol) and the mixture heated at 80 C
overnight (-16 h). After cooling to room temperature the solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane in methanol 0%
increasing polarity to 2% to provide the title compound as a purple coloured oil (410 mg, 95%).
'H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) SH 7.91 (1H, d), 7.43 (1H, dd), 7.37-7.28 (5H,m), 6.52 (1H, d), 5.13 (2H, 2 x d), 4.79 (1 H, m), 4.12 (1 H, m), 4.04 (2H, m), 3.37 (2H, m), 130 (3H, d) MS (ES) 328 (MH+) Preparation 11 (2S)-2-([(2R)-2-(6-Am i nopyrid i n-3-y I)-2-hyd roxyethyl]am i no}propan-l-ol H
OH
- ~ NH
HaN N
The diol from preparation 8 (1 g, 3.35 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol and treated with hydroxylamine hydrochioride (1.2 g, 16.75 mmol) and the mixture heated at 80 C overnight (-16 h). After cooling to room temperature the soivent was evaporated and the residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane/ methanol/ 880 NH3 (85:15:1 increasing polarity to 82:17:1) to provide the title compound as a light brown oil (670 mg, 95%) ' H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) SH 7.91 (1 H, s), 7.52 (1 H, d), 7.6 (1 H,d), 4.72 (1 H, d), 3.67 (1 H, d), 3.45 (1 H, m), 3.1-2.85 (3H, m), 1.15 (3H, d) MS (ES+) 212 (MH+) 234 (MNa+) Preparation 12 (2R)-3-(Benzyloxy)-2-({(2R)-2-[6-(2,5-d imethyl-1 H-pyrrol-1-yi)pyrid in-3-yl]-hydroxyethyl}amino)propan-l-ol OH
OH~='...., .O
NH I
/ N N
The epoxide from preparation 3 (5.4 g, 25 mmol) was dissolved in DMSO (50 mL) together with (S)-2-amino-3-benzyloxypropan-l-oi (5.0 g, 27.6 mmol) and the mixture heated at 90 C overnight (ca. 16 h).
After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was evaporated under high vacuum to provide a brown oil -12g of desired title compound containing some residual DMSO but of sufficient purity to use in the subsequent stage without further purification.
'H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) 5H 8.54 (1H, d), 7.99 (1H, dd), 7.25-7.22 (6H, m), 5.81 (2H, s), 4.51 (2H, m), 3.67-3.45 (5H, m), 3.01-2.81 (3H, m), 2.03 (6H, s) MS (ES) 396 MH+
Preparation 13 tert-Butyl [(1 R)-2-(benzyloxy)-1-(hydroxymethyl)ethyl]{(2R)-2-[6-(2,5-dimethyl-1 H-pyrrol-l-yl)pyridin-3-yl]-2-hydroxyethyl}carbamate OH
N-rO I
O
N
The crude diol from preparation 12 (10g, -25mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (150 mL) and treated with di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (5.52 g, 25 mmol) and the mixture stirred at room temperature overnight (-16 h). The reaction mixture was diluted with 10% aqueous K2C03 solution (200 mL), the organic layer separated and the aqueous layer extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 300 -mL). The combined organic fractions were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with 35% ethyl acetate in pentane increasing polarity of eluent to 50% ethyl acetate in pentane to afford the title compound as a pale yellow oil (6.2 g, 50% yield over 2 steps from preps 12 and 13) 'H NMR; SH (400 MHz, CD3OD) 8.55 (1H, d), 8.04-7.95 (1H, m), 7.38-7.23 (6H, m), 5.81 (2H,_s), 5.05 (1H, brm) 4.54 (2H, m), 3.93 (IH, brm), 3.83 (1H, brm), 3.78-3.60 (5H, m), 3.44-3.32 (1H, m), 2.05 (6H, s), 1.44 and 1.40 (9H, two singlets) MS (APCI+) 496 (MH') Preparation 14 tert-Butyl (2R,5S)-5-[(benzyloxy)methyl]-2-[6-(2,5-dimethyl-lH-pyrrol-l-yl)pyridin-3-yl]morpholine-4-carboxylate f NJ
The diol from preparation 13 (6.2 g, 12.5 mmol) was dissolved in toluene (100 mL) and treated with triphenylphosphine (4 g, 15 mmol) at room temperature.
Diisopropylazodicarboxylate (DIAD) (3 mL, 15 mmol) was added dropwise and the mixture allowed to stir overnight (-16 h).
The reaction mixture was then diluted with water (200 mL), the organic layer separated and the aqueous layer extracted with ethyl acetate (200 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and 3 evaporated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with 10% ethyl acetate in pentane increasing polarity to 15% ethyl acetate in pentane to provide the title compound as a clear oil (4.4 g, 74%) 'H NMR: SH (400 MHz, CDC13) 8.64 (1H, d), 7.88 (1H, dd)., 7.36-7.27 (5H, m), 7.22 (1H, d), 5.89 (2H, s), 4.96 (1 H, m), 4.62 (1 H, d), 4.54 (1 H, d), 4.28 (1 H, m), 4.12 (1 H, m) 3.82-3.68 (4H, m), 3.60 (1 H, dd), 2.12 5 (6H, s), 1.44 (9H, s) MS (APCI+) 478 MH+
Preparation 15 (2R)-3-(Benzyloxy)-2-[{(2R)-2-[6-(2,5-dimethyl-1 H-pyrrol-l-yl)pyridin-3-yl]-2-0 hydroxyethyl}(propyl)amino]propan-l-ol OH
OH~..,. ~O
i nc ~
S N N N
The crude diol from preparation 12 (3g, 7.6mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane and propanal (1.1 mL, 15.2mmol) and NaBH(OAc)3 (3.25 g, 15.2 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight (-16 h) and then solvents were evaporated. The residue was purified by flash 25 chromatography on silica gel eluting with d ich lorom ethane/ methanol/ 880 NH3 (97:3:0.5) to provide the title compound as a light brown oil still containing -3 equivalents of DMSO
contamination from the previous stage (4.5 g, corrected for DMSO -2.95g of product, 89% yield) 'H NMR: 5H (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8.52 (1H, d), 8.81 (IH, dd), 7.38-7.22 (5H, m), 7.17 (1H, d), 5.86 (2H, s), 4.72 (1 H, m), 4.54 (2H, s), 3.48-3.68 (4H, m), 3.16 (IH, m), 2.88-2.95 (1 H, m) 2.82-2.55 (3H, m), 2.07 30 (6H, s), 1.50 (2H, m), 0.87 (3H, t) MS (APCI+) 438 (MH+), 460 (MNa+) Preparation 16 (2R)-2-[[(2R)-2-(6---Aminopyridin-3-y1)-2-hydroxyethyl](propyl)amino]-3-(benzyloxy)propan-1-ol OH
OH~......,__0 ~ N ~o . . .
I , -The diol from preparation 15 (2.95 g, 6.7 mmol) was dissoived in ethanol (50 mL) treated with hydroxylamine hydrochloride (2.34 g, 33.7mmol) and the mixture heated to 80 C
overnight (-16 h). After cooling to room temperature the solvents were evaporated and the residue purified by flash 5 chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane/ methanol/ 880 NH3 (95:5:0.5 increasing polarity to 91:9:0.5) to afford the title compound as a light brown oil (1.4 g, 58%) 'H NMR: SH (400 MHz, CD3OD) 7.82 (IH, d), 7.46 (1H, dd), 7.38-7.22 (5H, m), 6.57 (1H, d), 4.57-4.44 (3H, m), 3.63-3.46 (4H, m), 3.07 (1 H, m), 2.77 (2H, d), 2.71-2.53 (2H, m), 1.46 (2H, m), 0.97 (3H, t) MS (APCI+) 360 (MH+), 382 (MNa}) Preparation 17 5-Bromo-2-(2,5-d imethyl-1 H-pyrrol-l-yl)-4-methylpyridine Br N
2-Amino-5-bromo-4-methylpyridine [commercially available] (6 g, 32 mmol) was dissolved in toluene (100 mL), hexane-2,5-dione (5.3 mL, 45 mmol) and para-toluene sulfonic acid monohydrate (50 mg) were added and the mixture heated at reflux with a Dean-Stark apparatus fitted.
When collection of water ceased the reaction mixture was cooled and diluted with water (50 mL) and 10%
aqueous K2C03 solution (50 mL), the organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer extracted with ethyl acetate (200 mL).
The combined organic fractions were dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with 5%
ethyl acetate in pentane to afford the title compound as a pale yellow oil (8 g, 95%) 'H NMR: SH (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8.62 (IH, s), 7.11 (IH, s), 5.90 (2H, s), 2.45 (3H, s), 2.15 (6H, s) MS (ESI) 267 (MH+) Preparation 18 4-Propylmorphotin-2-one oJ
Methyl 2-bromoacetate (50 mL, 0.54 mol, 1 eq) was added slowly to N-propylaminoethanol (62.4 ml, 0.54 mol, I eq) and Et3N (75 ml, 0.54 mol, leq) in toluene at 0 C and allowed to stir at room temperature overnight. Water (1 L) was added, and the mixture extracted with EtOAc (2 x 500 mL). Brine (500 mL) was added to the aqueous layer, which was re-extracted with EtOAc (2 x 500mL).
Organic layers were combined, dried (MgSO4), filtered and solvent removed in vacuo to give 62.7g (81 /o) of title compound as a clear oil.
TLC EtOAc Rf =0.5 M/S (APCI+) 144 (MH+) 'H NMR (400Mhz, CD3OD) 5H 0.9 (t, 3H), 1.4-1.6 (m, 2H), 2.3-2.4 (m, 2H), 2.6-2.7 (m, 2H), 3.3 (s, 2H), 4.4 (m, 2H) Preparation 19 2-[6-( 2, 5-D i m et h y I-1 H-py rro I-1-y I)-4-m et h y I py ri d i n-3 -y I] -4-p ro py I m o r p h o I i n-2-o I
N
OJ
/ N N OH
The bromopyridine from preparation 17 (5 g, 18.8 mmol) was dissolved in THF
(80 mL) and cooled to -78 0 C. To the stirred solution was added dropwise tert-butyllithium (22 mL, 37.7 mmol). Immediately after the addition was complete morpholinone (from preparation 18) (2.7 g, 18.8 mmol) was added as a solution in THF (20 mL) and the reaction mixture left stirring at -78 C for 1 h. The reaction was then quenched the addition on saturated aqueous NH4CI solution (100 mL), then extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL). The organic fraction was dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and evaporated.
The residue was purified by 5 flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with 35% ethyl acetate in pentane increasing polarity of eluent to 40% ethyl acetate in pentane to afford the title compound as a pale yellow oil (1.95 g, 32%) 'H NMR: SH (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8.78 (1H, s), 7.00 (1H, s), 5.86 (2H, s), 5.21 (1H, brs), 4.23 (1H, m), 3.85 (1 H, m), 3.03 (1 H, m), 2.82 (1 H, m), 2.62 (3H, s), 2.56-2.37 (4H, m), 2.08 (6H, s), 1.58 (2H, m), 0.97 (3H, t) :0 MS (ESI) 330 (MH+) Preparation 20 1-[6-(2,5-Dimethyl-1 H-pyrrol-l-yi)-4-methylpyridin-3-yl]-2-[(2-hydroxyethyl)(propyl)amino]ethanoi N
OH OH
/ N N
25 The morpholinol from preparation 19 (1.95 g, 5.9 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (25 mL) and water (10 mL) and sodium borohydride (900 mg, 23.6 mmol) was added to the stirred mixture at room temperature.
Stirring was maintained overnight (-16 h) before the reaction was quenched by the addition of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (100 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 100 mL), The combined organic fractions were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated.
The residue was purified by 30 flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane/ methanol/
880 NH3 (96:4:0.5) to afford the title compound as a yellow oil (1.4 g, 71 %) 'H NMR: SH (400 MHz, CD3OD) 8.59 (1H, s), 7.16 (1H, s), 5.80 (2H, s), 5.07 (1H, m), 3.67-3.58 (2H, m), 2.82-2.54 (6H, m), 2.47 (3H, s), 2.02 (6H, s), 1.50 (2H, m), 0.90 (3H, t) MS (ESI+) 332 (MH+) Preparation 21 1-(6-Am ino-4-methylpyridin-3-yl)-2-[(2-hydroxyethyl)(propyl)amino]ethanol N
fLfcOH
HaN N
The diol from preparation 20 (1.4 g, 4.22 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (30 mL) and treated with hydroxylamine hydrochloride (1.12 g, 16.9 mmol), and the mixture heated to reflux over night (-16 h).
After cooling to room temperature the mixture was diluted with 10% aqueous K2C03 solution and extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 200 mL). The combined organic fractions were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with d ich lorom ethane/ methanol/ 880 NH3 (93:7:1) to afford the title compound as a pale brown oil (950 mg, 89%) ' H NMR: SH (400 MHz, CD3OD) 7.90 (1 H, s), 6.39 (1 H, s), 4.81 (1 H, m), 3.66-3.57 (2H, m), 2.80-2.72 (1 H, m), 2.67-2.48 (5H, m), 2.24 (3H, s), 1.58-1.46 (2H, m), 0.91(3H, t) MS (ESI+) 254 (MH+) Preparation 22 (2S)-2-({(2R)-2-[6-(2,5-Dimethyl-1 H-pyrrol-1-yl)pyridin-3-yi]-2-hydroxyethyl}am ino)butan-l-ol OH
OH~,......_"
fJ)NH
N
The epoxide from preparation 3 (10.6 g, 49.4 mmol) was dissolved in DMSO (100 mL) together with (S)-2-aminobutan-l-ol (5.6 g, 59.4 mmol) [commercially available] and the mixture heated at 90 C overnight (ca. 16 h). After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was evaporated under high vacuum to afford a dark oil of the title compound (17.7 g) containing residual DMSO but of sufficient purity to use in the subsequent stage.
' H NMR: 'bH (400 "MHz, CDCI3) 8.56 (1 H, d), 7.82 (1 H, dd), 7.18 (1 H, d), 5.83 (2H, s), 4.77 (1 H, m), 3.63 (1 H, m), 3.39 (1 H, m), 3.04 (1 H, m), 2.96-2.78 (2H, brs), 2.70 (1 H, m), 2.58 (1 H, m), 2.05 (6H, s), 1.54-1.38 (2H, m), 0.92(3H, t) MS (ESI+) 304 (MH+) Preparation 23 (2S)-2-[{(2R)-2-[6-(2,5-Dimethyl-1 H-pyrrol-l-yl)pyridin-3-yl]-2-hydroxyethyl}(ethyl)amino]butan-l-ol OH
OH~...,...\
"~
N N
The diol from preparation 22 was dissolved in dichloromethane (50 mL) and treated with ethanal (1.66mL, 29.6 mmol) and NaBH(OAc)3 (6.3 g, 29.6 mmol) and the mixture stirred at room temperature over night (-16 h). The solvents were then evaporated and the residue purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane/ methanol/ 880 NH3 (97:3:0.5) to afford the title compound as a light brown oil (2.8 g) The material was re-purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with methanol in ethyl acetate 1% increasing polarity to 2% to afford the title compound as a clear oil (1.42 g, 43%) 'H NMR: 8H (400 MHz, CDC13) 8.58 (1H, d), 7.95 (1H, dd), 7.21 (1H, d), 5.87 (2H, s), 4.98 (3H, brm), 3.72 (1 H, dd), 3.57 (1 H, m), 3.10 (1 H, dd), 2.95 (2H, m), 2.78 (2H, m), 2.10 (6H, s), 1.57 (1 H, m), 1.43 (1 H, m), 1.18 (3H, t), 0.97 (3H, t) MS (ESI+) 332 (MH+) Preparation 24 (2S)-2-[[(2R)-2-(6-Aminopyridin-3-yl)-2-hydroxyethyl](ethyl)amino]butan-1-ol OH
OH~..,,.~".'~
The diol from preparation 23 (1.42 g, 4.3 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (50 mL) and treated with hydroxylamine hydrochloride (1.5 g, 21.4 mmol) and the mixture heated to 80 C
overnight (-16 h). After cooling to room temperature, the solvents were evaporated and the residue purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane/ methanol/ 880 NH3 (91:9:0.5) to afford the title compound as a light brown oil (990 mg, 91 %).
' H NMR: 5,., (400 MHz, CD3OD) 7.88 (1 H, d), 7.48 (IH, dd), 6.58 (IH, d), 4.50 (1 H, m), 3.42 (2H, m), 2.80 (1 H, m), 2.68 (2H, m), 1.83 (2H, m), 1.48 (1 H, m), 1.38 (m, 1 H), 1.04 (3H, t), 0.92 (3H, t) MS (ESI+) 254 (MH+), 276 (MNa+) Preparation 25 5-B rom o-2-(2,5-d imethyl-1 H-pyrrol-l-yI)-3-methylpyrid ine flBr N N
2-Amino-3-methyl-5-bromopyridine (5.86 g, 31.3 mmol) was dissolved in toluene (50 mL), hexane-2,5-dione (5.15 mL, 43.9 mmol) and para-toluene sulfonic acid monohydrate (20 mg) were added and the mixture heated at reflux with a Dean-Stark apparatus fitted. When collection of water ceased, the reaction mixture was evaporated and the residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with 5% ethyl acetate in pentane to afford the title compound as a pale yellow oil (5.1 g, 61 %) 'H NMR: 5H (400 MHz, CDC13) 8.51 (1 H, d), 7.81 (1 H, d), 5.90 (2H, s), 2.01 (3H, s), 1.97 (6H, s) ' tlc Rf=0.5 (5% EtOAc:Pentane) Preparation 26 (5S)-5-methyl-4-propylmorpholin-2-one O
N
~
The material from preparation 36 (4g, 26mmol) was dissolved in benzene (80 mL), followed by the addition of N-ethyldiisopropylamine (9.07 mL, 52 mmol) and methyl bromoacetate (2.4 mL, 26 mmol). The mixture was heated to reflux with azeotropic removal of water overnight. After cooling to room temperature, the solvent was removed by evaporation, the crude material dissolved in methanol, pre-absorbed onto Si02 and purified by flash chromatograpliy on Si02 eluting with 40% EtOAc in pentane to afford the title compound as a clear oil (1.78 g).
'H NMR (CDC13i 400MHz) SH 0.9 (t, 3H), 1.1 (d, 3H), 1.5 (m, 2H), 2.25 (m, 1H), 2.6 (m, 1H), 2.8 (m, 1H), 3.2 (d, 1 H), 3.6 (d, 1 H), 4.05 (dd, 1 H), 4.3 (dd, 1 H) TLC. Rf=0.18 (50% EtOAc in pentane, UV visualisation) Preparation 27 (5S)-2-[6-(2,5-Dimethyl-1 H-pyrrol-1-yl)-5-methylpyridin-3-yl]-5-methyl-4-propylmorpholin-2-ol N N OH
~ O
N~' ~
Bromopyridine from preparation 25 (2.5 g, 9.4 mmol) was dissoived in THF (60 mL) and cooled to -78 C.
To the stirred sQlution was added dropwise tert-butyllithium (1.5 M in pentane, 12.6 mL, 18.8 mmol).
Immediately after the addition was complete morpholinone (from preparation 26) (1.5 g, 9.4 mmol) was added as a solution in THF (10 mL) and the reaction mixture left stirring at -78 C for I h. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of saturated aqueous NH4CI solution (100 mL) then extracted with ethyl acetate (80 mL). The organic fraction was dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and evaporated.
The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with 10% ethyl acetate in pentane increasing polarity of eluent to 40% then 70% ethyl acetate in pentane to afford the title compound as a pale yellow oil (590 mg, 18%) 'H NMR: 5H (400 MHz, CDC13) 8.70 (1H, s), 7.92 (IH, s), 5.88 (2H, s), 3.77 (2H, brs), 3.0-2.37 (5H, m), 2.02 (3H, s), 1.90 (6H, s), 1.65-1.58 (2H, m), 1.10 (m, 3H), 0.99-0.84 (3H, m) MS (ESI+) 344 (MH+) Preparation 28 (2S)-2-[{2-[6-(2,5-Dimethyl-1 H-pyrrol-1-yl)-5-methylpyrid in-3-yi]-2-5 hydroxyethyl}(propyl)amino]propan-1-ol N N
I i OH OH
N
~
The morpholinol from preparation 27 (600 mg, 1.7 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (6 mL) and water (3 mL) and sodium borohydride (270 mg, 7 mmol) was added to the stirred mixture at room temperature.
Stirring was maintained overnight (-16 h) before the reaction was quenched by the addition of saturated 0 aqueous ammonium chloride (100 mL) the basified to pH -9 with 2M NaOH
solution and extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 200 mL). The combined organic fractions were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated to afford the title compound as a mixture of diastereoisomers as a yellow oil (450 mg, 75%) which was used directly without further purification MS (ESI+) 346 (MH+), 368 (MNa+) Preparation 29 (2S)-2-[[2-(6-Amino-5-methylpyridin-3-yl)-2-hydroxyethyl](propyl)amino]propan-1-ol HZN N~
~ e OH OH
N ~--õ
~
The diol from preparation 28 (420 mg, 1.5 mmol) was dissolved in propanol (5 mL) and water (1.5 mL) ?0 treated with hydroxylamine hydrochloride (2.2 g, 31.4 mmol) and triethylamine (2.2 mL, 15.7 mmol), and the mixture heated to reflux for 12 h. After cooling to room temperature the mixture was evaporated, and the residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane/ methanol/
880 NH3 (90:10:1) increasing polarity to (85:15:3) to afford a white solid (1.3 g) which was triturated with dichlorornethane- (3 x. 50 mL), the residual solvent was removed in vacuo to give 700mg of white solid 25 which was further purified by flash chromatography on siiica gel eluting with dichloromethane/methanoV
880 NH3 (92.5:7.5:0.) to afford the title compound as a clear oil (200 mg, 50%) MS (ESI+) 254 (MH+) Preparation 30 30 (2S)-2-[{(2R)-2-[6-(2,5-Dimethyl-lH-pyrrol-1-yi)pyridin-3-yi]-2-hydroxyethyl}(butyi)amino]propan-l-ol OH
OH~_1111111 N
N
The diol from preparation 8(1g, 3.35mmol, leq) was dissolved in dichloromethane (20 mL) and treated with butanal (910 l, 10 mmol 3eq) and NaBH(OAc)3 (2.1 g, 10 mmol 3eq) and the mixture stirred at room temperature over night (-16 h). The reaction was quenched with water (50m1) and extracted with CH2CI2 (2xlOOml), the organic layers combined, dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with d ichlorom ethane/ methanoV
880 NH3 (95:5:0.5) to afford the title compound as a clear oil (900 mg 86%) ' H NMR: 8H (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8.55 (1 H, d), 7.85 (1 H, dd), 7.20 (1 H, d), 6.88 (2H, s), 4.85 (1 H, m), 3.10-2.97(1 H, m), 2.87-2.94 (1 H, m), 2.43-2.70 (3H, m), 2.10 (6H, s), 1.22-1.60 (6H, m), 0.87-1.0 (6H, m) MS (ESI+) 346 (MH+) 368 (MNa+) Preparation 31 (2S)-2-[[(2R)-2-(6-Aminopyridin-3-yl)-2-hydroxyethyl](butyl)amino]propan-1-ol OH
OH õ~
( ~
HZN ~
The diol from preparation 30 (900 mg, 2.6 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (15 mL) and treated with hydroxylamine hydrochloride (905 mg, 13 mmol) and the mixture heated to 80 overnight (-16 h). After cooling to room temperature, the solvents were evaporated and the residue pre-absorbed onto silica gel and purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with a gradient of dichloromethane/ methanol/
880 NH3 (95:5:0.5 to 92:8:0.5) to afford the title compound as a light brown oil (330 mg) 'H NMR: 8H (400 MHz, CD3OD) 7.83 (1H, d), 7.50 (1H, dd), 6.59 (IH, d), 4.50 (IH, m), 3.25-3.40 (2H, m), 2.86-2.98 (1 H, m), 2.42-2.78 (4H, m), 1.20-1.42 (4H, m), 0.87-1.0 (6H, m) MS (ESI) 268 (MH+), 290 (MNa+) Preparation 32 3-(6-Chloropyridin-3-yl)-azetidine-l-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester O
N~01 N ~
CII
Zinc dust (127mg, 1.94mmol, 1.1eq) was dried for 18h at 100 C in vacuo, transferred to a round bottomed flask and heated with a hot air gun under vacuum. The flask was allowed to cool to room temperature and DMF (2ml) and 1,2-dibromoethane (12 l, 0.141mmol, 0.08eq) added. The mixture was heated to 70 C for mins, allowed to cool to r.t., and TMSCI (18 1, 0.141mmol, 0.08eq) added dropwise. This mixture was stirred at r.t. for 30min before dropwise addition of 3-iodoazetidine-l-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (Ref SynLett, 1998, 4, 379)(500mg, 1.766mmol, 1.Oeq) as a solution in DMF (2ml).
The mixture wes stirred at 40 C for 1 h. 2-chloro-5-iodopyridine was dissolved in DMF (2ml) and added, followed by Pd2dba3 (32mg, 5 0.035mmol, 0.02eq) and tri-2-furylphosphine (17mg, 0.071mmol, 0.04eq) and the mixture heated to 70 C
for 4h.
The mixture was allowed to cool, diluted with Et20(40ml) and NH4CI (40m1, sat'd aq), layers separated, the aqueous layer was re-extracted with Et20(20m1), organics combined, washed with brine (2x30m1), dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated to give a yellow solid.
10 This solid was flash chromatographed on silica gel with a gradient elution from 100% CH2CI2 to 99:1 CH2CI2:MeOH to give 235mg of impure product. This material was further purified by flsh chromatography on silica get with a gradient elution from 100% toluene to 95:5 toluene:EtOAc to give the title compound as a yellow solid (193mg, 41%) TIc Rf = 0.13 (10%EtoAc/Toluene UV visualisation) MS (APCI+) 269 (MH+) ' H NMR: SE., (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8.3 (1 H, s), 7.7 (1 H, m), 7.35 (1 H, d), 4.35 (2H, t), 3.9 (2H, t), 3.65-3.8 (1 H, m), 1.45 (9H, s) Preparation 33 5-Azetidin-3-yl-2-chloropyridine dihydrochloride H
N
N
I
CI .2HCI
3-(6-Chloropyridin-3-yl)-azetidine-l-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (190mg, 0.707mmol, 1.Oeq) was dissolved in CH2CI2 (4ml), cooled to 0 C and HCI(g) bubbled through for 10min to give a dark orange solution. This was stirred at r.t. for 72h. The mixture was evaporated to give a light brown solid, triturated with Et20, the resulting solid filtered and dried at 60 C in vacuo to give the title compound (141mg, 83%).
Tic Rf=0.15 (CH2CI2:MeOH:NH40H 90:10:1) MS (APCI+) 169 (MH+) MS (ESI+) 169 (MH+) 'H NMR.: SH (400 MHz, CD30D) 8.4 (1H, s), 7.95-8.05 (IH, m), 7.55 (1H, d), 4.2-4.5 (5H, m) Preparation 34 2-Chloro-5-(1-propylazetidin-3-yl)-pyridine N~~ =
N
CI
5-Azetidin-3-yl-2-chloropyridine dihydrochloride (131mg, 0.542mmol 1.Oeq) was partitioned between CH2CI2 (10m1) and K2C03 (10mI, 10% w/v aq), the layers separated, and the aqueous layer re-extracted with CHaCi2 (10mi). The organic layers were combined, dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated to ca 2ml volume. Propionaldehyde (79 1, 1.084mmol, 2.Oeq) and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (230mg, 1.084mmol, 2.Oeq) were added and the mixture stirred at r.t. for 2.5h. The mixture was quenched with H20(0.5m1) and partitioned between CH2CI2 (10m1) and K2CO3 (10mI, 10% w/v aq) the layers separated, and the aqueous, layer re-extraced with CH2CI2 (10m1). The organic layers were combined, dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated to give a dark brown oil. This oil was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel with a gradient elution from 100% CH2CI2 to 95:5 CH2CI2:MeOH to give the title compound as a yellow oil (41mg, 36%) Tic Rf=0.39 (CH2CI2:MeOH:NH4OH 90:10:1 UV visualisation) MS (APCI+) 211 (MH+) 'H NMR: SH (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8.25 (1 H, s), 7.65-7.75 (1 H, m), 7.25 (1 H, d), 3.6-3.75 (3H, m), 3.1 (t, 2H), 2.4 (t, 2H), 1.3-1.5 (m, 2H), 0.9 (t, 3H) Preparation 35 Benzhydrylidene-[5-(1-ppropylazetidin-3-yl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine N
I ~ N
2-Chloro-5-(1-propylazetidin-3-yl)-pyridine (100mg, 0.475mmol, 1.Oeq), 1,1-diphenylmethanimine (951A1, 0.570mmol, 1.2eq), palladium (II) acetate (4.4mg, 0.00475mmol, 0.01eq), BINAP
(8.7mg, 0.014mmol, 0.03eq) and sodium tert-butoxide (49mg, 0.665mmol, 1.4eq) were combined in toluene (2ml) and heated to 80 C for 16h. Further palladium (II) acetate (4.4mg, 0.00475mmol, 0.01eq) and BINAP (8.7mg, 0.014mmol, 0.03eq) were added and the mixture heated to reflux for 4h. The mixture was allowed to cool to r.t. and partitioned between EtOAc (25m1) and K2C03 (20m1, 10% w/v aq), the layers separated, and the aqueous layer re-extracted with EtOAc (2x25mlml). The organic layers were combined, dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated to give an orange oil. This oil was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with a gradient on 100% CH2CI2 to 95:5:0.5 CH2CI2:MeOH:NH4OH to give the title compound as a yellow oil (110mg, 66%) Tlc Rf=0.22 (90:10:1 CH2CI2:MeOH:NH40H UV visualization) MS (APCI+) 356 (MH+) 'H NMR: SH (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8.2 (1 H, s), 7.8 (2H, m), 7.0-7.6 (9H, m), 6.55 (1 H, d), 3.65-3.8 (3H, m), 3.1 (2H, t), 2.45 (t, 2H), 1.3-1.5 (m, 2H), 0.95 (t, 3H) CHN +0.75 H20 Calculated C(78.12) H(7.24) N(11.39) Observed C(77.85, 78.12) H(7.04, 7.04) N(11.18, 11.28) Preparation 36 (2S)-2-(propylamino)propan-l-ol hydrochloride HO
HN
HCI
To (2S)-(+)-2-aminopropan-1-ol (19.6g, 0.26mo1) dissolved in CH2CI2 (500 mL) was added propionaldehyde (20.9 mL, 0.28 mol) followed by pre-dried, powdered 4A
molecular sieves (40g) and the mixture stirred at room temperature overnight. The mixture was filtered through a pad of celite (filter agent), the pad washed with CH2CI2, and solvent evaporated from the filtrate to give a clear oil. This oil was dissolved in methanol (200 mL) and NaBH4 was added portionwise over 15 minutes. The mixture was stirred at r.t. overnight, then quenched by cautious addition of 2M aqueous HCI (200 mL), basified by addition of 2M aqueous NaOH (200 mL) and methanol removed by evaporation. Di-tert-butyldicarbonate (115 g, 0.52 mol) was added to the residue followed by 1,4-dioxan (200 mL) and the mixture stirred at r.t.
0 overnight. 1,4-dioxan was removed by evaporation and the residue diluted with water (750 mL) and extracted with CH2CI2 (2 x 750 mL). The combined organic fractions were dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated giving a clear oil. To this oil was added 4M HCI in 1,4-dioxan (200 mL) and the mixture stirred at r.t. overnight. The solvent was removed by evaporation to give the title compound as a white solid (24 g).
'H NMR (DMSO, 400MHz) 5: 0.95 (3H, t), 1.2 (3H, d), 1.6 (2H, m), 2.8 (2H, m), 3.15 (1H, m), 3.5 (IH, brm), 3.6 (1H, m), 5.4 (1H, b), 8.6-8.9 (2H, brd) M/S (APCI+), 118 (MH+) Preparation 37 ?0 (2S)-2-({2-[6-(2,5-Dimethyl-lH-pyrrol-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl]-2-hydroxyethyl}
amino) propan-l-ol OH
OH õ%
NH
N N
n The epoxide from preparation 40 (950 mg, 4.4 mmol) was dissolved in DMSO (10 mL) together with (S)-2-aminopropan-l-ol (380 L, 4.9 mmol) and the mixture heated at 90 C overnight (ca. 16 h). After cooling to room temperature,.the mixture was evaporated under high vacuum and the residue purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane/ methanol/ 0.880 NH3 (98:2:0 increasing polarity to 90:10:1) to provide the title compound as a pale yellow oil (780 mg, 67% over 2 steps from preparation 40).
'H NMR: SH (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8.61 (1H, d), 7.86 (1H, dd), 7.21 (1H, d), 5.90 (2H, s), 4.90.(1H, m), 3.68 (1 H,m), 3.46 (1 H, m), 3.26-2.72 (4H, m), 2.11 (6H, s), 1.14 (3H, 2 x d) MS (APCI+) 290 (MH+) Preparation 38 (2S)-2-[{2-[6-(2,5-Dimethyl-1 H-pyrrol-l-yl)pyridin-3-yl]-2-hydroxyethyl}(ethyl)ami:no]propan-l-oi (diastereomer mix) OH
OH
I ~ N1 N
5 The diol from preparation 37 (1.5 g, 5.2 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (25 mL) and treated with acetaldehyde (870 L, 15.5 mmol) and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (3.3 g, 15.5 mmol) and the reaction mixture left stirring at room temperature overnight (-16 h). The reaction mixture was diluted with saturated ammonium chloride solution then basified by the addition of 10% aqueous K2C03 solution, and then extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 150 mL). The combined organics were dried (MgSO4), filtered and 10 evaporated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane/methanol. 0.880 NH3 (93:7:0.5) to afford the title compound as a mixture of diastereoisomers as a slighlty impure light brown oil (2.5 g). This material was used directly without further purification.
'H NMR: 5H (400 MHz, CDC13) 8.56 (1H, m), 7.87 (1H, m), 7.21 (1H, d), 5.89 (2H, s), 4.82 (1H, m), 3.77-15 3.65 (1 H, m), 3.18-3.05 (1 H, m), 2.95-2.57 (5H, m), 2.10 (6H, s), 1.18-1.10 (2 x 3H, t), 1.00-0.92 (2 x 3H
d) MS (ESI+) 318 (MH+) Preparation 39 20 (2S)-2-[[2-(6-Aminopyridin-3-yl)-2-hydroxyethyl](ethyl)amino]propan-l-oi (diastereomer mix) OH
OH .' N
The diol from preparation 38 (2.5 g, 7.8 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (80 mL) and treated with hydroxylamine hydrochloride (2.7 g, 21.4 mmol) and the mixture heated to 80 C
overnight (--16 h). After cooling to room temperature, the solvents were evaporated and the residue purified by flash 25 chromatography ori silica gel eluting with d ich lorom ethane/ methanol/
880 NH3 (95:5:0.5 increasing polarity to 90:10:1) to afford the title compound as a light brown oil (1.5 g, 80%) 'H NMR: SH (400 MHz, CDCI3) 7.86 (1H, m), 7.50 (1H, m), 6.58 (IH, m), 4.62-4.49 (1H, m), 3.66-3.29 (2H, m), 3.06 -2.41 (7H, m), 1.13-0.86 (6H, m) MS (ESI+) 240 (MH+) Preparation 40 2-(2,5-Dimethyl-pyrrol-l-yi)-5-[oxiranyl]pyridine O
N N
Ethanolamine (0.24mL, 4 mmol) was added dropwise to a sotution of borane.tetrahydrofuran complex (1M
soiution in tetrahydrofuran, 8 rnL, 8 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (5 mL) cooled to 0 C over 15 minutes. The mixture was allowed reach room temperature then the chloride from preparation 2 (1 g, 4 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran was added dropwise to the stirred solution. The reaction mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes then quenched by the addition of 2M sodium hydroxide (10 mL) and the reaction mixture stirred for a further 1 hour. The mixture was then extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 50 mL), dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated to afford the racemic epoxide as a yellow oil (950 mg). 'H nmr was as for preparation 3. Thd"materiat was canied forward directly without further purification.
Preparation 41 4-propyt-2-tFiiazol-5-yl-m orpholin-2-ol O,-) N
f OH 1 N
To 2-trimethytsilyl thiazole (9.5g, 60.5mmol, leq) in EtzO (200mt) at -78 C
was added dropwise n-butyl lithium (36mi, 2.5M In hexanes, 90.7mmoi, 1.5eq) and the mixture stirred at -78 C for 30min. 4-propylmorpholin-2-one (prepared according to the method described in WO
2004/052372 - 8.65g, 60.5mmol, leq) in Et2O (50m1) added over 5 min (temperature increases to -55 C
during addition). The mixture was re-cooled to 78 C and allowed to stir at !78 C for 2h. The reaction was quenched by dropwise addition of water, allowed to warm to r.t. and extracted with EtOAc (2x500mf) and dichioromekhahe (2x300m1). The organic extracts were combined, dried over MgSO4 and solvent evaporated to give a brown oil. The ol was chromatographed through a Si02 column on an fscoK
Companion Comtiitiash autochromatography system with a gradient elution from 9812/0.5 CHzCIa/MeOHMH,to 95/5/0.5 CHZCt~IAAeOHlNHyto give a pale brown solid (8.5g, 61%).
'H NMR (404MHz, CD3OD) b(ppm) : 8_91 (s, IH), 7.91(s,1H), 4.13-4.22 (m. IH), 3.68-3.75 (m, 1 H), 2.97 (d. 1H), 2.68-2.80 (m, 1H), 2.26-2.40 (m, 4H), 1.48-1.60 (m, 21-1), 0.93 (m, 3H) M!S APCI+ 229 (MH+) Tic 9515/0.5 CH2CI2INIeOH1NH3 Rf=0.35 Tlc EtOAc Rf=0.3 Preparation 42 2-[(2-hydroxyethyl)(propyl)am ino]-1-(1,3-th iazol-5-yi)ethanol OH
OH ~
$ N
N
To 4-propyi-2-thiazol-5-yl-morpholin-2-ol (8.5g, 37.3mmol) in EtOH (125m1) and water (125mt) was added NaBH4 and the mixture stirred at r.t. for 1h. The mixture was diluted with water (200m1) and extracted with dichloromethane (3x250mi). Organic layers combined, dried over idJgSO4 and sotvent evaporated to give a paie oil (6.2g).
'H NMR' (400MHz, CD3OD) b(ppm) : 8.92 (s, 1 H), 7.80 (s. I H), 5.05 (t, 1 H).
3.56-3.65- (m, 2H), 2.62-2.80 (m, 4H), 2.51-2.59 (m, 2H), 1.43-1.53 (m, 2H), 0.87 (t, 3H) M/S APCI+ 231 (MH+). %-tl.c. 90/10/1 CH.-C12/WOH/NFI3 Rf 0.45 Preparation 43 4-propyl-2-(1,3-thiazoi-5 yl)morphotine S N
a N
2-1(2-hydroxyethyl){propy{)amino}-1-(1,3-thiazol-5-y1)ethanol (5.7g 24.8mmol) in dichforomethane (20m1) was treated with concentrated sulphuric acid (50mo . On complete addition dichloromethane removed in vacuo and resulting mixture heated to 140 C for 1h. The mixture was allowed to cool to r.t, poured into ice and cautiously quenched by addition of 0.880 NH3 with Ice cooling maintaining T<20 C. The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (2x250m1) dried over MgSO4 and solvent evaporated to give a brown oil. This material was chromatographed on an tscomx Companion Combiflash autochromatography system with an eiuant of 9812l0.5 CH;CI21MeOH1NH3 to give the product as a pale brown oil_ 'H NMR (400MHz, CD30D) b(ppm) : 8.94 (s, 11i), 7.84 (s, IH), 4.93 (dd, IH), 3.93-4.0 (m, 1H), 3.76-3.84 (m, 1H), 3.07 (d,1H), 2.81 (d,1H), 2.35-2.41 (m, 2H), 2.17-2.30 (m.2H),1.50-1.62 (m, 2H), 0.94 (t, 3H) MIS APCI+ 213 (MH+) Tlc 951510:5 CH2CI~lMlMeOH/NH~ Rf-0.55 Preparation 44 2-(2-bromo-1,3-thiazol-5-yl)-4-propylmorphoiine o") Br--~~
S N~
N
To 4-propyl-241,3-ihiazoi-5-yl)morpholine (2.9g 13.7mmol) in THF (50m1) at ?8 C was added n-butyl iithium (5.5m1, 2.5M in hexanes, 13.7mmol, 1eq) and allowed to stir at -78 C
for 30min. A solvtion of carbon tetrabromide (4.5g, 13.7mmol) in THF (20m1j was added maintaining T<-70 C tiur3ng the addi6on, 3nd the rmi.xiuie allflwed to stir at -70 C for 1h. The reaction was quenched by cautious addition of water and allowed to warm to r.t. over 18h. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3x150ml), dried over MgSO4 and solvent evaporated to give a brown oil. This material was chromatographed on an Isco Companion Combiflash autochromatography system with a gradient elution from 99/1/0.1 CH2CI2/MeOH/NH3 to 95/5/0.5 CH2CI2/MeOH/NH3to give the product as a brown oil (2.5g, 63%).
5'H NMR (400MHz, CD3OD) b(ppm) : 7.54 (s, 1 H), 4.83-4.89 (m, 1 H), 3.90-3.96 (m, 1 H), 3.70-3.79 (m, 1H), 3.02 (d, 1 H), 2.75 (d, 1 H), 2.35-2.41 (m, 2H), 2.17-2.30 (m, 2H), 1.50-1.62 (m, 2H), 0.94 (t, 3H) M/S APCI+ 293 (MH+) Tlc 95/5/0.5 CHaCI2/MeOH/NH3 Rf=0.75
By cross reference herein to compounds contained in patents and patent applications which can be used in accordance with invention, we mean the therapeuticaily acbve compounds as defined in the claims Cn particular of claim 1) and the specific examples.
If a combination of active agents is administered, then they may be administered simultaneously, separately or sequentially.
The compounds of formula I should be assessed for their biopharmaceutical properties, such as solubility and solution stability (across pH), permeability, etc., in order to select the most appropriate dosage form and route of administration for treatment of the proposed indication.
Compounds of the invention intended for pharmaceutical use may be administered as crystalline or amorphous products. They may be obtained, for example, as solid plugs, powders, or films by methods such as precipitation, crystallization, freeze drying, spray drying, or evaporative drying. Microwave or radio frequency drying may be used for this purpose.
They may be administered alone or in combination with one or more other compounds of the invention or 5 in combination with one or more other drugs (or as any combination thereof).
Generally, they will be administered as a formulation in association with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients.
The term 'excipient' is used herein to describe any ingredient other than the compound(s) of the invention.
The choice of excipient will to a large extent depend on factors such as the particular mode of administration, the effect of the excipient on solubility and stability, and the nature of the dosage form.
!0 Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for the delivery of compounds of the present invention and methods for their preparation will be readily apparent to those skilled in the art.
Such compositions and methods for their preparation may be found, for example, in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 19th Edition (Mack Publishing Company, 1995).
Accordingly the present invention provides for a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula (I), and a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or carrier.
The compounds of the invention may be administered orally. Oral administration may involve swallowing, 30 so that the compound enters the gastrointestinal tract, and/or buccal, lingual, or sublingual administration by which the compound enters the blood stream directly from the mouth.
Formulations suitable for oral administration include solid, semi-solid and liquid systems such as tablets;
soft or hard capsules containing multi- or nano-particulates, liquids, or powders; lozenges (including liquid-35 filled); chews; gels; fast dispersing dosage forms; films; ovules; sprays;
and buccal/mucoadhesive patches.
Liquid formulations include suspensions, solutions, syrups and elixirs. Such formulations may be employed as fillers in soft or hard capsules (made, for example, from gelatin or 40 hydroxypropylmethylcellulose) and typically comprise a carrier, for example, water, ethanol, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, methylcellulose, or a suitable oil, and one or more emulsifying agents and/or suspending agents. Liquid formulations may also be prepared by the reconstitution of a solid, for example, from a sachet.
The compounds of the invention may also be used in fast-dissolving, fast-disintegrating dosage forms 5 such as those described in Expert Opinion in Therapeutic Patents, 11 (6), 981-986, by Liang and Chen (2001).
For tablet dosage forms, depending on dose, the drug may make up from 1 weight % to 80 weight % of the dosage form, more typically from 5 weight % to 60 weight % of the dosage form. In.addition to the 10 drug, tablets generally contain a disintegrant. Examples of disintegrants include sodium starch glycolate, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, calcium carboxymethyl cellulose, croscarmellose sodium, crospovidone, polyvinylpyrrolidone, methyl cellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, lower alkyl-substituted hydroxypropyl cellulose, starch, pregelatinised starch and sodium alginate. Generally, the disintegrant will comprise from 1 weight % to 25 weight %, preferably from 5 weight % to 20 weight % of the dosage form.
Binders are generally used to impart cohesive qualities to a tablet formulation. Suitable binders include microcrystalline cellulose, gelatin, sugars, polyethylene glycol, natural and synthetic gums, polyvinylpyrrolidone, pregelatinised starch, hydroxypropyl cellulose and hydroxypropyl methylcellulose.
Tablets may also contain diluents, such as lactose (monohydrate, spray-dried monohydrate, anhydrous and the like), mannitol, xylitol, dextrose, sucrose, sorbitol, microcrystalline cellulose, starch and dibasic calcium phosphate dihydrate.
Tablets may also optionally comprise surface active agents, such as sodium lauryl sulfate and polysorbate 80, and glidants such as silicon dioxide and talc. When present, surface active agents may comprise from 0.2 weight % to 5 weight % of the tablet, and glidants may comprise from 0.2 weight % to I weight % of the tablet.
Tablets also generally contain lubricants such as magnesium stearate, calcium stearate, zinc stearate, sodium stearyl fumarate, and mixtures of magnesium stearate with sodium lauryl sulphate. Lubricants generally comprise from 0.25 weight % to 10 weight %, preferably from 0.5 weight % to 3 weight % of the tablet.
Other possible ingredients include anti-oxidants, colourants, flavouring agents, preservatives and taste-masking agents.
Exemplary tablets contain up to about 80% drug, from about 10 weight % to about 90 weight % binder, from about 0 weight % to about 85 weight % diluent, from about 2 weight % to about 10 weight %
disintegrant, and from about 0.25 weight % to about 10 weight % lubricant.
Tablet blends may be compressed directly or by roller to form tablets. Tablet blends or portions of blends may alternatively be wet-, dry-, or melt-granulated, melt congealed, or extruded before tabletting. The final formulation may comprise one or more layers and may be coated or uncoated; it may even be encapsulated.
The formulation of tablets is discussed in Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms:
Tablets, Vol. 1, by H. Lieberman and L. Lachman (Marcel Dekker, New York, 1980).
Consumable oral films for human or veterinary use are typically pliable water-soluble or water-swellable thin film dosage forms which may be rapidly dissolving or mucoadhesive and typically comprise a compound of formula I, a film-forming polymer, a binder, a solvent, a humectant, a plasticiser, a stabiliser or emulsifier, a viscosity-modifying agent and a solvent. Some components of the formulation may perform more than one function.
The compound of formula I may be water-soluble or insoluble. A water-soluble compound typically comprises from I weight % to 80 weight %, more typically from 20 weight % to 50 weight %, of the 5 solutes. Less soluble compounds may comprise a greater proportion of the composition, typically up to 88 weight % of the solutes. Alternatively, the compound of formula I may be in the form of multiparticulate beads.
The film-forming polymer may be selected from natural polysaccharides, proteins, or synthetic ?0 hydrocolloids and is typically present in the range 0.01 to 99 weight %, more typically in the range 30 to 80 weight %.
Other possible ingredients include anti-oxidants, colorants, flavourings and flavour enhancers, preservatives, salivary stimulating agents, cooling agents, co-solvents (including oils), emollients, bulking 25 agents, anti-foaming agents, surfactants and taste-masking agents.
Films in accordance with the invention are typically prepared by evaporative drying of thin aqueous films coated onto a peelable backing support or paper. This may be done in a drying oven or tunnel, typically a combined coater dryer, or by freeze-drying or vacuuming.
Solid formulations for oral administration may be formulated to be immediate and/or modified release.
Modified-release formulations include delayed-, sustained-, pulsed-, controlled-, targeted and programmed release.
Suitable modified release formulations for the purposes of the invention are described in US Patent No.
6,106,864. Details of other suitable release technologies such as high energy dispersions and osmotic and coated particles are to be found in Pharmaceutical Technology On-line, 25(2), 1-14, by Verma et al (2001). The use of chewing gum to achieve controlled release is described in WO 00/35298.
The compounds of the invention may also be administered directly into the blood stream, into muscle, or into an internal organ. Suitable means for parenteral administration include intravenous, intraarterial, intraperitoneal, intrathecal, intraventricular, intraurethral, intrasternal, intracranial, intramuscular, intrasynovial and subcutaneous. Suitable devices for parenteral administration include needle (including microneedle) injectors, needle-free injectors and infusion techniques.
Parenteral formulations are typically aqueous solutions which may contain excipients such as salts, carbohydrates and buffering agents (preferably to a pH of from 3 to 9), but, for some applications, they may be more suitably formulated as a sterile non-aqueous solution or as a dried form to be used in conjunction with a suitable vehicle such as sterile, pyrogen-free water.
The preparation of parenteral formulations under sterile conditions, for example, by lyophilisation, may readily be accomplished using standard pharmaceutical techniques well known to those skilled in the art.
The solubility of compounds of formula I used in the preparation of parenteral solutions may be increased by the use of appropriate formulation techniques, such as the incorporation of solubility-enhancing agents.
Formulations for parenteral administration may be formulated to be immediate and/or modified release.
Modified release formulations include delayed-, sustained-, pulsed-, controlled-, targeted and programmed release. Thus compounds of the invention may be formulated as a suspension or as a solid, semi-solid, or thixotropic liquid for administration as an implanted depot providing modified release of the active !0 compound. Examples of such formulations include drug-coated stents and semi-solids and suspensions comprising drug-loaded poly(d/-Iactic-cogiycolic)acid (PGLA) microspheres.
The compounds of the invention may also be administered topically, (intra)dermatly, or transdermally to the skin or mucosa. Typical formulations for this purpose include gels, hydrogels, lotions, solutions, ?5 creams, ointments, dusting powders, dressings, foams, films, skin patches, wafers, implants, sponges, fibres, bandages and microemulsions. Liposomes may also be used. Typical carriers include alcohol, water, mineral oil, liquid petrolatum, white petrolatum, glycerin, polyethylene glycol and propylene glycol.
Penetration enhancers may be incorporated - see, for example, J Pharm Sci, 88 (10), 955-958, by Finnin and Morgan (October 1999).
Other means of topical administration include delivery by electroporation, iontophoresis, phonophoresis, sonophoresis and microneedle or needle-free (e.g. PowderjectT"", BiojectT ", etc.) injection.
Formulations for, topical administration may be formulated to be immediate and/or modified release.
Modified release formulations include delayed-, sustained-, pulsed-, controlled-, targeted and programmed release.
The compounds of the invention can also be administered intranasally or by inhalation, typically in the form of a dry powder (either alone, as a mixture, for example, in a dry blend with lactose, or as a. mixed component particle, for example, mixed with phospholipids, such as phosphatidylcholine) from a dry powder inhaler, as an aerosol spray from a pressurised container, pump, spray, atomiser (preferably an atomiser using electrohydrodynamics to produce a fine mist), or nebuliser, with or without the use of a suitable propellant, such as 1,1,1,2-tetrafluoroethane or 1,1,1,2,3,3,3-heptafluoropropane, or as nasal drops. For intranasal use, the powder may comprise a bioadhesive agent, for exampie, chitosan or cyclodextrin.
The pressurised container, pump, spray, atomizer, or nebuliser contains a solution or suspension of the compound(s) of the invention comprising, for example, ethanol, aqueous ethanol, or a suitable alternative agent for dispersing, solubilising, or extending release of the active, a propellant(s) as solvent and an optional surfactant, such as sorbitan trioleate, oleic acid, or an oligolactic acid.
Prior to use in a dry powder or suspension formulation, the drug product is micronised to a size suitable for delivery by inhalation (typically less than 5 microns). This may be achieved by any appropriate comminuting method, such as spiral jet milling, fluid bed jet milling, supercritical fluid processing to form nanoparticles, high pressure homogenisation, or spray drying.
Capsules (made, for example, from gelatin or hydroxypropylmethylcellulose), blisters and cartridges for use in an inhaler or insufflator may be formulated to contain a powder mix of the compound of the invention, a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch and a performance modifier such as I-leucine, mannitol, or magnesium stearate. The lactose may be anhydrous or in the form of the monohydrate, preferably the latter. Other suitable excipients include dextran, glucose, maltose, sorbitol, xylitol, fructose, sucrose and trehalose.
A suitable solution formulation for use in an atomiser using electrohydrodynamics to produce a fine mist may contain from lpg to 20mg of the compound of the invention per actuation and the actuation volume may vary from 1 pl to 100N1. A typical formulation may comprise a compound of formula I, propylene glycol, sterile water, ethanol and sodium chloride. Alternative solvents which may be used instead of propylene glycol include glycerol and polyethylene glycol.
Suitable flavours, such as menthol and levomenthol, or sweeteners, such as saccharin or saccharin sodium, may be added to those formulations of the invention intended for inhaled/intranasal administration.
Formulations for inhaled/intranasal administration may be formulated to be immediate and/or modified release using, for example, PGLA. Modified release formulations include delayed-, sustained-, pulsed-, controlled-, targeted and programmed release.
In the case of dry powder inhalers and aerosols, the dosage unit is determined by means of a valve which delivers a metered amount. Units in accordance with the invention are typically arranged to administer a metered dose or "puff' containing from ... to ... pg of the compound of formula I. The overall daily dose will typically be in the range ... pg to ... mg which may be administered in a single dose or, more usually, as divided doses throughout the day.
The compounds of the invention may be administered rectally or vaginally, for example, in the form of a suppository, pessary, or enema. Cocoa butter is a traditional suppository base, 'but various alternatives may be used as appropriate.
Formulations for rectal/vaginal administration may be formulated to be immediate and/or modified release.
Modified release formulations include delayed-, sustained-, pulsed-, controlled-, targeted and programmed release.
The compounds of the invention may also be administered directly to the eye or ear, typically in the form of drops of a micronised suspension or solution in isotonic, pH-adjusted, sterile saline. Other formulations suitable for ocular and aural administration include ointments, gels, biodegradable (e.g. absorbable gel sponges, collagen) and non-biodegradable (e.g. silicone) implants, wafers, lenses and particulate or vesicular systems, such as niosomes or liposomes. A polymer such as crossed-linked polyacrylic acid, polyvinylalcohol, hyaluronic acid, a cellulosic polymer, for example, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose, or methyl cellulose, or a heteropolysaccharide polymer, for example, gelan gum, may be incorporated together with a preservative, such as benzalkonium chloride.
Such formulations may also be delivered by iontophoresis.
Formulations for ocular/aural administration may be formulated to be immediate and/or modified release.
Modified release formulations include delayed-, sustained-, pulsed-, controlled-, targeted, or programmed release.
The compounds of the invention may be combined with soluble macromolecular entities, such as cyclodextrin and suitable derivatives thereof or polyethylene glycol-containing polymers, in order to improve their solubility, dissolution rate, taste-masking, bioavailability and/or stability for use in any of the aforementioned modes of administration.
Drug-cyclodextrin complexes, for example, are found to be generally useful for most dosage forms and administration routes. Both inclusion and non-inclusion complexes may be used.
As an alternative to direct complexation with the drug, the cyclodextrin may be used as an auxiliary additive, i.e. as a carrier, diluent, or solubiliser. Most commonly used for these purposes are alpha-, beta- and gamma-cyclodextrins, examples of which may be found in International Patent Applications Nos. WO 91/11172, WO 94/02518 and WO 98/55148.
Inasmuch as it may desirable to administer a combination of active compounds, for example, for the purpose of treating a particular disease or condition, it is within the scope of the present invention that two or more pharmaceutical compositions, at least one of which contains a compound in accordance with the invention, may conveniently be combined in the form of a kit suitable for coadministration of the compositions.
Thus the kit of the invention comprises two or more separate pharmaceutical compositions, at least one of which contains a compound of formula I in accordance with the invention, and means for separately retaining said compositions, such as a container, divided bottle, or divided foil packet. An example of such a kit is the familiar blister pack used for the packaging of tablets, capsules and the like.
The kit of the invention is particularly suitable for administering different dosage forms, for example, oral and parenteral, for administering the separate compositions at different dosage intervals, or for titrating the separate compositions against one another. To assist compliance, the kit typically comprises directions for administration and may be provided with a so-called memory aid.
The invention is illustrated by the following non-limiting examples in which the following abbreviations and definitions are used:
ao optical rotation at 587nm.
Ac20 acetic anhydride APCI atmospheric pressure chemical ionisation Arbacel filter agent br broad Boc tert-butoxycarbonyl Bu butyl CDCI3 chloroform-dl CD30D methanol-d4 s chemical shift d doublet dd double doublet DCM dichloromethane DMF N,N-dimethylformamide DMSO dimethylsulfoxide eq (molar) equivalents ESI electrospray ionisation Et ethyl.
EtOAc ethyl acetate h hours HCI hydrogen chloride HPLC high performance liquid chromatography .-HR M/S high resolution mass spectrum IPA isopropylalcohol KOAc potassium acetate m multiplet Me methyl MeCN acetonitrile M/S mass spectrum min minutes NMR nuclear magnetic resonance q quartet r.t. room temperature s singlet sat saturated t triplet td triplet of doublets Tf trifluoromethanesulfonyl TFA trifluoroacetic acid THF tetrahydrofuran TIPS triisopropylsilyl TLC/t.I.c thin layer chromatography 'H Nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectra were in all cases consistent with the proposed structures.
Characteristic chemical shifts (S) are given in parts-per-million SH downfield from tetramethylsilane using conventional abbreviations for designation of major peaks: e.g. s, singlet; d, doublet; t, triplet; q, quartet;
m, multiplet; br, broad. The following abbreviations have been used for common solvents: CDCI3, deuterochloroform; DMSO, dimethylsulfoxide. The abbreviation psi means pounds per square inch and LRMS means low resolution mass spectrometry. Where thin layer chromatography (TLC) has been used it refers to silica gel TLC using silica gel 60 F254 plates, Rf is the distance travelled by a compound divided by the distance travelled by the solvent front on a TLC plate.
Example 1 5-[(2R)-4-Benzylmorpholin-2-yl]pyridin-2-amine N
~ ~ -The morpholine from. preparation 7 (2.05 g, 6 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (75 mL), hydroxylamine hydrochloride (2,05 g, 30 mmol) was added and the mixture heated at 80 C
overnight (-16 h). After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness to a yellow oily residue which was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane/methanol/ 0.880 NH3 98:2:0 increasing polarity to 95:5:0 then 95:5:0.5, then 90:10:1 to afford the title corripound (645 mg, 40%) 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) SH 8.01 (1H, s), 7.43 (1H, d), 7.33 (5H, m), 6.46 (1H, d), 4.45 (3H brm), 3.96 (1 H, d), 3.8 (1 H, t), 3.54 (2H, s), 2.84 (1 H, d), 2.74 (1 H, d), 2.26 (1 H, m), 2.12 (1 H, t) MS (APCI+) 270 (MH+) WO 2005/115985 _ PCT/IB2005/001554 Example 2 5-[(2R)-Morpholin-2-yl]pyridin-2-amine YDNH
The benzyi morpholine from example 1 (990 mg, 3.7 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (20 mL) ammonium formate (1.16 g, 18.5 mmol) followed by 10% Pd on carbon (495 mg) were 'added and the mixture heated at reflux for 2 h. The cooled reaction mixture was filtered through a plug of arbocel and evaporated to provide an orange solid (1.49 g). This material was purified by flash chromatography on 0 silica gel (compound pre-absorbed onto silica) eluting with dichloromethane/methanol/ 0.880 NH3 90:10:1, to afford the title compound as a white solid (467 mg, 70%).
1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) 8H 7.82 (1 H, s), 7.45(1 H, d), 6.58 (1 H, d), 4.34 (1 H, d), 3.95 (1 H, d), 3.72 (1 H, t), 2.95-2.80 (3H, m) 2.7 (1H, t) MS (APCI+) 180 (MH+) [a]o -39.4 (c = 0.12, MeOH) Example 3 5-[(2R)-4-(3-Phenylpropyl)morpholin-2-yl]pyridin-2-am ine ?0 The morpholine from example 2 (80 mg, 0.45 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (15 mL) and 3-phenylpropionaldehyde (59 L, 0.45 mmol) was added as a solution in tetrahydrofuran (15 mL) over 15 minutes. After the addition was compiete, sodium triacetoxyborohydride (227 mg, 1 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture stirred at room temperature for 6 h. The reaction mixture was then diluted with saturated sodium hydrogencarbonate solution (50 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic fractions were dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated to provide a-yellow oil.
Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane/methanol/ 0.880 NH3 98:2:0.2 increasing polarity to 95:5:0.5 afforded the title compound (51 mg, 38%) ' H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) 5,., 7.86 (1 H, d), 7.45 (1 H, dd), 7.27-7.10 (5H, m), 6.55 (1 H, d), 4.39 (1 H, d), 3.95 (1 H, d), 3.75 (1 H, t), 2.83 (2H, m), 2.64 (2H, t), 2.41 (2H, t), 2.20 (1 H, m), 2.05 (1 H, t), 1.84 (2H, m) MS (APCI+) 298 (MH+) _ [a]21 +6.9 (c = 0.13, MeOH) Example 4 5-[(2R)-4-butylmorpholin-2-yl]pyridin-2-amine N
The morpholine from example 2 (80 mg, 0.45 mmol) was mixed with tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) (only partly soluble) and butyraldehyde (40 L, 0.45 mmol) was added, resulting in a homogeneous solution. The reaction mixture was stirred for further 30 minutes before the addition of sodium triacetoxyborohydride (227 mg, 1 mmol). The reaction mixture was then stirred at room temperature overnight (-16 h) before diluted with saturated sodium hydrogencarbonate solution (100 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL). The combined organic layer was separated, dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated to provide a yellow oil. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane/methanol/ 0.880 NH3 98:2:0.2 increasing polarity to 95:5:0.5 afforded the title compound (17 mg, 16%) 0 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) SH 7.86 (1 H, s), 7.47 (1 H, d), 6.55 (IH, d), 4.39 (1 H, d), 3.98 (1H, d), 3.76 (1 H, t), 2.86 (2H, t), 2.41 (2H, t), 2.21 (1 H, t), 2.07 (1 H, t), 1.50 (2H, m), 1.35 (2H, m), 0.95 (3H, t) MS (APCI+) 236 (MH+) Example 5 5-[(2R)-4-pentylmorpholin-2-yl]pyridin-2-amine N
The morpholine from example 2 (80 mg, 0.45 mmol) was mixed with tetrahydrofuran (15 mL) and pentanal (47 L, 0.45 mmol) was added dropwise as a solution in tetrahydrofuran (15 mL) over 15 minutes. After the addition was complete, sodium triacetoxyborohydride (227 mg, 1 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture stirred at room temperature overnight (-16 h). The reaction mixture was then diluted with saturated sodium hydrogencarbonate solution (75 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL). The combined organic layer was separated, dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated to provide a yellow oil.
Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane/methanol/ 0.880 NH3 98:2:0.2 increasing polarity to 95:5:0.5 afforded the title compound (67 mg, 61%) 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) 8H 7.86 (1H, s), 7.46 (1H, d), 6.55 (1H, d), 4.41 (1H, d), 3.94 (IH, d), 3.77 (1 H, t), 2.86 (2H, t), 2.39 (2H, t), 2.21 (1 H, t), 2.06 (1 H, t), 1.54 (2H, m), 1.34 (4H, m), 0.92 (3H, t) MS (APCI+) 250 (MH) [a]~ +4.42 (c = 0.13, MeOH) Example 6 _ 5-[(2R)-4-(2-phenylethyl)morpholin-2-yl]pyrid in-2-am ine -~~I
N
The morpholine from example 2 (80 mg, 0.45 mmol) was mixed with tetrahydrofuran (15 mL) and phenylacetaldehyde (52 L, 0.45 mmol) was added dropwise as a solution in tettahydrofuran (15 mL) over 15 minutes. After the addition was complete, the reaction mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature for 1 h before the addition of sodium triacetoxyborohydride (227 mg, I mmol).
The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight (-16 h) and then diluted with saturated sodium hydrogencarbonate solution (100 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL). The combined organic layer was separated, dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated to provide a yellow oil. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane/methanol/ 0.880 NH3 98:2:0.2 afforded the title compound (31 mg, 24%) 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) SH 7.87 (IH, s), 7.47 (1H, d), 7.20 (5H, m) 6.55 (1H, d), 4.42 (IH, d), 3.97 (1 H, d), 3.78 (1 H, t), 2.93 (2H, t) 2.82 (2H, m), 2.66 (2H, t) 2.30 (2H, t), 2.21 (1 H, t), 2.15 (1 H, t) MS (APCI+) 284 (MH+) Example 7a 5-[(2R,5S)-S-Methylmorpholin-2-yl]pyridin-2-amine ~ NH
~
The material from preparation 10 (410 mg, 1.25 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (10 mL), 5% Pd on carbon (40 mg) was added and the mixture hydrogenated at room temperature overnight at 1 atmosphere. The mixture was then filtered through a plug of arbocel , washing the plug with ethanol and the combined filtrates and washings were evaporated to a pale yellow solid.
Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane/methanol/ 0.880 NH3 93:7:0.5 afforded the title compound as a white solid (110mg, 45%) 'H NMR: SH (400 MHz, CD3OD) 7.85 (1H, d), 7.45 (1H, dd), 6.55 (1H, d), 4.29 (1H, m), 3.90 (1H, m), 3.30 (1H, m), 2.95-2.85 (2H, m), 2.75 (1H, m), 1.01 (3H, d) MS (ES+) 194 (MH') Alternatively a the morpholine ring may be formed by the following conditions to provide a mixture of diastereoisomers`
Example 7b 5-[(5S)-5-Methylmorpholin-2-yl]pyridin-2-amine (diastereomer mixture) 0~..,, NH
Diol from preparation 11 (1.26 g, 5.96 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (20 mL) and treated with concentrated sulfuric acid (8 mL) at room temperature. The mixture was stirred for 2 h before being quenched by cautious addition of water, basification with 880 NH3 to pH -9 and extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 150mL). The combined organics were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated to provide the title compounds as a 3:1 mixture of (R, S) and (S, S) diastereomers respectively.
'H NMR: SH (400 MHz, CD3OD) 7.85 (1H, m), 7.52-7.45 (1H, 2xdd), 6.60-6.52 (1H, 2xd), 4.38-4.22 (1H, 5 2xdd), 3.95-3.80 (1 H, 2xdd), 3.30 (1 H, m), 3.10-2.83 (2H, m), 2.75 (1 H, m), 1.39-0.99 (3H, 2xd) Examples 8 and 9 A mixture of the morpholine compounds from Example 7b (240 mg, 1.2 mmol) was dissolved in 10 tetrahydrofuran (45 mL) and to the stirred solution was added 3-phenylpropionaldehyde (165 L, 1.2 mmol) dropwise as a solution in tetrahydrofuran (45 mL). Once the addition was complete, sodium triacetoxyborohydride (270mg, 1.2 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture left to stir at room temperature overnight. The solvent was evaporated and the diluted with water (30 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 100 mL). The combined organic fractions were dried (MgSO4), filtered and 15 evaporated to provide a clear oil of a ca. 2:1 mixture of trans:cis diastereoisomers.
The diastereoisomers were separated by HPLC on a Chiralcel AD-H column with a mobile phase of methanol:ethanol 50:50 and a flow rate of 15m1/min Example 8 (diastereomer 1) 20 5-[(2R,5S)-5-Methyl-4-(3-phenylpropyl)morpholin-2-yl]pyridin-2-amine O I
\ N \
HZN N
Retention time 4.80min 'H NMR: 8H (400 MHz, CD3OD) 7.83 (1 H, s), 7.44 (1 H, d), 7.29-7.08 (m, 5H) 6.52 (1 H, d), 4.40 (1 H, d), 3.79 (1 H, d), 3.30 (1 H, m), 2.91-2.78 (2H, m), 2.60-2.50 (2H, m), 2.40 (1 H, m), 2.29(1 H, m), 2.19 (1 H, m), 25 1.88-1.68 (2H, m), 0.95 (3H, d) MS (APCI+) 312 (MH+) Example 9 (diastereomer 2) 5-[(2S,5S)-S-Methyl-4-(3-phenylpropyl)morpholin-2-yi]pyridin-2-amine _ . _ ' p ~= '' /
N
Retention time 7.60 min 'H NMR: SH (400 MHz, CD3OD) 7.89 (1H, s), 7.49 (1H, d), 7.29-7.09 (5H, m), 6.55 (1H, d), 4.42 (1H, m), 3.87 (1H, m), 3.72 (1H, d), 2.90(IH, m), 2.70-2.62 (2H, m), 2.60-2.42 (4H, m), 1.90-1.75 (2H, m), 1.09 (3H, d) 35 MS (APCI+) 312 (MH+) Examples 10 and 11 The diol from preparation 31 (350 mg, 1.3 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (5 mL) and to the stirred solution was added concentrated H2SO4 (2.5 mL). The reaction mixture left to stir at room temperature for 2 h then quenched by the cautious addition of water (10 mL) then basified by the addition of 0.880 NH3 to pH 8-9. The mixture was then extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 50 mL) and the combined extracts were dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated to provide a brown oil of a mixture of cis and trans morpholine diastereomers (275 mg, 85%) MS (ES+) 250 (MH+) The sample of mixed diastereoisomers was subjected HPLC using a Chiralcel OD-H
column, mobile phase was 30:70 IPA/ Hexane with diethylamine 0.1%, at a flow rate of 20mL/min.
Example 10 (diastereomer 1) 5-[(2S,5S)-4-Butyl-5-methylmorpholin-2-yl]pyridin-2-amine 0^ ,,.
Retention time 4.90 min 'H NMR: SH (400 MHz, CD3OD) 7.86 (IH, d), 7.49 (1H, dd), 6.56 (1H, d), 4.44 (1H, m), 3.86 (IH, m), 3.39 (1 H, m), 2.99 (1 H, m), 2.88 (1 H, m), 2.52 (1 H, brm), 2.41-2.28 (2H, m), 1.60-1.27 (4H, m), 1.07 (3H, d), 0.96 (3H, t) ?0 MS (APCI+) 250 (MH+) Example 11 (diastereomer 2) 5-[(2R,5S)-4-butyl-5-methylmorpholin-2-yl]pyridin-2-amine ~ ~
HZN N
Retention time 7.20 min ~H NMR: 5H (400 MHz, CD3OD) 7.88 (1 H, d), 7.48 (1 H, dd), 6.55 (1 H, d), 4.41 (1 H, m), 3.83 (1 H,m), 3.72 (1H, d), 2.90 (1H, m), 2.60-2.52 (2H, m), 2.48-2.40 (2H, m), 1.54-1.44 (2H, m), 1.40-1.32 (2H, m), 1.13 (3H, d), 0.94 (3H, t) MS (APCI+) 250 (MH+) Example 12 5-{(2R,5S)-5-[(Benzyloxy)methyl]morpholin-2-yl}pyridin-2-amine H O I /
The morpholine from preparation 14 (4.4 g, 9.21 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (50 mL), hydroxylamine hydrochloride (3.2 g, 46 mmol) was added and the mixture heated at 80 C
overnight (-16 h). After cooling to room temperature the mixture was diluted with 10% aqueous K2C03 solution (100 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 100 mL). The combined organic fractions were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated to provide a brown oil of crude deprotected 2-amino pyridine intermediate (3.6 g) This boc-protected morpholine (3.6 g, 9 mmol) was treated with 4M HCI in dioxane (30 mL) and the mixture stirred at room temperature for 4 h. The solvent was then evaporated and the residue treated with 2M sodium hydroxide (100 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (4 x 100 mL).
The combined organic fractions were dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and evaporated to a light brown solid which was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane/
methanol/ 880 NH3 (93:7:0.5) to provide the title compound as a light brown solid (1.43 g, 51%) ' H NMR: SH (400 MHz, CD3OD) 7.85 (1 H, d), 7.45 (1 H, dd), 7.36-7.25 (5H, m), 6.54 (1 H, d), 4.52 (2H, s), 4.28 (1 H, m), 3.97 (1 H, m), 3.49-3.38 (3H, m), 3.06 (1 H, m), 2.96 (1 H, m), 2.76 (1 H, m) MS (ES+) 300 (MH+) Example 13 5-{(2R,5S)-5-[(Benzyloxy)methyl]-4-propylmorpholin-2-yl}pyridin-2-amine N
H2N N~
The morpholine from Example 11 (1.4 g, 4.8 mmol) was dissolved in THF (200 mL) and propanal (350 L, 4.8 mmol) in THF (150 mL) was added dropwise to the stirred mixture. After the addition was complete NaBH(OAc)3 (1.02 g, 4.8 mmol) was added in one portion and the reaction mixture allowed to stir at room temperature overnight (-16 h). TLC analysis showed starting material still remaining, so, additional NaBH(OAc)3 (1 g) was added and the reaction mixture stirred for a further 24 h. Saturated aqueous NH4CI
(200 mL) was added 'and the organic layer was separated, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane/
methano1/880 NH3 (95:5:0.5) to provide the title compound as a light brown oil (540 mg, 33%) 'H NMR: SH (400 MHz, CD3OD) 7.86 (1H, d), 7.46 (1H, dd), 7.36-7.26 (5H, m), 6.53 (IH, d), 4.52 (2H, m), 4.38 (1 H, m), 4.00 (1H, m), 3.60-3.53 (2H, m), 3.47-3.42 (IH, m), 2.89 (1 H, m), 2.78-2.69 (1 H, m), 2.59 (1 H, m), 2.32-2.21 (2H, m), 1.60-1.37 (2H, m), 0.84 (3H, t) MS (ES+) 342 (MH+) Examptes 14-17 [6-{6-Aminopyrtdin~3-yI)-4-propylmorphotin-3-yl)methanot ~~OH
N
H,N N
Dial fronrn preparation 16 (1.4g, 3.9mmol, leq) was dissolved in dichloromethane (15 mL) and treated with concentrated sulfuric acid (10 mL) at room temperature. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h before the being quenched by the addition of ice, then basified with 880 NH3 to pH -9. The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 150 mL) and the combined organic layem were dried over magnesium sulfate, fiftered and evaporated. The residue was puritied by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane/ methanoU 880 NH3 (95:5:0.5 increasing polarity to 93:7:0.5) to afford 110 mg of a light brown oil of the title compound as a mixture of four diastereoisomers.
The diastereoisomers were separated by HPLC on a ChiralpakTK AD column, mobile phase 20:80 iP,4lHexane with 0.1% DEA affording four stereoisomers Example 14 Stereoisomer 1(retention time: 9.50 min) trans enantiomer 1 'H NMR: SH (400 MHz, CD,OD) 7.86 (1H, d), 7.49 (1H, dd), 6.55 (1H, d), 4.40 (1H,.m), 4.05 (1H, m), 3.71 (1 H, m), 3.55 (2H, rn), 2.93 (1 H, m), 2.82 (1 H, m), 2.47 (1 H, m), 2:34 (1 H, m), 2.26 (2H, m), 2.27-1.42 (2H, m), 0.90 (3H, t) Example 15 5tereoisomer 2(retention time: 11.90 mEn) cis enantiorner Z
'H NMR (400MHz, CD3OD) b(ppm) : 0.9 (t, 3H), 1.5-1.7 (m, 2H), 2.5-2.8 (m, 5H), 3.7-4.0 (m, 3H), 4.05-4.15 (m,1 H), 4.4-4.55 (m, IH), 6.6 (d, 1 H), 7.5 (d, 1 H), 7.85 (s, .1 H) Example 16 Stereoisomer 3 (retention time: 16.60 min) cis enanfiomer 2 'H NMR (400MHz, CD3OD) b(ppm) : 0.9 (t, 3H), 1.5-1.7 (m, 2H), 2.5-2.8 (m, 5H), 3.7-4.0 (m, 3H), 4.05-4.15 (m, 1 H), 4.4-4.55 (m, 1 H), 6.6 (d, 1 H), 7.5 (d, 1 H), 7.85 (s, 1 H) Exampte 17 Stereoisomer 4(retenfion time: 19.70 min) trans enantiomer 2 'H NMR: SH (400 MHz, CD3OD) 7.86 (1H, d), 7.49 (1H, dd), 6.55 (1H, d), 4.40 (1H, rn), 4.05 (1H, m), 3.71 (1H, m), 3.55 (2H, m), 2.93 (1H, m), 2.82 (1H, m), 2.47 (3H, m), 2.34 (1H, rn), 2.26 (2H, m), 2.27-1.42 (211, m), 0.90 (3H, t) Examples 18-19 4-methy1-5-(4-Propylmorpholin-2-yl)pyridin-2-amine ~
N
OJ
The diol from preparation 21 (950 mg, 3.7 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (15 mL) and treated with concentrated sulfuric acid (7 mL) at room temperature and the mixture stirred for a further 2 h. The reaction was then quenched the addition of ice, then basified by the dropwise addition of 880 NH3 until the pH -9. The mixture was then extracted with dichloromethane (4 x 50 mL) and the combined organics dried with magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated to provide the title compound as a pale brown oil (700 mg, 79%) 'H NMR: SH (400 MHz, CD3OD) 7.85 (1 H, d), 6.38 (1 H, d), 4.60 (1 H, m), 3.99 (1 H, m), 3.78 (1 H, m), 2.92-2.82 (2H, m), 2.38 (2H, m), 2.28-2.18 (4H, m), 2.12 (1H, m), 1.62-1.50 (2H, m) 0.93 (3H, t) MS (APCI+) 236 (MH+) The racemic morpholine was subjected to HPLC using a Chiralcel OD-H column eluting with acetonitrile.
This afforded the two enantiomers.
Example 18 (enantiomer 1) Retention time: 5.1 min 'H NMR: SH (400 MHz, CD3OD) 7.85 (1H, d), 6.38 (1H, d), 4.60 (1H, m), 3.99 (1H, m), 3.78 (1H, m), 2.92-2.82 (2H, m), 2.38 (2H, m), 2.28-2.18 (4H, m), 2.12 (1H, m), 1.62-1.50 (2H, m) 0.93 (3H, t) MS (APCI+) 236 (MH+) Example 19 (enantiomer 2) Retention time: 6.5 min 'H NMR: SH (400 MHz, CD3OD) 7.85 (1H, d), 6.38 (1H, d), 4.60 (1H, m), 3.99 (1H, m), 3.78 (1H, m), 2.92-2.82 (2H, m), 2.38 (2H, m), 2.28-2.18 (4H, m), 2.12 (1H, m), 1.62-1.50 (2H, m) 0.93 (3H, t) MS (APCI+) 236 (MH+) Example 20 .
3-Methyl-5-[(5S)-5-rriethyl-4-propylmorpholin-2-yl]pyridin-2-amine O
N~
~
The diol from preparation 29 (200 mg, 0.74 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (4 mL) and treated with concentrated sulfuric acid (2 mL) at room temperature and the mixture stirred for a further 2 h. The reaction was then quenched the cautious addition of water, then basified by the dropwise addition of 880 NH3 until the pH -9. The mixture was then extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 70 mL) and the combined organics dried with magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel to provide the title compound as a clear oil as a mixture of diastereoisomers (35 mg, 19%) 51 H NMR: SH (400 MHz, CD30D) 7.77 (1H, d), 7.38 (1H, d), 4.41 (1H, m), 3.88-3.70, 2.95-2.72 (3H, 2xm), 2.57 (1 H, m), 2.50-2.35 (2H, m), 2.29-2.19 (1 H, m), 2.11 (3H, 2xs), 1.61-1.39 (2H, m), 1.18-1.00 (3H, 2xd), 0.91 (3H, m) MS (ESI+) 250 (MH+) 10 Examples 21 and 22 The diol from preparation 24(990mg, 3.9 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (10 mL) and treated with concentrated sulfuric acid at room temperature. The mixture was left stirring for 2 h before being quenched by the addition of ice and the basified by the addition of 880 NH3 to pH -9. The mixture was then extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 150 mL), the combined organics dried over magnesium sulfate, 15 filtered and the solvents evaporated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane/ methanol/ 880 NH3 (95:5:0.5) to provide the title compound as a mixture of diastereoisomers (470 mg, 51%).
MS (ES+) 236 (MH+) The diastereoisomers were split using chiral HPLC on a Chiralcel OD-H column eluting with 30% IPA in 20 hexanes with 0.1 % diethylamine. To afford:
Example 21 (diastereomer 1) 25 5-[(2S,5S)-4,5-Diethylmorpholin-2-yl]pyridin-2-amine O
N~
retention time: 4.1 min 'H NMR: SH (400 MHz, CD30D) 7.88 (IH, d), 7.48 (1H, dd), 6.57 (1H, d), 4.43 (1H,m), 3.98 (1H, d), 3.77 (1 H, m), 2.67-2.54 (1 H, m), 1.60 (1 H, m), 1.11 (3H, t), 0.96 (3H, t) 30 MS (ES) 236 (MH}) Example 22 (diastereomer 2) 5-[(2R,5S)-4,5-Diethylmorpholin-2-yl]pyridin-2-amine N
35 Retention time: 7.3 min 'H NMR: 5,., (400 MHz, CD3OD) 7.87 (iH, d), 7,47 (1H, dd), 6.56 (1H, d), 4.40 (1H, m), 3.98 (1H, m), 3.43 (IH, m), 3.01-2.90 (21-1, m), 2.44 (IH, m), 2.33 (1H, m), 2.25 (1H, m), 1.78 (1H, m), 1.32 (1H, m), 1.06 (3H, t), 0.83 (3H, t) MS (ES`) 236 (MHi) Example 23 5-(1-Propytazetidin-3-yl)pyridin-2-am ine The aminopyridine imine from preparation 35 (95mg, 0.267mmol, 1.Oeq) was dissolved in EtOH (2m1), 10% Pd/C (10mg) and ammonium formate (168mg, 2.67mmol, 10eq) was added and the mixture heated to a gentle reflux for 3h. Further 10% PdtC (10mg) and ammonium formate (168mg, 2_67mmol, 10eq) added and the mixture heated to reflux for 48h. The catalyst was filtered off through arbocel, and washed with EtOH.'The filtrate was evaporated in vacuo to give a coiourless oil. This material was dissolved in THF (5m1), 2M HCI (aq) added and stirred at r.t. for 3h. The mixture was evaporated in vacuo and basified with t(,C03 (10% w!v aq) and extracted with CH2CI2 (3x20m1), dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated to give a colourless oil. This oil was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel with a gradient elution from 100% CH2C12 to 90:10:1 CH2C12:MeOH:NH4OH ta give the product as a colourless oil which solidified on standirig (21mg,*41%) Tic Rf=0.24 (90:10:1 CH2CI2:MeOH:NH4O14 UV visual'rcation) MS (APCI+) 192 (MH+) 'H NMR: bsa (400 AAHz, CD30D) 7.95 (1H, s), 7.45 (1H, d), 6.5 (iH, d), 4.2-4.6 (21-1, br s), 3.5-3.8 (31-1, m), 3.05 (2H, t), 2.45 (21i, t), 1.3-1.5 (2H, m), 0.9 (31-1, t) laatamples 24 and 25.
5-(2R,5S)-4-Ethyt-5-methylmorphotin-2 yy-pyridin 2 ytamtne & 5-(2S,5S)-4-Ethylv-methylmorpholin-2-yl)-pyridin-2-ylamine o "
HZN fti H2N N
The morpholine from preparation 38 (1g, 4.17mmo1) was dissolved in CH2CIZ
(15mi) and concentrated sulfuric acid (7.5mt) was added. The mixture was stirred at r.f_ for 2h, bas'ified by cautious addition of 0.880 NH3i and extracted with CHZC)Z (2x200rn1), the organics combined, dried over magnesium sulphate, fittered and puriiied by flash chromatography on silica ge1 eluting with CH2Ciz:MeOH:NH4OH 97:3:1 to give the 6tte compound as a light brown oil (560mg 61%).
The d'rasbereoisomers were separated on a Chiralcel 01 OD-H column (500"50mm) with a mobile phase of 20% IPA, 80% hexane, 0.1 % DEA at a floui rate of 80m1/min to give:
Diasteroisomer 1- retention time S.47min (Example 24, (2S,5S) diastereoisomer) 'H NMR: S,., (400 MHz, CD30D) 7.88 (1H, s), 7.46-7.52 (1H, m), 6.58 (1H, d), 4.40-4.46 (1H, m), 3.84-3.92 (1H, m), 3.75-3.79 (1H, rn), 2.91-2.98 (1H, m), 2.47-2.60 (4H, m), 1.08-1.18 (m, 6H) MS (APCI+) 222 (MH+) Diasteroisomer 2 - retention time 7.96min (Example 25, (2R,5S) diastereoisomer) 'H NMR: SH (400 MHz, CD30D) 7.88 (1H, s), 7.44-7.50 (1H, m), 6.56 (1H, d), 4.40-4.46 (m, 1H),-3.80-3.88 (1 H, m), 3.28-3.41(1 H, m), 2.88-3.00 (2H, m), 2.35-2.52 (2H, m), 2.16-2.24 (1 H, m), 1.00-1.08 (rn, 6H) MS (APCI+) 2-22 (MH+) Examptes26&27 (+)-5-(4-propyknorphot10-2-y1)-1,3-thiazol-2-amine & (-)-3-(4-propylmorpholin-2 yi)-1,3 thiazol-2-amine H:N--{~
S N~
To 2-(2-bromo-1,3-thiazol-5-yi)-4-propyimorpholine (2.5g 8.56mmoi) in ethyiene glycoi (60mi) at 78 C
was added Cu:O (61mg, 0.43mmol, 0.05eq) and NH3t1) (20mi) in a bomb. The vessel was sealed, and heated to 80 C for 18h. The vessel was allowed to coo(vented, and partitioned between EtOAc (2x200rnl) and water (100rrmi), organic layers combined, dried over MgSO4 and solvent evaporated to give a brown oil This material was chromatographed on an Isco m Companion Combiflash autochromatography system with a gradient elution from 99/110.1 CH2Ci2/MeOH/NH3 to 95I5/0.5 CH2C1-4MeOH/NH3to give the product as a brown oil (1.1g).
This material was separated by HPLC on a chiraicet OJ column (250*21.5) with a mobile phase of 70:30 Hexane:lPA at a flow rate of 18mVmin to give two enantiomets.
Enantiomer 1 retention time 5.140min 'H NMR (400MHz, C030D) b(ppm) : 6.99 (s, 1 H), 4.63 (d, 1 H), 3.87-3.93 (m, 9 H), 3.70-3.77 (m, 1 H), .
2.95 (d. 1H), 2.78 (d, 1H), 2.31-2.39 (m, 2H), 2.10-2.23 (m, 2H), 1.48-1.60 (m, 2H), 0.92 (t, 3H) AIUS APCI+ 228 (MH+) Optical rotation (a) n+48.45 (c=1.45mg/ml^MeOH) Elemental analysis +0.55 H.b Total MW=23724 Calculated C(50.63), H(7.69), N(17.71) Actual C(50.90, 50.79), H(7.48, 7.51), N(17.35, 17.38) Enantiomer 2 retention time 10.750min 'H NMR (400MHz, CD3OD) b(ppm) : 6.99 (s, 1H), 4.63 (d, 1H), 3.87-3.93 (m, 'iH), 3.70-3.77 (m, 1H), 2.95 (d,1H), 2.78 (d,1H), 2.31-2.39 (m, 2H), 2.10-2.23 (m, 2H), 1.48-1.60 (m, 2H), 0.92 (t. 3H) MJS APC1+ 228 (MH+) Optical rotation (a] 25 -43.56 (c^2.6mg1mi MeOH) Elemental analysis +1 H20 Total MW=245.35 Calculated C(48.96), H(7.81), N(17.13) Actual C(49.05, 49.07), H(7.83, 7.85), N(17.00, 16.99) The following preparations illustrate the synthesis of certain intermediates used in the preparation of the preceding examples:
Preparation I
5-Bromo-2-(2,5-dimethyl-pyrrol-1-yl)-pyridine Br ~~ \J7 N N
2,5-hexanedione (46.2 g, 0.41 mol) was added to a suspension of 2-amino-5-bromopyridine (50.0 g, 0.29 mol) and the reaction heated to reflux for 24 hours under Dean and Stark conditions. para-Toluenesulfonic acid (100 mg) was added and the reaction was refluxed for a further 18 hours.
8 mL of water was removed, so the reaction was cooled to room temperature, washed with water (100 mL) and passed through a plug of silica gel, eluting with toluene. The eluent was concentrated in vacuo and the residue dissolved in pentane:dichloromethane (1:1 by volume) and passed through a plug of silica gel, eluting with pentane:dichloromethane (1:1 by volume). The eluent was concentrated in vacuo to give a red liquid, which solidified on standing. The solid was recrystallised (isopropanol) to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (54.4 g).
'H NMR (400MHz, CDCI3): 5H 8.66 (1H, s), 7.93-7.92 (1H, d), 7.13-7.11 (1H, d), 5.91 (2H, s), 2.13 (6H, s).
LRMS (thermospray) : m/z [M+H]+ 252.
Preparation 2 2-Chloro-1-[6-(2,5-dimethyl-pyrrol-1-yl)-pyridin-3-yl]-ethanone O
I iN CI
N
A solution of 2.5 M n-butyl lithium in hexanes (35 mL, 87.6 mmol) was added to a solution of the bromide from preparation 1(20.0 g, 79.7 mmol) in tert-butylmethylether (300 mL) at -78 C under nitrogen over 10 minutes. The reaction was stirred for a further 10 minutes and 2-chloro-N-methoxy-N-methylacetamide (12.1 g, 87.6 mmol) in tert-butylmethylether (40 mL) was added slowly. The reaction was stirred at -78 C
for 20 minutes and then 1M hydrochloric acid (200 mL) was added. The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature, stirred for 2 hours and the organic phase separated. The aqueous phase was extracted with tert-butyl methylether and the combined organic extracts were washed with water (100 mL), saturated aqueous sodium chloride (100 mL) and 1M sodium hydroxide (100 mL).
The organic phase was dried (sodium sulfate), concentrated in vacuo and the residual oil purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel eluting with pentane:dichloromethane:methanol (75:25:0 changing to 0:99:1, by volume). The residue was recrystallised from pentane:dichloromethane to give the title compound as a yellow solid.
(14.37g, 73%) 'H NMR (400MHz, CDCI3): SH 9.11 (1H, s), 8.34-8.33 (1H, d), 7.32-7.30 (1H, d), 5.91 (2H, s), 4.66 (2H, s), 2.17 (6H, s) LRMS (electrospray) : m/z [M-H]+ 247.
Preparation 3 2-(2,5-Dimethyl-pyrrol-l-yl)-5-[(2R)-oxiranyt]pyridine O
N N
A solution of the chloride from preparation 2 (12.0 g, 48.1 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (20 ml) was slowly added to a solution of (-)-B-chlorodiisopinocampheylborane (20.1 g, 62.5 mmol) in tert-butylmethylether (15 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (30 mL) at -30 C under nitrogen. The reaction was stirred for 6 hours at -30 C and then sodium perborate tetrahydrate (7.4 g, 48.1 mmol) followed by tert-butyimethylether (50 mL) were added. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours, treated with 2M aqueous sodium hydroxide (190 mL) and stirred for a further 6 hours. The organic phase was separated and the aqueous phase extracted with further tert-butylmethylether (50 mL). -The combined organic extracts were washed with IM aqueous sodium hydroxide (50 mL), saturated aqueous sodium chloride (50 mL), dried (sodium sulfate) and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel eluting with pentane:dichloromethane (80:2 changing to 100:0, by volume) to give the crude epoxide (65%
b/w, 11.0 g), which was used without further purification.
'H NMR (400MHz, CDCI3): SH 8.58 (1 H, brs), 7.68-7.66 (1 H, dd), 7.22-7.20 (1 H, d), 3.97-3.96 (1 H, m), 3.26-3.24 (1 H, m), 2.91-2.89 (1 H, m), 2.12 (6H, s) LRMS (electrospray) : m/z [M+H]+ 215, [M+Nal+, 237.
Preparation 4 (1R)-2-(Benzylamino)-1-[6-(2,5-dimethyl-1H-pyrrol-l-yl)pyridin-3-I]ethanol oH ~ I
N
/ N N
r The epoxide from Preparation 3 (2.66 g, 12mmol) was dissolved in DMSO (30 mL), treated with benzylamine (1.62 mL, 15 mmol) and the mixture heated to 90 C overnight (-16 h). After cooling to room temperature the reaction mixture was evaporated under high vacuum at 60 C to remove most of the DMSO. The residue was diluted with ethyl acetate (150 mL) and washed with water (100 mL). The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer re-extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL). The combined organic fractions were dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated to give the title compound as a yellow oil (3.29 g, 84%) ' H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8.55 (1 H, s), 7.85 (1 H, d), 7.35-7.25 (5H, m), 7.2 (1 H, d), 5.9 (2H, s), 4.8 (1 H, m), 3.89 (2H, s), 3.01 (1 H, dd), 2.78 (1 H, t), 2.1 (6H, s) MS (APCI+) 322 (MH+) Preparation 5 N-Benzyl-2-chloro-N-{(2R)-2-[6-(2,5-dimethyl-1 H-pyrrol-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl]-2-hydroxyethyl}acetamide ci OH
\ N \ I
LN N
5 The amino alcohol from Preparation 4 (3.22 g, 10 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (100 mL) sodium hydroxide (2 g, 50 mmol) in an aqueous solution (35 mL) was added and the mixture stirred vigorously. Chloroacetylchloride (0.96 mL, 12 mmol) was added dropwise and stirring was then continued at room temperature overnight (-16 h). The reaction mixture was then diluted with dichloromethane (200 0 mL) and water (100 mL). The organic layer was separated, dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated to give a brown oil (4.35 g). The 'H NMR spectrum indicated that a mixture of chloroamide and morpholinone (product of preparation'5)'was formed, so the mixture taken on forward without further purification.
MS (APCI+) 398 (MH+, chloro amide), 362 (MH+, cyclised morpholinone) 5 Preparation 6 (6R)-4-Benzyl-6-[6-(2,5-dimethyl-1 H-pyrrol-l-yl)pyridin-3-yl]morpholin-3-one p'-f 0 N
/ NI \N
The crude mixture from preparation 5 was dissolved in propan-2-ol (100 mL), water (5 mL) was added followed by potassium hydroxide (673 mg). The mixture was stirred vigorously at room temperature over ?0 night. The reaction mixture was then partitioned between ethyl acetate (200 mL) and water (150 mL). The organic layer was separated and washed with brine (150 mL), dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated to afford a dark orange oil. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane/
methanol 99:1 afforded the title compound as a yellow oil (69%) 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 8.52 (1 H, s), 7.79 (1 H, d), 7.30 (5H, m), 7.20 (1 h, d), 5.89 (2H, s), 4.89 (1 H, 25 dd), 4.76 (1 H, d), 4.634.42 (3H, m), 3.49 (1 H, t), 3.38 (1 H, dd), 2.09 (6H, s) MS (APCI+) 362 (MH+) Preparation 7 (2R)-4-Benzyl-2-[6-(2,5-dimethyl-1 H-pyrrol-l-yl)pyridin-3-yl]morpholine 0'1 .~N
/ N N
The morpholinone from preparation 6 (2.47 g, 6.8 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (100 mL) and cooled (flask in ice/ water bath). Lithium aluminiumhydride (1 M in tetrahydrofuran, 10.2 mL, 10.2 mmol) was added dropwise and after the addition the reaction mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature overnight (-16h). The reaction was quenched by the cautious addition of 1M
sodium hydroxide (10 mL) then diluted with water (150 mL) and stirred for 10 minutes. Ethyl acetate (200 mL) was added, the organic layer separated, dried over MgSO4i and evaporated to provide the title compound as a yellow oil (2.09 g, 89%) ' H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 8.59 (1 H, s), 7.81 (1 H, d), 7.3 (5H, m), 7.2 (1 H, d), 5.9 (2H, s), 4.69 (1 H, d), 4.05 (1 H, d), 3.9 (1 H, t), 3.6 (2H, s), 3.0 (1 H, d), 2.8 (1 H, d), 2.35 (1 H, t), 2.19 (1 H, t), 2.1 (6H, s) MS (APCI+) 348 (MH+) Preparation 8 (2S)-2-({(2R)-2-[6-(2,5-Dimethyl-lH-pyrrol-1-yl)pyridin-3-yi]-2-hydroxyethyl}
amino) propan-l-ol NH
/ N N
The epoxide from preparation 3 (5.4 g, 20 mmol) was dissolved in DMSO (50 mL) together with (S)-2-aminopropan-l-ol (2.0 g, 20 mmol) and the mixture heated at 90 C overnight (ca. 16 h). After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was evaporated under high vacuum and the residue purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with dich lorom ethane/ methanol (95:5 increasing polarity to 90:10) to 10 provide the title compound as a pale yellow oil (5.0 g, 75%) Preparation 9 Benzyl (2R,5S)-2-[6-(2,5-dimethyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl]-5-methylmorpholine-4-carboxylate ~ O N, O ~ I
.~ ~
/ N N O
The diol from preparation 8 (5 g, 17.2 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (60 mL) and treated with benzyl chloroformate (2.72 mL, 19 mmol) and triethylamine (2.65mL, 19 mmol).
The mixture was stirred overnight (-16 h) before being quenched by the addition of 2M sodium hydroxide (100 mL). The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 100 mL) and the combined organic fractions dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with a gradient from 25% to 60% ethyl acetate in pentane to afford the CBz-protected intermediate as a light brown oil (2.56 g, 35%) MS (ES+) 446 (MNa}) MS (ES") 422 (M-H+) A sample of the above CBz-proected diol (2 g, 4.7 mmol), was dissolved in toluene (30 mL) together with triphenylphosphine (1.5 g, 5.6 mmol). Diisopropyl azodicarboxylate (1.12 mL, 5.6 mmol) was added dropwise and the reaction mixture was left stirring overnight (-16 h). The reaction'mixture was diluted with water (100 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 100 mL). The combined organic fractions were dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with 20% ethyl acetate in pentane to afford the title compound as a clear oil (1.68).1H NMR shows the sample to contain -3 equivalents of diisopropyl hydrazine-1,2-dicarboxylate together with the title compound. Thus -40% by weight of material is the title compound, corresponding to an approximate yield of 36%.
' H NMR: 5H (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8.62 (IH, d), 7.80 (111, dd), 7.37-7.27 (5H, m), 7.11 (1 H, d), 5.88 (2H, s), 5.18 (1 H, d), 5.10 (1 H, d), 4.26 (1 H, m), 4.08 (1 H, m), 3.72 (2H, m), 3.46-3.40 (2H, m), 2.09 (6H, s), 1.37 (2H, d) MS (ES+) 406 (MH+) Preparation 10 2-(6-Amino-pyridin-3-yl)-5-methyl-morpholine-4-carboxylic acid benzyl ester N, y Morpholine from preparation 9 (680 mg, 1. mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (12 mL) and treated with hydroxylamine hydrochloride (600 mg, 8.4 mmol) and the mixture heated at 80 C
overnight (-16 h). After cooling to room temperature the solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane in methanol 0%
increasing polarity to 2% to provide the title compound as a purple coloured oil (410 mg, 95%).
'H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) SH 7.91 (1H, d), 7.43 (1H, dd), 7.37-7.28 (5H,m), 6.52 (1H, d), 5.13 (2H, 2 x d), 4.79 (1 H, m), 4.12 (1 H, m), 4.04 (2H, m), 3.37 (2H, m), 130 (3H, d) MS (ES) 328 (MH+) Preparation 11 (2S)-2-([(2R)-2-(6-Am i nopyrid i n-3-y I)-2-hyd roxyethyl]am i no}propan-l-ol H
OH
- ~ NH
HaN N
The diol from preparation 8 (1 g, 3.35 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol and treated with hydroxylamine hydrochioride (1.2 g, 16.75 mmol) and the mixture heated at 80 C overnight (-16 h). After cooling to room temperature the soivent was evaporated and the residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane/ methanol/ 880 NH3 (85:15:1 increasing polarity to 82:17:1) to provide the title compound as a light brown oil (670 mg, 95%) ' H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) SH 7.91 (1 H, s), 7.52 (1 H, d), 7.6 (1 H,d), 4.72 (1 H, d), 3.67 (1 H, d), 3.45 (1 H, m), 3.1-2.85 (3H, m), 1.15 (3H, d) MS (ES+) 212 (MH+) 234 (MNa+) Preparation 12 (2R)-3-(Benzyloxy)-2-({(2R)-2-[6-(2,5-d imethyl-1 H-pyrrol-1-yi)pyrid in-3-yl]-hydroxyethyl}amino)propan-l-ol OH
OH~='...., .O
NH I
/ N N
The epoxide from preparation 3 (5.4 g, 25 mmol) was dissolved in DMSO (50 mL) together with (S)-2-amino-3-benzyloxypropan-l-oi (5.0 g, 27.6 mmol) and the mixture heated at 90 C overnight (ca. 16 h).
After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was evaporated under high vacuum to provide a brown oil -12g of desired title compound containing some residual DMSO but of sufficient purity to use in the subsequent stage without further purification.
'H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) 5H 8.54 (1H, d), 7.99 (1H, dd), 7.25-7.22 (6H, m), 5.81 (2H, s), 4.51 (2H, m), 3.67-3.45 (5H, m), 3.01-2.81 (3H, m), 2.03 (6H, s) MS (ES) 396 MH+
Preparation 13 tert-Butyl [(1 R)-2-(benzyloxy)-1-(hydroxymethyl)ethyl]{(2R)-2-[6-(2,5-dimethyl-1 H-pyrrol-l-yl)pyridin-3-yl]-2-hydroxyethyl}carbamate OH
N-rO I
O
N
The crude diol from preparation 12 (10g, -25mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (150 mL) and treated with di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (5.52 g, 25 mmol) and the mixture stirred at room temperature overnight (-16 h). The reaction mixture was diluted with 10% aqueous K2C03 solution (200 mL), the organic layer separated and the aqueous layer extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 300 -mL). The combined organic fractions were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with 35% ethyl acetate in pentane increasing polarity of eluent to 50% ethyl acetate in pentane to afford the title compound as a pale yellow oil (6.2 g, 50% yield over 2 steps from preps 12 and 13) 'H NMR; SH (400 MHz, CD3OD) 8.55 (1H, d), 8.04-7.95 (1H, m), 7.38-7.23 (6H, m), 5.81 (2H,_s), 5.05 (1H, brm) 4.54 (2H, m), 3.93 (IH, brm), 3.83 (1H, brm), 3.78-3.60 (5H, m), 3.44-3.32 (1H, m), 2.05 (6H, s), 1.44 and 1.40 (9H, two singlets) MS (APCI+) 496 (MH') Preparation 14 tert-Butyl (2R,5S)-5-[(benzyloxy)methyl]-2-[6-(2,5-dimethyl-lH-pyrrol-l-yl)pyridin-3-yl]morpholine-4-carboxylate f NJ
The diol from preparation 13 (6.2 g, 12.5 mmol) was dissolved in toluene (100 mL) and treated with triphenylphosphine (4 g, 15 mmol) at room temperature.
Diisopropylazodicarboxylate (DIAD) (3 mL, 15 mmol) was added dropwise and the mixture allowed to stir overnight (-16 h).
The reaction mixture was then diluted with water (200 mL), the organic layer separated and the aqueous layer extracted with ethyl acetate (200 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and 3 evaporated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with 10% ethyl acetate in pentane increasing polarity to 15% ethyl acetate in pentane to provide the title compound as a clear oil (4.4 g, 74%) 'H NMR: SH (400 MHz, CDC13) 8.64 (1H, d), 7.88 (1H, dd)., 7.36-7.27 (5H, m), 7.22 (1H, d), 5.89 (2H, s), 4.96 (1 H, m), 4.62 (1 H, d), 4.54 (1 H, d), 4.28 (1 H, m), 4.12 (1 H, m) 3.82-3.68 (4H, m), 3.60 (1 H, dd), 2.12 5 (6H, s), 1.44 (9H, s) MS (APCI+) 478 MH+
Preparation 15 (2R)-3-(Benzyloxy)-2-[{(2R)-2-[6-(2,5-dimethyl-1 H-pyrrol-l-yl)pyridin-3-yl]-2-0 hydroxyethyl}(propyl)amino]propan-l-ol OH
OH~..,. ~O
i nc ~
S N N N
The crude diol from preparation 12 (3g, 7.6mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane and propanal (1.1 mL, 15.2mmol) and NaBH(OAc)3 (3.25 g, 15.2 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight (-16 h) and then solvents were evaporated. The residue was purified by flash 25 chromatography on silica gel eluting with d ich lorom ethane/ methanol/ 880 NH3 (97:3:0.5) to provide the title compound as a light brown oil still containing -3 equivalents of DMSO
contamination from the previous stage (4.5 g, corrected for DMSO -2.95g of product, 89% yield) 'H NMR: 5H (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8.52 (1H, d), 8.81 (IH, dd), 7.38-7.22 (5H, m), 7.17 (1H, d), 5.86 (2H, s), 4.72 (1 H, m), 4.54 (2H, s), 3.48-3.68 (4H, m), 3.16 (IH, m), 2.88-2.95 (1 H, m) 2.82-2.55 (3H, m), 2.07 30 (6H, s), 1.50 (2H, m), 0.87 (3H, t) MS (APCI+) 438 (MH+), 460 (MNa+) Preparation 16 (2R)-2-[[(2R)-2-(6---Aminopyridin-3-y1)-2-hydroxyethyl](propyl)amino]-3-(benzyloxy)propan-1-ol OH
OH~......,__0 ~ N ~o . . .
I , -The diol from preparation 15 (2.95 g, 6.7 mmol) was dissoived in ethanol (50 mL) treated with hydroxylamine hydrochloride (2.34 g, 33.7mmol) and the mixture heated to 80 C
overnight (-16 h). After cooling to room temperature the solvents were evaporated and the residue purified by flash 5 chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane/ methanol/ 880 NH3 (95:5:0.5 increasing polarity to 91:9:0.5) to afford the title compound as a light brown oil (1.4 g, 58%) 'H NMR: SH (400 MHz, CD3OD) 7.82 (IH, d), 7.46 (1H, dd), 7.38-7.22 (5H, m), 6.57 (1H, d), 4.57-4.44 (3H, m), 3.63-3.46 (4H, m), 3.07 (1 H, m), 2.77 (2H, d), 2.71-2.53 (2H, m), 1.46 (2H, m), 0.97 (3H, t) MS (APCI+) 360 (MH+), 382 (MNa}) Preparation 17 5-Bromo-2-(2,5-d imethyl-1 H-pyrrol-l-yl)-4-methylpyridine Br N
2-Amino-5-bromo-4-methylpyridine [commercially available] (6 g, 32 mmol) was dissolved in toluene (100 mL), hexane-2,5-dione (5.3 mL, 45 mmol) and para-toluene sulfonic acid monohydrate (50 mg) were added and the mixture heated at reflux with a Dean-Stark apparatus fitted.
When collection of water ceased the reaction mixture was cooled and diluted with water (50 mL) and 10%
aqueous K2C03 solution (50 mL), the organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer extracted with ethyl acetate (200 mL).
The combined organic fractions were dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with 5%
ethyl acetate in pentane to afford the title compound as a pale yellow oil (8 g, 95%) 'H NMR: SH (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8.62 (IH, s), 7.11 (IH, s), 5.90 (2H, s), 2.45 (3H, s), 2.15 (6H, s) MS (ESI) 267 (MH+) Preparation 18 4-Propylmorphotin-2-one oJ
Methyl 2-bromoacetate (50 mL, 0.54 mol, 1 eq) was added slowly to N-propylaminoethanol (62.4 ml, 0.54 mol, I eq) and Et3N (75 ml, 0.54 mol, leq) in toluene at 0 C and allowed to stir at room temperature overnight. Water (1 L) was added, and the mixture extracted with EtOAc (2 x 500 mL). Brine (500 mL) was added to the aqueous layer, which was re-extracted with EtOAc (2 x 500mL).
Organic layers were combined, dried (MgSO4), filtered and solvent removed in vacuo to give 62.7g (81 /o) of title compound as a clear oil.
TLC EtOAc Rf =0.5 M/S (APCI+) 144 (MH+) 'H NMR (400Mhz, CD3OD) 5H 0.9 (t, 3H), 1.4-1.6 (m, 2H), 2.3-2.4 (m, 2H), 2.6-2.7 (m, 2H), 3.3 (s, 2H), 4.4 (m, 2H) Preparation 19 2-[6-( 2, 5-D i m et h y I-1 H-py rro I-1-y I)-4-m et h y I py ri d i n-3 -y I] -4-p ro py I m o r p h o I i n-2-o I
N
OJ
/ N N OH
The bromopyridine from preparation 17 (5 g, 18.8 mmol) was dissolved in THF
(80 mL) and cooled to -78 0 C. To the stirred solution was added dropwise tert-butyllithium (22 mL, 37.7 mmol). Immediately after the addition was complete morpholinone (from preparation 18) (2.7 g, 18.8 mmol) was added as a solution in THF (20 mL) and the reaction mixture left stirring at -78 C for 1 h. The reaction was then quenched the addition on saturated aqueous NH4CI solution (100 mL), then extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL). The organic fraction was dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and evaporated.
The residue was purified by 5 flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with 35% ethyl acetate in pentane increasing polarity of eluent to 40% ethyl acetate in pentane to afford the title compound as a pale yellow oil (1.95 g, 32%) 'H NMR: SH (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8.78 (1H, s), 7.00 (1H, s), 5.86 (2H, s), 5.21 (1H, brs), 4.23 (1H, m), 3.85 (1 H, m), 3.03 (1 H, m), 2.82 (1 H, m), 2.62 (3H, s), 2.56-2.37 (4H, m), 2.08 (6H, s), 1.58 (2H, m), 0.97 (3H, t) :0 MS (ESI) 330 (MH+) Preparation 20 1-[6-(2,5-Dimethyl-1 H-pyrrol-l-yi)-4-methylpyridin-3-yl]-2-[(2-hydroxyethyl)(propyl)amino]ethanoi N
OH OH
/ N N
25 The morpholinol from preparation 19 (1.95 g, 5.9 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (25 mL) and water (10 mL) and sodium borohydride (900 mg, 23.6 mmol) was added to the stirred mixture at room temperature.
Stirring was maintained overnight (-16 h) before the reaction was quenched by the addition of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (100 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 100 mL), The combined organic fractions were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated.
The residue was purified by 30 flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane/ methanol/
880 NH3 (96:4:0.5) to afford the title compound as a yellow oil (1.4 g, 71 %) 'H NMR: SH (400 MHz, CD3OD) 8.59 (1H, s), 7.16 (1H, s), 5.80 (2H, s), 5.07 (1H, m), 3.67-3.58 (2H, m), 2.82-2.54 (6H, m), 2.47 (3H, s), 2.02 (6H, s), 1.50 (2H, m), 0.90 (3H, t) MS (ESI+) 332 (MH+) Preparation 21 1-(6-Am ino-4-methylpyridin-3-yl)-2-[(2-hydroxyethyl)(propyl)amino]ethanol N
fLfcOH
HaN N
The diol from preparation 20 (1.4 g, 4.22 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (30 mL) and treated with hydroxylamine hydrochloride (1.12 g, 16.9 mmol), and the mixture heated to reflux over night (-16 h).
After cooling to room temperature the mixture was diluted with 10% aqueous K2C03 solution and extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 200 mL). The combined organic fractions were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with d ich lorom ethane/ methanol/ 880 NH3 (93:7:1) to afford the title compound as a pale brown oil (950 mg, 89%) ' H NMR: SH (400 MHz, CD3OD) 7.90 (1 H, s), 6.39 (1 H, s), 4.81 (1 H, m), 3.66-3.57 (2H, m), 2.80-2.72 (1 H, m), 2.67-2.48 (5H, m), 2.24 (3H, s), 1.58-1.46 (2H, m), 0.91(3H, t) MS (ESI+) 254 (MH+) Preparation 22 (2S)-2-({(2R)-2-[6-(2,5-Dimethyl-1 H-pyrrol-1-yl)pyridin-3-yi]-2-hydroxyethyl}am ino)butan-l-ol OH
OH~,......_"
fJ)NH
N
The epoxide from preparation 3 (10.6 g, 49.4 mmol) was dissolved in DMSO (100 mL) together with (S)-2-aminobutan-l-ol (5.6 g, 59.4 mmol) [commercially available] and the mixture heated at 90 C overnight (ca. 16 h). After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was evaporated under high vacuum to afford a dark oil of the title compound (17.7 g) containing residual DMSO but of sufficient purity to use in the subsequent stage.
' H NMR: 'bH (400 "MHz, CDCI3) 8.56 (1 H, d), 7.82 (1 H, dd), 7.18 (1 H, d), 5.83 (2H, s), 4.77 (1 H, m), 3.63 (1 H, m), 3.39 (1 H, m), 3.04 (1 H, m), 2.96-2.78 (2H, brs), 2.70 (1 H, m), 2.58 (1 H, m), 2.05 (6H, s), 1.54-1.38 (2H, m), 0.92(3H, t) MS (ESI+) 304 (MH+) Preparation 23 (2S)-2-[{(2R)-2-[6-(2,5-Dimethyl-1 H-pyrrol-l-yl)pyridin-3-yl]-2-hydroxyethyl}(ethyl)amino]butan-l-ol OH
OH~...,...\
"~
N N
The diol from preparation 22 was dissolved in dichloromethane (50 mL) and treated with ethanal (1.66mL, 29.6 mmol) and NaBH(OAc)3 (6.3 g, 29.6 mmol) and the mixture stirred at room temperature over night (-16 h). The solvents were then evaporated and the residue purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane/ methanol/ 880 NH3 (97:3:0.5) to afford the title compound as a light brown oil (2.8 g) The material was re-purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with methanol in ethyl acetate 1% increasing polarity to 2% to afford the title compound as a clear oil (1.42 g, 43%) 'H NMR: 8H (400 MHz, CDC13) 8.58 (1H, d), 7.95 (1H, dd), 7.21 (1H, d), 5.87 (2H, s), 4.98 (3H, brm), 3.72 (1 H, dd), 3.57 (1 H, m), 3.10 (1 H, dd), 2.95 (2H, m), 2.78 (2H, m), 2.10 (6H, s), 1.57 (1 H, m), 1.43 (1 H, m), 1.18 (3H, t), 0.97 (3H, t) MS (ESI+) 332 (MH+) Preparation 24 (2S)-2-[[(2R)-2-(6-Aminopyridin-3-yl)-2-hydroxyethyl](ethyl)amino]butan-1-ol OH
OH~..,,.~".'~
The diol from preparation 23 (1.42 g, 4.3 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (50 mL) and treated with hydroxylamine hydrochloride (1.5 g, 21.4 mmol) and the mixture heated to 80 C
overnight (-16 h). After cooling to room temperature, the solvents were evaporated and the residue purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane/ methanol/ 880 NH3 (91:9:0.5) to afford the title compound as a light brown oil (990 mg, 91 %).
' H NMR: 5,., (400 MHz, CD3OD) 7.88 (1 H, d), 7.48 (IH, dd), 6.58 (IH, d), 4.50 (1 H, m), 3.42 (2H, m), 2.80 (1 H, m), 2.68 (2H, m), 1.83 (2H, m), 1.48 (1 H, m), 1.38 (m, 1 H), 1.04 (3H, t), 0.92 (3H, t) MS (ESI+) 254 (MH+), 276 (MNa+) Preparation 25 5-B rom o-2-(2,5-d imethyl-1 H-pyrrol-l-yI)-3-methylpyrid ine flBr N N
2-Amino-3-methyl-5-bromopyridine (5.86 g, 31.3 mmol) was dissolved in toluene (50 mL), hexane-2,5-dione (5.15 mL, 43.9 mmol) and para-toluene sulfonic acid monohydrate (20 mg) were added and the mixture heated at reflux with a Dean-Stark apparatus fitted. When collection of water ceased, the reaction mixture was evaporated and the residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with 5% ethyl acetate in pentane to afford the title compound as a pale yellow oil (5.1 g, 61 %) 'H NMR: 5H (400 MHz, CDC13) 8.51 (1 H, d), 7.81 (1 H, d), 5.90 (2H, s), 2.01 (3H, s), 1.97 (6H, s) ' tlc Rf=0.5 (5% EtOAc:Pentane) Preparation 26 (5S)-5-methyl-4-propylmorpholin-2-one O
N
~
The material from preparation 36 (4g, 26mmol) was dissolved in benzene (80 mL), followed by the addition of N-ethyldiisopropylamine (9.07 mL, 52 mmol) and methyl bromoacetate (2.4 mL, 26 mmol). The mixture was heated to reflux with azeotropic removal of water overnight. After cooling to room temperature, the solvent was removed by evaporation, the crude material dissolved in methanol, pre-absorbed onto Si02 and purified by flash chromatograpliy on Si02 eluting with 40% EtOAc in pentane to afford the title compound as a clear oil (1.78 g).
'H NMR (CDC13i 400MHz) SH 0.9 (t, 3H), 1.1 (d, 3H), 1.5 (m, 2H), 2.25 (m, 1H), 2.6 (m, 1H), 2.8 (m, 1H), 3.2 (d, 1 H), 3.6 (d, 1 H), 4.05 (dd, 1 H), 4.3 (dd, 1 H) TLC. Rf=0.18 (50% EtOAc in pentane, UV visualisation) Preparation 27 (5S)-2-[6-(2,5-Dimethyl-1 H-pyrrol-1-yl)-5-methylpyridin-3-yl]-5-methyl-4-propylmorpholin-2-ol N N OH
~ O
N~' ~
Bromopyridine from preparation 25 (2.5 g, 9.4 mmol) was dissoived in THF (60 mL) and cooled to -78 C.
To the stirred sQlution was added dropwise tert-butyllithium (1.5 M in pentane, 12.6 mL, 18.8 mmol).
Immediately after the addition was complete morpholinone (from preparation 26) (1.5 g, 9.4 mmol) was added as a solution in THF (10 mL) and the reaction mixture left stirring at -78 C for I h. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of saturated aqueous NH4CI solution (100 mL) then extracted with ethyl acetate (80 mL). The organic fraction was dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and evaporated.
The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with 10% ethyl acetate in pentane increasing polarity of eluent to 40% then 70% ethyl acetate in pentane to afford the title compound as a pale yellow oil (590 mg, 18%) 'H NMR: 5H (400 MHz, CDC13) 8.70 (1H, s), 7.92 (IH, s), 5.88 (2H, s), 3.77 (2H, brs), 3.0-2.37 (5H, m), 2.02 (3H, s), 1.90 (6H, s), 1.65-1.58 (2H, m), 1.10 (m, 3H), 0.99-0.84 (3H, m) MS (ESI+) 344 (MH+) Preparation 28 (2S)-2-[{2-[6-(2,5-Dimethyl-1 H-pyrrol-1-yl)-5-methylpyrid in-3-yi]-2-5 hydroxyethyl}(propyl)amino]propan-1-ol N N
I i OH OH
N
~
The morpholinol from preparation 27 (600 mg, 1.7 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (6 mL) and water (3 mL) and sodium borohydride (270 mg, 7 mmol) was added to the stirred mixture at room temperature.
Stirring was maintained overnight (-16 h) before the reaction was quenched by the addition of saturated 0 aqueous ammonium chloride (100 mL) the basified to pH -9 with 2M NaOH
solution and extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 200 mL). The combined organic fractions were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated to afford the title compound as a mixture of diastereoisomers as a yellow oil (450 mg, 75%) which was used directly without further purification MS (ESI+) 346 (MH+), 368 (MNa+) Preparation 29 (2S)-2-[[2-(6-Amino-5-methylpyridin-3-yl)-2-hydroxyethyl](propyl)amino]propan-1-ol HZN N~
~ e OH OH
N ~--õ
~
The diol from preparation 28 (420 mg, 1.5 mmol) was dissolved in propanol (5 mL) and water (1.5 mL) ?0 treated with hydroxylamine hydrochloride (2.2 g, 31.4 mmol) and triethylamine (2.2 mL, 15.7 mmol), and the mixture heated to reflux for 12 h. After cooling to room temperature the mixture was evaporated, and the residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane/ methanol/
880 NH3 (90:10:1) increasing polarity to (85:15:3) to afford a white solid (1.3 g) which was triturated with dichlorornethane- (3 x. 50 mL), the residual solvent was removed in vacuo to give 700mg of white solid 25 which was further purified by flash chromatography on siiica gel eluting with dichloromethane/methanoV
880 NH3 (92.5:7.5:0.) to afford the title compound as a clear oil (200 mg, 50%) MS (ESI+) 254 (MH+) Preparation 30 30 (2S)-2-[{(2R)-2-[6-(2,5-Dimethyl-lH-pyrrol-1-yi)pyridin-3-yi]-2-hydroxyethyl}(butyi)amino]propan-l-ol OH
OH~_1111111 N
N
The diol from preparation 8(1g, 3.35mmol, leq) was dissolved in dichloromethane (20 mL) and treated with butanal (910 l, 10 mmol 3eq) and NaBH(OAc)3 (2.1 g, 10 mmol 3eq) and the mixture stirred at room temperature over night (-16 h). The reaction was quenched with water (50m1) and extracted with CH2CI2 (2xlOOml), the organic layers combined, dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with d ichlorom ethane/ methanoV
880 NH3 (95:5:0.5) to afford the title compound as a clear oil (900 mg 86%) ' H NMR: 8H (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8.55 (1 H, d), 7.85 (1 H, dd), 7.20 (1 H, d), 6.88 (2H, s), 4.85 (1 H, m), 3.10-2.97(1 H, m), 2.87-2.94 (1 H, m), 2.43-2.70 (3H, m), 2.10 (6H, s), 1.22-1.60 (6H, m), 0.87-1.0 (6H, m) MS (ESI+) 346 (MH+) 368 (MNa+) Preparation 31 (2S)-2-[[(2R)-2-(6-Aminopyridin-3-yl)-2-hydroxyethyl](butyl)amino]propan-1-ol OH
OH õ~
( ~
HZN ~
The diol from preparation 30 (900 mg, 2.6 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (15 mL) and treated with hydroxylamine hydrochloride (905 mg, 13 mmol) and the mixture heated to 80 overnight (-16 h). After cooling to room temperature, the solvents were evaporated and the residue pre-absorbed onto silica gel and purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with a gradient of dichloromethane/ methanol/
880 NH3 (95:5:0.5 to 92:8:0.5) to afford the title compound as a light brown oil (330 mg) 'H NMR: 8H (400 MHz, CD3OD) 7.83 (1H, d), 7.50 (1H, dd), 6.59 (IH, d), 4.50 (IH, m), 3.25-3.40 (2H, m), 2.86-2.98 (1 H, m), 2.42-2.78 (4H, m), 1.20-1.42 (4H, m), 0.87-1.0 (6H, m) MS (ESI) 268 (MH+), 290 (MNa+) Preparation 32 3-(6-Chloropyridin-3-yl)-azetidine-l-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester O
N~01 N ~
CII
Zinc dust (127mg, 1.94mmol, 1.1eq) was dried for 18h at 100 C in vacuo, transferred to a round bottomed flask and heated with a hot air gun under vacuum. The flask was allowed to cool to room temperature and DMF (2ml) and 1,2-dibromoethane (12 l, 0.141mmol, 0.08eq) added. The mixture was heated to 70 C for mins, allowed to cool to r.t., and TMSCI (18 1, 0.141mmol, 0.08eq) added dropwise. This mixture was stirred at r.t. for 30min before dropwise addition of 3-iodoazetidine-l-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (Ref SynLett, 1998, 4, 379)(500mg, 1.766mmol, 1.Oeq) as a solution in DMF (2ml).
The mixture wes stirred at 40 C for 1 h. 2-chloro-5-iodopyridine was dissolved in DMF (2ml) and added, followed by Pd2dba3 (32mg, 5 0.035mmol, 0.02eq) and tri-2-furylphosphine (17mg, 0.071mmol, 0.04eq) and the mixture heated to 70 C
for 4h.
The mixture was allowed to cool, diluted with Et20(40ml) and NH4CI (40m1, sat'd aq), layers separated, the aqueous layer was re-extracted with Et20(20m1), organics combined, washed with brine (2x30m1), dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated to give a yellow solid.
10 This solid was flash chromatographed on silica gel with a gradient elution from 100% CH2CI2 to 99:1 CH2CI2:MeOH to give 235mg of impure product. This material was further purified by flsh chromatography on silica get with a gradient elution from 100% toluene to 95:5 toluene:EtOAc to give the title compound as a yellow solid (193mg, 41%) TIc Rf = 0.13 (10%EtoAc/Toluene UV visualisation) MS (APCI+) 269 (MH+) ' H NMR: SE., (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8.3 (1 H, s), 7.7 (1 H, m), 7.35 (1 H, d), 4.35 (2H, t), 3.9 (2H, t), 3.65-3.8 (1 H, m), 1.45 (9H, s) Preparation 33 5-Azetidin-3-yl-2-chloropyridine dihydrochloride H
N
N
I
CI .2HCI
3-(6-Chloropyridin-3-yl)-azetidine-l-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (190mg, 0.707mmol, 1.Oeq) was dissolved in CH2CI2 (4ml), cooled to 0 C and HCI(g) bubbled through for 10min to give a dark orange solution. This was stirred at r.t. for 72h. The mixture was evaporated to give a light brown solid, triturated with Et20, the resulting solid filtered and dried at 60 C in vacuo to give the title compound (141mg, 83%).
Tic Rf=0.15 (CH2CI2:MeOH:NH40H 90:10:1) MS (APCI+) 169 (MH+) MS (ESI+) 169 (MH+) 'H NMR.: SH (400 MHz, CD30D) 8.4 (1H, s), 7.95-8.05 (IH, m), 7.55 (1H, d), 4.2-4.5 (5H, m) Preparation 34 2-Chloro-5-(1-propylazetidin-3-yl)-pyridine N~~ =
N
CI
5-Azetidin-3-yl-2-chloropyridine dihydrochloride (131mg, 0.542mmol 1.Oeq) was partitioned between CH2CI2 (10m1) and K2C03 (10mI, 10% w/v aq), the layers separated, and the aqueous layer re-extracted with CHaCi2 (10mi). The organic layers were combined, dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated to ca 2ml volume. Propionaldehyde (79 1, 1.084mmol, 2.Oeq) and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (230mg, 1.084mmol, 2.Oeq) were added and the mixture stirred at r.t. for 2.5h. The mixture was quenched with H20(0.5m1) and partitioned between CH2CI2 (10m1) and K2CO3 (10mI, 10% w/v aq) the layers separated, and the aqueous, layer re-extraced with CH2CI2 (10m1). The organic layers were combined, dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated to give a dark brown oil. This oil was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel with a gradient elution from 100% CH2CI2 to 95:5 CH2CI2:MeOH to give the title compound as a yellow oil (41mg, 36%) Tic Rf=0.39 (CH2CI2:MeOH:NH4OH 90:10:1 UV visualisation) MS (APCI+) 211 (MH+) 'H NMR: SH (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8.25 (1 H, s), 7.65-7.75 (1 H, m), 7.25 (1 H, d), 3.6-3.75 (3H, m), 3.1 (t, 2H), 2.4 (t, 2H), 1.3-1.5 (m, 2H), 0.9 (t, 3H) Preparation 35 Benzhydrylidene-[5-(1-ppropylazetidin-3-yl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine N
I ~ N
2-Chloro-5-(1-propylazetidin-3-yl)-pyridine (100mg, 0.475mmol, 1.Oeq), 1,1-diphenylmethanimine (951A1, 0.570mmol, 1.2eq), palladium (II) acetate (4.4mg, 0.00475mmol, 0.01eq), BINAP
(8.7mg, 0.014mmol, 0.03eq) and sodium tert-butoxide (49mg, 0.665mmol, 1.4eq) were combined in toluene (2ml) and heated to 80 C for 16h. Further palladium (II) acetate (4.4mg, 0.00475mmol, 0.01eq) and BINAP (8.7mg, 0.014mmol, 0.03eq) were added and the mixture heated to reflux for 4h. The mixture was allowed to cool to r.t. and partitioned between EtOAc (25m1) and K2C03 (20m1, 10% w/v aq), the layers separated, and the aqueous layer re-extracted with EtOAc (2x25mlml). The organic layers were combined, dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated to give an orange oil. This oil was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with a gradient on 100% CH2CI2 to 95:5:0.5 CH2CI2:MeOH:NH4OH to give the title compound as a yellow oil (110mg, 66%) Tlc Rf=0.22 (90:10:1 CH2CI2:MeOH:NH40H UV visualization) MS (APCI+) 356 (MH+) 'H NMR: SH (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8.2 (1 H, s), 7.8 (2H, m), 7.0-7.6 (9H, m), 6.55 (1 H, d), 3.65-3.8 (3H, m), 3.1 (2H, t), 2.45 (t, 2H), 1.3-1.5 (m, 2H), 0.95 (t, 3H) CHN +0.75 H20 Calculated C(78.12) H(7.24) N(11.39) Observed C(77.85, 78.12) H(7.04, 7.04) N(11.18, 11.28) Preparation 36 (2S)-2-(propylamino)propan-l-ol hydrochloride HO
HN
HCI
To (2S)-(+)-2-aminopropan-1-ol (19.6g, 0.26mo1) dissolved in CH2CI2 (500 mL) was added propionaldehyde (20.9 mL, 0.28 mol) followed by pre-dried, powdered 4A
molecular sieves (40g) and the mixture stirred at room temperature overnight. The mixture was filtered through a pad of celite (filter agent), the pad washed with CH2CI2, and solvent evaporated from the filtrate to give a clear oil. This oil was dissolved in methanol (200 mL) and NaBH4 was added portionwise over 15 minutes. The mixture was stirred at r.t. overnight, then quenched by cautious addition of 2M aqueous HCI (200 mL), basified by addition of 2M aqueous NaOH (200 mL) and methanol removed by evaporation. Di-tert-butyldicarbonate (115 g, 0.52 mol) was added to the residue followed by 1,4-dioxan (200 mL) and the mixture stirred at r.t.
0 overnight. 1,4-dioxan was removed by evaporation and the residue diluted with water (750 mL) and extracted with CH2CI2 (2 x 750 mL). The combined organic fractions were dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated giving a clear oil. To this oil was added 4M HCI in 1,4-dioxan (200 mL) and the mixture stirred at r.t. overnight. The solvent was removed by evaporation to give the title compound as a white solid (24 g).
'H NMR (DMSO, 400MHz) 5: 0.95 (3H, t), 1.2 (3H, d), 1.6 (2H, m), 2.8 (2H, m), 3.15 (1H, m), 3.5 (IH, brm), 3.6 (1H, m), 5.4 (1H, b), 8.6-8.9 (2H, brd) M/S (APCI+), 118 (MH+) Preparation 37 ?0 (2S)-2-({2-[6-(2,5-Dimethyl-lH-pyrrol-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl]-2-hydroxyethyl}
amino) propan-l-ol OH
OH õ%
NH
N N
n The epoxide from preparation 40 (950 mg, 4.4 mmol) was dissolved in DMSO (10 mL) together with (S)-2-aminopropan-l-ol (380 L, 4.9 mmol) and the mixture heated at 90 C overnight (ca. 16 h). After cooling to room temperature,.the mixture was evaporated under high vacuum and the residue purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane/ methanol/ 0.880 NH3 (98:2:0 increasing polarity to 90:10:1) to provide the title compound as a pale yellow oil (780 mg, 67% over 2 steps from preparation 40).
'H NMR: SH (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8.61 (1H, d), 7.86 (1H, dd), 7.21 (1H, d), 5.90 (2H, s), 4.90.(1H, m), 3.68 (1 H,m), 3.46 (1 H, m), 3.26-2.72 (4H, m), 2.11 (6H, s), 1.14 (3H, 2 x d) MS (APCI+) 290 (MH+) Preparation 38 (2S)-2-[{2-[6-(2,5-Dimethyl-1 H-pyrrol-l-yl)pyridin-3-yl]-2-hydroxyethyl}(ethyl)ami:no]propan-l-oi (diastereomer mix) OH
OH
I ~ N1 N
5 The diol from preparation 37 (1.5 g, 5.2 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (25 mL) and treated with acetaldehyde (870 L, 15.5 mmol) and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (3.3 g, 15.5 mmol) and the reaction mixture left stirring at room temperature overnight (-16 h). The reaction mixture was diluted with saturated ammonium chloride solution then basified by the addition of 10% aqueous K2C03 solution, and then extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 150 mL). The combined organics were dried (MgSO4), filtered and 10 evaporated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane/methanol. 0.880 NH3 (93:7:0.5) to afford the title compound as a mixture of diastereoisomers as a slighlty impure light brown oil (2.5 g). This material was used directly without further purification.
'H NMR: 5H (400 MHz, CDC13) 8.56 (1H, m), 7.87 (1H, m), 7.21 (1H, d), 5.89 (2H, s), 4.82 (1H, m), 3.77-15 3.65 (1 H, m), 3.18-3.05 (1 H, m), 2.95-2.57 (5H, m), 2.10 (6H, s), 1.18-1.10 (2 x 3H, t), 1.00-0.92 (2 x 3H
d) MS (ESI+) 318 (MH+) Preparation 39 20 (2S)-2-[[2-(6-Aminopyridin-3-yl)-2-hydroxyethyl](ethyl)amino]propan-l-oi (diastereomer mix) OH
OH .' N
The diol from preparation 38 (2.5 g, 7.8 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (80 mL) and treated with hydroxylamine hydrochloride (2.7 g, 21.4 mmol) and the mixture heated to 80 C
overnight (--16 h). After cooling to room temperature, the solvents were evaporated and the residue purified by flash 25 chromatography ori silica gel eluting with d ich lorom ethane/ methanol/
880 NH3 (95:5:0.5 increasing polarity to 90:10:1) to afford the title compound as a light brown oil (1.5 g, 80%) 'H NMR: SH (400 MHz, CDCI3) 7.86 (1H, m), 7.50 (1H, m), 6.58 (IH, m), 4.62-4.49 (1H, m), 3.66-3.29 (2H, m), 3.06 -2.41 (7H, m), 1.13-0.86 (6H, m) MS (ESI+) 240 (MH+) Preparation 40 2-(2,5-Dimethyl-pyrrol-l-yi)-5-[oxiranyl]pyridine O
N N
Ethanolamine (0.24mL, 4 mmol) was added dropwise to a sotution of borane.tetrahydrofuran complex (1M
soiution in tetrahydrofuran, 8 rnL, 8 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (5 mL) cooled to 0 C over 15 minutes. The mixture was allowed reach room temperature then the chloride from preparation 2 (1 g, 4 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran was added dropwise to the stirred solution. The reaction mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes then quenched by the addition of 2M sodium hydroxide (10 mL) and the reaction mixture stirred for a further 1 hour. The mixture was then extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 50 mL), dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated to afford the racemic epoxide as a yellow oil (950 mg). 'H nmr was as for preparation 3. Thd"materiat was canied forward directly without further purification.
Preparation 41 4-propyt-2-tFiiazol-5-yl-m orpholin-2-ol O,-) N
f OH 1 N
To 2-trimethytsilyl thiazole (9.5g, 60.5mmol, leq) in EtzO (200mt) at -78 C
was added dropwise n-butyl lithium (36mi, 2.5M In hexanes, 90.7mmoi, 1.5eq) and the mixture stirred at -78 C for 30min. 4-propylmorpholin-2-one (prepared according to the method described in WO
2004/052372 - 8.65g, 60.5mmol, leq) in Et2O (50m1) added over 5 min (temperature increases to -55 C
during addition). The mixture was re-cooled to 78 C and allowed to stir at !78 C for 2h. The reaction was quenched by dropwise addition of water, allowed to warm to r.t. and extracted with EtOAc (2x500mf) and dichioromekhahe (2x300m1). The organic extracts were combined, dried over MgSO4 and solvent evaporated to give a brown oil. The ol was chromatographed through a Si02 column on an fscoK
Companion Comtiitiash autochromatography system with a gradient elution from 9812/0.5 CHzCIa/MeOHMH,to 95/5/0.5 CHZCt~IAAeOHlNHyto give a pale brown solid (8.5g, 61%).
'H NMR (404MHz, CD3OD) b(ppm) : 8_91 (s, IH), 7.91(s,1H), 4.13-4.22 (m. IH), 3.68-3.75 (m, 1 H), 2.97 (d. 1H), 2.68-2.80 (m, 1H), 2.26-2.40 (m, 4H), 1.48-1.60 (m, 21-1), 0.93 (m, 3H) M!S APCI+ 229 (MH+) Tic 9515/0.5 CH2CI2INIeOH1NH3 Rf=0.35 Tlc EtOAc Rf=0.3 Preparation 42 2-[(2-hydroxyethyl)(propyl)am ino]-1-(1,3-th iazol-5-yi)ethanol OH
OH ~
$ N
N
To 4-propyi-2-thiazol-5-yl-morpholin-2-ol (8.5g, 37.3mmol) in EtOH (125m1) and water (125mt) was added NaBH4 and the mixture stirred at r.t. for 1h. The mixture was diluted with water (200m1) and extracted with dichloromethane (3x250mi). Organic layers combined, dried over idJgSO4 and sotvent evaporated to give a paie oil (6.2g).
'H NMR' (400MHz, CD3OD) b(ppm) : 8.92 (s, 1 H), 7.80 (s. I H), 5.05 (t, 1 H).
3.56-3.65- (m, 2H), 2.62-2.80 (m, 4H), 2.51-2.59 (m, 2H), 1.43-1.53 (m, 2H), 0.87 (t, 3H) M/S APCI+ 231 (MH+). %-tl.c. 90/10/1 CH.-C12/WOH/NFI3 Rf 0.45 Preparation 43 4-propyl-2-(1,3-thiazoi-5 yl)morphotine S N
a N
2-1(2-hydroxyethyl){propy{)amino}-1-(1,3-thiazol-5-y1)ethanol (5.7g 24.8mmol) in dichforomethane (20m1) was treated with concentrated sulphuric acid (50mo . On complete addition dichloromethane removed in vacuo and resulting mixture heated to 140 C for 1h. The mixture was allowed to cool to r.t, poured into ice and cautiously quenched by addition of 0.880 NH3 with Ice cooling maintaining T<20 C. The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (2x250m1) dried over MgSO4 and solvent evaporated to give a brown oil. This material was chromatographed on an tscomx Companion Combiflash autochromatography system with an eiuant of 9812l0.5 CH;CI21MeOH1NH3 to give the product as a pale brown oil_ 'H NMR (400MHz, CD30D) b(ppm) : 8.94 (s, 11i), 7.84 (s, IH), 4.93 (dd, IH), 3.93-4.0 (m, 1H), 3.76-3.84 (m, 1H), 3.07 (d,1H), 2.81 (d,1H), 2.35-2.41 (m, 2H), 2.17-2.30 (m.2H),1.50-1.62 (m, 2H), 0.94 (t, 3H) MIS APCI+ 213 (MH+) Tlc 951510:5 CH2CI~lMlMeOH/NH~ Rf-0.55 Preparation 44 2-(2-bromo-1,3-thiazol-5-yl)-4-propylmorphoiine o") Br--~~
S N~
N
To 4-propyl-241,3-ihiazoi-5-yl)morpholine (2.9g 13.7mmol) in THF (50m1) at ?8 C was added n-butyl iithium (5.5m1, 2.5M in hexanes, 13.7mmol, 1eq) and allowed to stir at -78 C
for 30min. A solvtion of carbon tetrabromide (4.5g, 13.7mmol) in THF (20m1j was added maintaining T<-70 C tiur3ng the addi6on, 3nd the rmi.xiuie allflwed to stir at -70 C for 1h. The reaction was quenched by cautious addition of water and allowed to warm to r.t. over 18h. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3x150ml), dried over MgSO4 and solvent evaporated to give a brown oil. This material was chromatographed on an Isco Companion Combiflash autochromatography system with a gradient elution from 99/1/0.1 CH2CI2/MeOH/NH3 to 95/5/0.5 CH2CI2/MeOH/NH3to give the product as a brown oil (2.5g, 63%).
5'H NMR (400MHz, CD3OD) b(ppm) : 7.54 (s, 1 H), 4.83-4.89 (m, 1 H), 3.90-3.96 (m, 1 H), 3.70-3.79 (m, 1H), 3.02 (d, 1 H), 2.75 (d, 1 H), 2.35-2.41 (m, 2H), 2.17-2.30 (m, 2H), 1.50-1.62 (m, 2H), 0.94 (t, 3H) M/S APCI+ 293 (MH+) Tlc 95/5/0.5 CHaCI2/MeOH/NH3 Rf=0.75
Claims (38)
1. Compounds of formula (I):
wherein:
R1 is selected from H and (C1-C6)alkyl;
R2 is selected from H and (C1-C6)alkyl;
R3 is:
wherein:
A represents O;
R4 is selected from H and straight chain (C1-C6)alkyl; wherein said straight chain (C1-C6)alkyl may be optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents each independently selected from OR7, phenyl, substituted phenyl and heteroaryl;
R5 is selected from H and (C1-C6)alkyl; wherein said (C1-C6)alkyl may be optionally substituted with 1 or 2 OR7 groups;
R6 is selected from H and (C1-C6)alkyl;
R7 is selected from H and (C1-C6)alkyl; wherein said (C1-C6)alkyl may be optionally substituted with a phenyl, or a substituted phenyl group;
wherein heteroaryl means a 5 to 7 membered aromatic ring, containing from 1 to 4 heteroatoms, said heteroatom independently selected from O, S and N; said heteroaryl may be optionally substituted with 1 or more substituents each independently selected from (C1-C6)alkyl, halo and OR7, each substituent may be the same or different; and wherein substituted phenyl means phenyl substituted with 1 or more substituents each independently selected from (C1-C6)alkyl, halo and OR7, each substituent may be the same or different;
with the proviso that:
when R1 and R2 are H, R5 is H or (C1-C6)alkyl, and R6 is H or (C1-C6)alkyl, then R4 cannot be n-propyl;
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, polymorphs and prodrugs thereof.
wherein:
R1 is selected from H and (C1-C6)alkyl;
R2 is selected from H and (C1-C6)alkyl;
R3 is:
wherein:
A represents O;
R4 is selected from H and straight chain (C1-C6)alkyl; wherein said straight chain (C1-C6)alkyl may be optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents each independently selected from OR7, phenyl, substituted phenyl and heteroaryl;
R5 is selected from H and (C1-C6)alkyl; wherein said (C1-C6)alkyl may be optionally substituted with 1 or 2 OR7 groups;
R6 is selected from H and (C1-C6)alkyl;
R7 is selected from H and (C1-C6)alkyl; wherein said (C1-C6)alkyl may be optionally substituted with a phenyl, or a substituted phenyl group;
wherein heteroaryl means a 5 to 7 membered aromatic ring, containing from 1 to 4 heteroatoms, said heteroatom independently selected from O, S and N; said heteroaryl may be optionally substituted with 1 or more substituents each independently selected from (C1-C6)alkyl, halo and OR7, each substituent may be the same or different; and wherein substituted phenyl means phenyl substituted with 1 or more substituents each independently selected from (C1-C6)alkyl, halo and OR7, each substituent may be the same or different;
with the proviso that:
when R1 and R2 are H, R5 is H or (C1-C6)alkyl, and R6 is H or (C1-C6)alkyl, then R4 cannot be n-propyl;
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, polymorphs and prodrugs thereof.
2. Compounds of formula (I):
wherein:
R1 is selected from H and (C1-C6)alkyl;
R2 is selected from H and (C1-C6)alkyl;
R3 is selected from:
wherein:
A represents S or CH2;
n is 1 or 2;
R4 is selected from H and (C1-C6)alkyl; wherein said (C1-C6)alkyl may be optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents each independently selected from (C1-C6)alkyl, OR7, phenyl, substituted phenyl and heteroaryl;
R5 is selected from H and (C1-C6)alkyl; wherein said (C1-C6)alkyl may be optionally substituted with 1 or 2 OR7 groups;
R6 is selected from H and (C1-C6)alkyl;
R7 is selected from H and (C1-C6)alkyl; wherein said (C1-C6)alkyl may be optionally substituted with a phenyl, or a substituted phenyl group;
R8 is selected from H, methyl, ethyl, methoxy, and ethoxy;
R9 represents (C1-C6)alkyl; and R10 is selected from H and (C1-C6)alkyl; wherein said (C1-C6)alkyl may be optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents each independently selected from OR7, phenyl or substituted phenyl;
wherein heteroaryl means a 5 to 7 membered aromatic ring, containing from 1 to 4 heteroatoms, said heteroatom independently selected from O, S and N; said heteroaryl may be optionally substituted with 1 or more substituents each independently selected from (C1-C6)alkyl, halo and OR7, each substituent may be the same or different; and wherein substituted phenyl means phenyl substituted with 1 or more substituents each independently selected from (C1-C6)alkyl, halo and OR7, each substituent may be the same or different;
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, polymorphs and prodrugs thereof.
wherein:
R1 is selected from H and (C1-C6)alkyl;
R2 is selected from H and (C1-C6)alkyl;
R3 is selected from:
wherein:
A represents S or CH2;
n is 1 or 2;
R4 is selected from H and (C1-C6)alkyl; wherein said (C1-C6)alkyl may be optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents each independently selected from (C1-C6)alkyl, OR7, phenyl, substituted phenyl and heteroaryl;
R5 is selected from H and (C1-C6)alkyl; wherein said (C1-C6)alkyl may be optionally substituted with 1 or 2 OR7 groups;
R6 is selected from H and (C1-C6)alkyl;
R7 is selected from H and (C1-C6)alkyl; wherein said (C1-C6)alkyl may be optionally substituted with a phenyl, or a substituted phenyl group;
R8 is selected from H, methyl, ethyl, methoxy, and ethoxy;
R9 represents (C1-C6)alkyl; and R10 is selected from H and (C1-C6)alkyl; wherein said (C1-C6)alkyl may be optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents each independently selected from OR7, phenyl or substituted phenyl;
wherein heteroaryl means a 5 to 7 membered aromatic ring, containing from 1 to 4 heteroatoms, said heteroatom independently selected from O, S and N; said heteroaryl may be optionally substituted with 1 or more substituents each independently selected from (C1-C6)alkyl, halo and OR7, each substituent may be the same or different; and wherein substituted phenyl means phenyl substituted with 1 or more substituents each independently selected from (C1-C6)alkyl, halo and OR7, each substituent may be the same or different;
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, polymorphs and prodrugs thereof.
3. A compound according to claims 1 or 2 wherein R1 and R2 are each independently selected from H and methyl.
4. A compound according to claim 1 wherein R5 is selected from methyl and ethyl, wherein said methyl and said ethyl may be optionally substituted with an OR7 group; and R6 is selected from H and methyl.
5. A compound according to claim 2 wherein R3 is moiety (II).
6. A compound according to claim 5 wherein R4 is (C1-C4)alkyl optionally substituted with phenyl; R5 is selected from methyl and ethyl, wherein said methyl and said ethyl may be optionally substituted with an OR7 group; and R6 is selected from H and methyl.
7. A compound according to claim 2 wherein R3 is moiety (III).
8. A compound according to claim 7 wherein n is 1 and R4 is selected from ethyl, propyl or butyl, said alkyl groups being optionally substituted by a phenyl group.
9. A compound according to claim 2 wherein R3 is moiety (IV), R8 is selected from H and methoxy; and R10 is selected from H and methyl.
10. A compound according to claim 1 which is 5-(Morpholin-2-yl)pyridin-2-amine.
11. A compound according to claim 1 which is 5-[4-(3-Phenylpropyl)morpholin-2-yl]pyridin-2-amine.
12. A compound according to claim 1 which is 5-[(2R,5S)-5-Methylmorpholin-2-yl]pyridin-2-amine.
13. A compound according to claim 1 which is 5-[(2S,5S)-5-Methyl-4-(3-phenylpropyl)morpholin-2-yl]pyridin-2-amine.
14. A compound according to claim 1 which is 5-[(2S,5S)-4-Butyl-5-methylmorpholin-2-yl]pyridin-2-amine.
15. A compound according to claim 1 which is 5-{(2R,5S)-5-[(Benzyloxy)methyl]-4-propylmorpholin-2-yl}pyridin-2-amine.
16. A compound according to claim 1 which is [6-(6-Aminopyridin-3-yl)-4-propylmorpholin-3-yl]methanol.
17. A compound according to claim 1 which is 4-Methyl-5-(4-Propylmorpholin-2-yl)pyridin-2-amine.
18. A compound according to claim 1 which is 5-[(2S,5S)-4,5-Diethylmorpholin-2-yl]pyridin-2-amine.
19. A compound according to claim 1 which is 5-[(2R,5S)-4,5-Diethylmorpholin-2-yl]pyridin-2-amine.
20. A compound according to claim 1 which is 5-(2R,5S)-4-Ethyl-5-methylmorpholin-2-yl)-pyridin-2-ylamine.
21. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 20 for use as a medicament.
22. Use of a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 20 in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment of sexual dysfunction.
23. The use according to claim 22 wherein the sexual dysfunction is male erectile dysfunction or female sexual dysfunction.
24. Use of a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 20 in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment of depression or psychiatric disorders.
25. Use of a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 20 in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment of neurodegeneration.
26. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 20, and a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or carrier.
27. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 26, which is for the treatment of sexual dysfunction.
28. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 27, wherein the sexual dysfunction is male erectile dysfunction or female sexual dysfunction.
29. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 26, for the treatment of depression or psychiatric disorders.
30. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 26, for the treatment of neurodegeneration.
31. Use of a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 20 for treating sexual dysfunction.
32. The use according to claim 31, wherein the sexual dysfunction is male erectile dysfunction or female sexual dysfunction.
33. Use of a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 20 for treating depression or psychiatric disorders.
34. Use of a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 20 for treating neurodegeneration.
35. A commercial package comprising a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 20, together with a written matter describing instructions for the use thereof for the treatment of sexual dysfunction.
36. The commercial package according to claim 35, wherein the sexual dysfunction is male erectile dysfunction or female sexual dysfunction.
37. A commercial package comprising a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 20, together with a written matter describing instructions for the use thereof for the treatment of depression or psychiatric disorders.
38. A commercial package comprising a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 20, together with a written matter describing instructions for the use thereof for the treatment of neurodegeneration.
Applications Claiming Priority (5)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| GB0411891A GB0411891D0 (en) | 2004-05-27 | 2004-05-27 | New aminopyridine derivatives and their use as pharmaceuticals |
| GB0411891.5 | 2004-05-27 | ||
| GB0412463.2 | 2004-06-03 | ||
| GB0412463A GB0412463D0 (en) | 2004-06-03 | 2004-06-03 | New aminopyridine derivatives and their use as pharmaceuticals |
| PCT/IB2005/001554 WO2005115985A1 (en) | 2004-05-27 | 2005-05-17 | Aminopyridine derivatives as selective dopamine d3 agonists |
Publications (2)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| CA2567935A1 CA2567935A1 (en) | 2005-12-08 |
| CA2567935C true CA2567935C (en) | 2009-10-27 |
Family
ID=34970000
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| CA002567935A Expired - Fee Related CA2567935C (en) | 2004-05-27 | 2005-05-17 | Aminopyridine derivatives as selective dopamine d3 agonists |
Country Status (21)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| EP (1) | EP1758862A1 (en) |
| JP (1) | JP4198183B2 (en) |
| AP (1) | AP2006003824A0 (en) |
| AR (1) | AR049548A1 (en) |
| AU (1) | AU2005247699A1 (en) |
| BR (1) | BRPI0511571A (en) |
| CA (1) | CA2567935C (en) |
| EA (1) | EA200601982A1 (en) |
| EC (1) | ECSP067029A (en) |
| GT (1) | GT200500125A (en) |
| IL (1) | IL179314A0 (en) |
| MA (1) | MA28607B1 (en) |
| MX (1) | MXPA06013786A (en) |
| NL (1) | NL1029139C2 (en) |
| NO (1) | NO20065326L (en) |
| PA (1) | PA8635101A1 (en) |
| PE (1) | PE20060366A1 (en) |
| SV (1) | SV2005002129A (en) |
| TW (1) | TW200609216A (en) |
| UY (1) | UY28925A1 (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2005115985A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (10)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| GB0502509D0 (en) * | 2005-02-07 | 2005-03-16 | Pfizer Ltd | Novel salt form of a dopamine agonist |
| CA2752105C (en) * | 2009-02-13 | 2017-10-31 | Matthias Vennemann | Fused pyrimidines |
| EP2558437B1 (en) * | 2010-04-12 | 2015-08-05 | Supernus Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods for producing viloxazine salts and novel polymorphs thereof |
| US9504949B2 (en) | 2011-06-30 | 2016-11-29 | Donaldson Company, Inc. | Air/oil separator assemblies; components; and methods |
| GB2543296A (en) * | 2015-10-13 | 2017-04-19 | Indivior Uk Ltd | Dopamine D3 receptor antagonists having a morpholine moiety |
| HRP20241015T1 (en) | 2016-07-20 | 2024-11-08 | Novartis Ag | AMINOPYRIDINE DERIVATIVES AND THEIR USE AS SELECTIVE ALK-2 INHIBITORS |
| IL274868B2 (en) * | 2017-12-08 | 2024-06-01 | Boehringer Ingelheim Int | Imidazopyridine derivatives and the use thereof as medicament |
| US12479838B2 (en) * | 2019-04-12 | 2025-11-25 | The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services | D3 receptor agonist compounds; methods of preparation; intermediates thereof; and methods of use thereof |
| MX2022006176A (en) | 2019-11-22 | 2022-08-17 | Incyte Corp | COMBINATION THERAPY COMPRISING AN ALK2 INHIBITOR AND A JAK2 INHIBITOR. |
| PH12022553501A1 (en) | 2020-06-16 | 2024-04-22 | Incyte Corp | Alk2 inhibitors for the treatment of anemia |
Family Cites Families (3)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US5077290A (en) * | 1990-10-11 | 1991-12-31 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Morpholine derivatives compositions and use |
| GB0130219D0 (en) * | 2001-12-18 | 2002-02-06 | Pfizer Ltd | Compounds for the treatment of sexual dysfunction |
| NZ540505A (en) * | 2002-12-10 | 2007-02-23 | Pfizer | Morpholine derivatives for use as dopamine agonists in the treatment of I.A. sexual dysfunction |
-
2005
- 2005-05-17 CA CA002567935A patent/CA2567935C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2005-05-17 JP JP2007514200A patent/JP4198183B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2005-05-17 AU AU2005247699A patent/AU2005247699A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2005-05-17 EA EA200601982A patent/EA200601982A1/en unknown
- 2005-05-17 AP AP2006003824A patent/AP2006003824A0/en unknown
- 2005-05-17 BR BRPI0511571-0A patent/BRPI0511571A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2005-05-17 MX MXPA06013786A patent/MXPA06013786A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2005-05-17 WO PCT/IB2005/001554 patent/WO2005115985A1/en not_active Ceased
- 2005-05-17 EP EP05747191A patent/EP1758862A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2005-05-24 GT GT200500125A patent/GT200500125A/en unknown
- 2005-05-25 PE PE2005000583A patent/PE20060366A1/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2005-05-26 NL NL1029139A patent/NL1029139C2/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2005-05-26 PA PA20058635101A patent/PA8635101A1/en unknown
- 2005-05-26 AR ARP050102169A patent/AR049548A1/en unknown
- 2005-05-26 UY UY28925A patent/UY28925A1/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2005-05-26 TW TW094117274A patent/TW200609216A/en unknown
- 2005-05-27 SV SV2005002129A patent/SV2005002129A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
-
2006
- 2006-11-15 IL IL179314A patent/IL179314A0/en unknown
- 2006-11-20 NO NO20065326A patent/NO20065326L/en unknown
- 2006-11-27 MA MA29488A patent/MA28607B1/en unknown
- 2006-11-27 EC EC2006007029A patent/ECSP067029A/en unknown
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| UY28925A1 (en) | 2005-12-30 |
| AU2005247699A1 (en) | 2005-12-08 |
| GT200500125A (en) | 2006-01-10 |
| NO20065326L (en) | 2006-12-19 |
| PA8635101A1 (en) | 2006-05-16 |
| JP4198183B2 (en) | 2008-12-17 |
| WO2005115985A1 (en) | 2005-12-08 |
| BRPI0511571A (en) | 2008-01-02 |
| JP2008500331A (en) | 2008-01-10 |
| AP2006003824A0 (en) | 2006-12-31 |
| AR049548A1 (en) | 2006-08-16 |
| ECSP067029A (en) | 2006-12-29 |
| EP1758862A1 (en) | 2007-03-07 |
| IL179314A0 (en) | 2007-03-08 |
| CA2567935A1 (en) | 2005-12-08 |
| PE20060366A1 (en) | 2006-05-15 |
| TW200609216A (en) | 2006-03-16 |
| MA28607B1 (en) | 2007-05-02 |
| MXPA06013786A (en) | 2007-01-25 |
| NL1029139C2 (en) | 2006-06-19 |
| SV2005002129A (en) | 2005-12-13 |
| EA200601982A1 (en) | 2007-04-27 |
| NL1029139A1 (en) | 2005-11-30 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| JP5780954B2 (en) | Azetidines and cyclobutanes as histamine H3 receptor antagonists | |
| US20090005354A1 (en) | New Amino Derivatives and Their Use as Pharmaceuticals | |
| CN101959870A (en) | Preparation of morpholine derivatives | |
| CN101679357A (en) | Substituted heterocyclic derivatives and their pharmaceutical use and compositions | |
| CA2567935C (en) | Aminopyridine derivatives as selective dopamine d3 agonists | |
| US20050176772A1 (en) | Pharmaceutically active compounds | |
| US20050267096A1 (en) | New indazole and indolone derivatives and their use pharmaceuticals | |
| JP2020522504A (en) | Polycyclic compounds and their uses | |
| CA2702745A1 (en) | Trisubstituted piperidines | |
| EP1753763B1 (en) | Indazole and indolone derivatives and their use as pharmaceuticals | |
| MXPA01008860A (en) | Phenoxyphenylheterocycle derivatives as selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (ssris). | |
| KR20070022795A (en) | Aminopyridine Derivatives as Selective Dopamine D3 Agonists | |
| KR20070022753A (en) | Indazole and indole derivatives and their use as medicaments | |
| CA2758367A1 (en) | Derivatives of n-[(7-aza-bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-1-yl)-aryl-methyl]-benzamide, preparation thereof, and therapeutic use thereof | |
| CN1956958A (en) | Aminopyridine derivatives as selective dopamine d3 agonists | |
| CA2751863A1 (en) | N-[(2-azabicyclo[2.1.1]hex-1-yl]-aryl-methyl]-benzamide derivatives, preparation thereof, and therapeutic use thereof | |
| HK1104029A (en) | Aminopyridine derivatives as selective dopamine d3 agonists | |
| CA2751866A1 (en) | N-[(6-azabicyclo[3.2.1]oct-1-yl)-aryl-methyl]-benzamide derivatives, preparation thereof, and therapeutic use thereof | |
| CA2755526A1 (en) | Derivatives of n-[(2-aza-bicyclo[2.1.1]hex-1-yl)-aryl-methyl]-heterobenzamide, preparation thereof and application of same in therapeutics | |
| FR2943056A1 (en) | New N-(2-aza-bicyclo(2.2.1)-hex-1-yl)-aryl-methyl-heterobenzamide derivatives are glycine transporter 1 inhibitors useful to treat e.g. dementia, psychosis, schizophrenia, anxiety, panic attacks, and obsessive compulsive disorder | |
| FR2944283A1 (en) | New N-((2-aza-bicyclo(2.1.1)hex-1-yl)-aryl-methyl)-heterobenzamide derivatives are glycine-1 transporters useful for treating e.g. cognitive disorders, psychotic depression, bipolar disorder, manic disorders and mood disorders |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| EEER | Examination request | ||
| MKLA | Lapsed |